HomeMy WebLinkAbout2018-08-28; City Council; ; Plans and specifications and bid advertisement for the cleaning and inspection of Upper Vista/Carlsbad and North Batiquitos Interceptor SewersThe Project will include televising the sewers to document existing condition via closed-circuit
televised video (CCTV), hydraulic cleaning and physical inspections of all manholes and pipes.
The Project will be performed during low flow times that are predominantly at night. A final
report rating the condition of each sewer pipe segment and manhole will be provided and used
for future asset management and condition assessment.
The construction contract for the Project will contain general performance standards, technical
specifications, sequencing requirements to minimize disruptions, community outreach and a
one year warranty period. Retention will be withheld from each progress payment until final
acceptance of the Project. The construction contract includes liquidated damages which may be
assessed for each day in excess of the time specified for completion of work.
Fiscal Analysis
The engineer's estimate ofthe construction cost of the Project is $303,436. The total Project
cost of $388,579 includes: construction contract; contingency for change orders management;
construction management and inspection; and engineering and administrative support for
contractor shop drawings, requests for information, meetings and community outreach.
The Project is being funded by the Sewer Line Condition Assessment, CIP No. 5513. A summary
of estimated construction costs and available funds is shown in the table below:
SEWER LINE CONDITION ASSESSMENT, CIP NO. 5513
Current Appropriation -Sewer Line Condition Assessment, CIP No. 5513 $840,910
Current Year Expenditures/Encumbrances -Sewer Line Condition $0 Assessment, CIP No. 5513
TOTAL AVAILABLE SEWER LINE CONDITION ASSESSMENT, CIP NO. 5513 $840,910
CLEANING AND INSPECTION OF UPPER VISTA/CARLSBAD AND NORTH BATIQUITOS
INTERCEPTOR SEWERS, PROJECT NO. 5513-B
Construction Contract (estimated) $303,436
Construction Contingency (estimated) $30,434
Construction Management, Inspection Material Testing (estimated) $30,434
Engineering and Administrative Support during construction (estimated) $24,275
TOTAL ESTIMATED PROJECT COSTS $388,579
REMAINING BALANCE AFTER PROJECT NO. 5513-B $452,331
ADDITIONAL APPROPRIATION NEEDED $0
Next Steps
A Construction Contract Request for Bids will be advertised on the city website. Responses will
be evaluated and a successful contractor will be identified by city staff. Staff will then return to
the City Council with a recommendation to award the contract to the identified bidder. The
typical time from authorization to bid to the execution of the construction contract is four to six
months. The anticipated construction duration for this Project is approximately four months.
August 28, 2018 Item #2 Page 2 of 6
Environmental Evaluation (CEQA)
The Project is exempt from the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) per State CEQA
Guidelines Section 15301(b) -operation, repair, maintenance or minor alteration of existing
sewer facilities involving negligible or no expansion.
Public Notification
This item was noticed in accordance with the Ralph M. Brown Act and was available for public
viewing and review at least 72 hours prior to the scheduled meeting date.
Construction activity impacts on the community will be minimal. Parking and traffic impacts will
be limited, with appropriate controls and signage in place. Sewer service in the area will not be
interrupted. Odors may increase temporarily, but will subside once work is completed. Noise
levels will be within reasonable limits.
Prior to the start of construction, the public will be notified of the construction activities using
media methods such as signage, email, website, and other city communication channels. The
construction contractor will also be required to notify the public of construction activities via
changeable message signs, door hangers, letters to residents, and/or "NO PARKING" signs, as
applicable.
Exhibits
1. City Council Resolution.
2. Location Map.
3. Project plans, specifications and bid documents are on file at the City Clerk's office.
August 28, 2018 Item #2 Page 3 of 6
RESOLUTION NO. 2018-158
A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF CARLSBAD,
CALIFORNIA, APPROVING PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS AND AUTHORIZING
THE CITY CLERK TO ADVERTISE FOR BIDS FOR THE CLEANING AND
INSPECTION OF UPPER VISTA/CARLSBAD AND NORTH BATIQUITOS
INTERCEPTOR SEWERS, PROJECT NO. 5513-B.
Exhibit 1
WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, California, has determined it necessary,
desirable, and in the public interest to provide cleaning and inspection of the North Batiquitos and upper
Vista/Carlsbad interceptor sewer lines and manholes as a part of the city's ongoing Sewer System
Management Plan; and
WHEREAS, the plans and specifications for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment,
transportation, and other expenses necessary or incidental for the Cleaning and Inspection of Upper
Vista/Carlsbad and North Batiquitos Interceptor Sewers, Project No. 5513-B (Project) have been prepared
and are on file at Carlsbad Municipal Water District and are incorporated by reference herein; and
WHEREAS, the Project is exempt from the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) per State
CEQA Guidelines Section 15301(b).
NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, California, as
follows:
1. That the above recitations are true and correct.
2. That the plans, specifications and bid documents for the Project on file at the Carlsbad
Municipal Water District are hereby approved.
3. That the city clerk of the City of Carlsbad is hereby authorized and directed to publish,
in accordance with State law, a Notice to Contractors Inviting Bids for the construction
of the Project, in accordance with the plans, specifications and contract documents
referred to herein.
August 28, 2018 Item #2 Page 4 of 6
PASSED, APPROVED AND ADOPTED at a Regular Meeting of the City Council of the City of
Carlsbad on the 28th day of August, 2018, by the following vote, to wit:
AYES:
NOES:
ABSENT:
M. Hall, K. Blackburn, M. Schumacher, C. Schumacher, M. Packard.
None.
None.
(SEAL)
August 28, 2018 Item #2 Page 5 of 6
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 5513-B Page 1 of 192
CITY OF CARLSBAD
San Diego County
California
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS,
GENERAL PROVISIONS,
SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS, AND
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
FOR
CLEANING AND INSPECTION
OF INTERCEPTOR SEWERS
CONTRACT NO. 5513-B
BID NO. PWS19-524UTIL
Exhibit 3
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 5513-B Page 2 of 192
SUMMARY OF CONTENTS
1. Contract/Bid Forms
2. General Provisions
3. Supplemental Provisions4. Appendices
5. Technical Specifications
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 5513-B Page 3 of 192
CONTRACT/ BID FORMS
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 5513-B Page 4 of 192
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CONTRACT/ BID FORMS.............................................................................................................3
NOTICE INVITING BIDS.............................................................................................................10
CONTRACTOR'S PROPOSAL ...................................................................................................17
BID SECURITY FORM................................................................................................................23
BIDDER'S BOND.........................................................................................................................24
GUIDE FOR COMPLETING THE “DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS” FORM..............25
DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR AND AMOUNT OF SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS
.....................................................................................................................................................27
BIDDER'S STATEMENT OF TECHNICAL ABILITY AND EXPERIENCE...................................28
BIDDER'S STATEMENT OF.......................................................................................................29
TECHNICAL ABILITY AND EXPERIENCE.................................................................................29
BIDDER’s ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF INTENT TO PROVIDE QUALIFIED CONTRACTOR’S
REPRESENTATIVE ....................................................................................................................30
BIDDER'S STATEMENT RE DEBARMENT................................................................................32
BIDDER'S DISCLOSURE OF DISCIPLINE RECORD................................................................33
NONCOLLUSION DECLARATION TO BE EXECUTED BY BIDDER AND SUBMITTED WITH BID...............................................................................................................................................35
CONTRACT PUBLIC WORKS....................................................................................................36
LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND...............................................................................................43
FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE/WARRANTY BOND .....................................................................45
OPTIONAL ESCROW AGREEMENT FOR SECURITY DEPOSITS IN LIEU OF RETENTION.47
SECTION 1 -- TERMS, DEFINITIONS, ABBREVIATIONS, AND SYMBOLS ...................................................48
1-1 TERMS.....................................................................................................................................48
1-2 DEFINITIONS ...........................................................................................................................49
1-3 ABBREVIATIONS......................................................................................................................52
1-4 UNITS OF MEASURE................................................................................................................55
1-5 SYMBOLS.................................................................................................................................56
SECTION 2 – SCOPE AND CONTROL OF WORK .......................................................................................57
2-1 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT................................................................................57
2-2 ASSIGNMENT..........................................................................................................................57
2-3 SUBCONTRACTS......................................................................................................................57
2-4 CONTRACT BONDS..................................................................................................................58
2-5 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS...................................................................................................59
2-6 WORK TO BE DONE.................................................................................................................63
2-7 SUBSURFACE DATA.................................................................................................................63
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 5513-B Page 5 of 192
2-8 RIGHT-OF-WAY .......................................................................................................................64
2-9 SURVEYING .............................................................................................................................64
2-10 AUTHORITY OF BOARD AND ENGINEER..................................................................................68
2-11 INSPECTION ............................................................................................................................69
SECTION 3 – CHANGES IN WORK............................................................................................................70
3-1 CHANGES REQUESTED BY THE CONTRACTOR.........................................................................70
3-2 CHANGES INITIATED BY THE AGENCY.....................................................................................70
3-3 EXTRA WORK ..........................................................................................................................71
3-4 CHANGED CONDITIONS..........................................................................................................73
SECTION 4 – CONTROL OF MATERIALS...................................................................................................81
4-1 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP...........................................................................................81
4-2 MATERIALS TRANSPORTATION, HANDLING AND STORAGE...................................................85
SECTION 5 – UTILITIES ............................................................................................................................86
5-1 LOCATION...............................................................................................................................86
5-2 PROTECTION...........................................................................................................................86
5-3 REMOVAL................................................................................................................................87
5-4 RELOCATION...........................................................................................................................87
5-5 DELAYS....................................................................................................................................88
5-6 COOPERATION........................................................................................................................88
SECTION 6 – PROSECUTION, PROGRESS, AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK..........................................89
6-1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF WORK.............................................89
6-2 PROSECUTION OF WORK........................................................................................................93
6-3 SUSPENSION OF WORK...........................................................................................................94
6-4 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR.....................................................................................................94
6-5 TERMINATION OF CONTRACT.................................................................................................95
6-6 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME........................................................................................95
6-7 TIME OF COMPLETION............................................................................................................96
6-8 COMPLETION, ACCEPTANCE, AND WARRANTY......................................................................97
6-9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES...........................................................................................................99
6-10 USE OF IMPROVEMENT DURING CONSTRUCTION .................................................................99
SECTION 7 – RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.........................................................................101
7-1 CONTRACTOR’S EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES......................................................................101
7-2 LABOR...................................................................................................................................101
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 5513-B Page 6 of 192
7-3 LIABILITY INSURANCE............................................................................................................101
7-4 WORKERS’ COMPENSATION INSURANCE.............................................................................101
7-5 PERMITS................................................................................................................................102
7-6 THE CONTRACTOR’S REPRESENTATIVE.................................................................................102
7-7 COOPERATION AND COLLATERAL WORK .............................................................................103
7-8 PROJECT SITE MAINTENANCE...............................................................................................104
7-9 PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS........................................106
7-10 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY.....................................................................................106
7-11 PATENT FEES OR ROYALTIES.................................................................................................113
7-12 ADVERTISING........................................................................................................................113
7-13 LAWS TO BE OBSERVED........................................................................................................113
7-14 ANTITRUST CLAIMS...............................................................................................................114
SECTION 8 – FACILITIES FOR AGENCY PERSONNEL...............................................................................115
8-1 GENERAL...............................................................................................................................115
8-2 FIELD OFFICE FACILITIES .......................................................................................................115
8-3 FIELD LABORATORIES............................................................................................................116
8-4 BATHHOUSE FACILITIES ........................................................................................................117
8-5 REMOVAL OF FACILITIES.......................................................................................................117
8-6 BASIS OF PAYMENT...............................................................................................................117
SECTION 9 – MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT......................................................................................119
9-1 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES FOR UNIT PRICE WORK ....................................................119
9-2 LUMP SUM WORK ................................................................................................................119
9-3 PAYMENT..............................................................................................................................119
9-4 BID ITEMS .............................................................................................................................123
SECTION 200 - ROCK MATERIALS..........................................................................................................125
200-1 ROCK PRODUCTS...............................................................................................................125
200-2 UNTREATED BASE MATERIALS................................................................................................126
SECTION 201 - CONCRETE, MORTAR, AND RELATED MATERIALS ........................................................127
201-1 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE .......................................................................................127
201-3 EXPANSION JOINT FILLER AND JOINT SEALANTS..............................................................129
SECTION 203 - BITUMINOUS MATERIALS.............................................................................................130
203-6 ASPHALT CONCRETE .........................................................................................................130
203-11 ASPHALT RUBBER HOT MIX (ARHM) WET PROCESS.........................................................131
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 5513-B Page 7 of 192
SECTION 204 - LUMBER AND TREATMENT WITH PRESERVATIVES.......................................................132
204-1 LUMBER AND PLYWOOD ..................................................................................................132
SECTION 206 - MISCELLANEOUS METAL ITEMS....................................................................................132
206-7 TRAFFIC SIGNS. .................................................................................................................132
206-8 LIGHT GAGE STEEL TUBING AND CONNECTORS...............................................................134
206-9 PORTABLE CHANGEABLE MESSAGE SIGN.........................................................................136
SECTION 207 - PIPE...............................................................................................................................137
207-2 REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE...........................................................................................137
207-9 IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS..................................................................................................137
207-10 STEEL PIPE.........................................................................................................................137
207-25 UNDERGROUND UTILITY MARKING TAPE.........................................................................138
SECTION 209 - ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS...........................................................................................139
209 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS...................................................................................................139
SECTION 210 - PAINT AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS .............................................................................139
210-1 PAINT................................................................................................................................139
210-3 GALVANIZING....................................................................................................................140
SECTION 212 - LANDSCAPE AND IRRIGATION MATERIALS...................................................................141
212-1 LANDSCAPE MATERIALS....................................................................................................141
212-2 IRRIGATION SYSTEM MATERIALS......................................................................................147
212-3 ELECTRICAL MATERIALS....................................................................................................149
SECTION 213 - ENGINEERING FABRICS.................................................................................................150
213-2 GEOTEXTILES.........................................................................................................................150
213-3 EROSION CONTROL SPECIALTIES. .....................................................................................150
SECTION 214 - PAVEMENT MARKERS...................................................................................................151
214-5 REFLECTIVE PAVEMENT MARKERS ...................................................................................151
SECTION 215 - FENCING .......................................................................................................................152
215-1 ENVIRONMENTAL FENCING..............................................................................................152
SECTION 300 - EARTHWORK.................................................................................................................153
300-1 CLEARING AND GRUBBING...............................................................................................153
300-2 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION.............................................................................................153
300-3 STRUCTURE EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL.........................................................................154
300-4 UNCLASSIFIED FILL............................................................................................................155
300-5 BORROW EXCAVATION.....................................................................................................156
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 5513-B Page 8 of 192
300-9 GEOTEXTILES FOR EROSION CONTROL.............................................................................156
300-11 STONEWORK FOR EROSION CONTROL.............................................................................158
300-12 ROCK SLOPE PROTECTION FABRIC....................................................................................158
300-13 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN...............................................................158
SECTION 301 - TREATED SOIL, SUBGRADE PREPARATION AND PLACEMENT OF BASE MATERIALS.....161
301-1 SUBGRADE PREPARATION ................................................................................................161
SECTION 302 - ROADWAY SURFACING.................................................................................................162
302-5 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT......................................................................................164
302-11 ASPHALT PAVEMENT REPAIRS AND REMEDIATION..........................................................165
SECTION 303 CONCRETE AND MASONRY CONSTRUCTION..................................................................166
303-1 CONCRETE STRUCTURES...................................................................................................166
303-2 AIR-PLACED CONCRETE.....................................................................................................167
303-5 CONCRETE CURBS, WALKS, GUTTERS, CROSS GUTTERS, ALLEY INTERSECTIONS, ACCESS
RAMPS, AND DRIVEWAYS.................................................................................................................167
303-6 STAMPED CONCRETE........................................................................................................167
SECTION 306 - UNDERGROUND CONDUIT CONSTRUCTION.................................................................168
306-1 OPEN TRENCH OPERATIONS.............................................................................................168
306-5 ABANDONMENT OF CONDUITS AND STRUCTURES..........................................................171
SECTION 307 - STREET LIGHTING AND TRAFFIC SIGNALS.....................................................................172
307 STREET LIGHTING AND TRAFFIC SIGNALS.............................................................................172
SECTION 308 - LANDSCAPE AND IRRIGATION INSTALLATION ..............................................................172
308-2 EARTHWORK AND TOPSOIL PLACEMENT .........................................................................172
308-4 PLANTING..........................................................................................................................173
308-5 IRRIGATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION.................................................................................176
308-6 MAINTENANCE AND PLANT ESTABLISHMENT..................................................................177
308-7 GUARANTEE FOR LANDSCAPE AND IRRIGATION INSTALLATION......................................178
308-8 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT.......................................................................................181
SECTION 310 - PAINTING......................................................................................................................181
310-5 PAINTING VARIOUS SURFACES.........................................................................................181
310-7 PERMANENT SIGNING ......................................................................................................182
SECTION 312 - PAVEMENT MARKER PLACEMENT AND REMOVAL.......................................................183
312-1 PLACEMENT......................................................................................................................183
SECTION 313 - TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES.....................................................................183
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 5513-B Page 9 of 192
313-1 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC PAVEMENT MARKERS....................................................................183
313-2 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC SIGNING.........................................................................................184
313-3 TEMPORARY RAILING (TYPE K) AND CRASH CUSHIONS....................................................184
600-3 RUBBERIZED EMULSION - AGGREGATE SLURRY...............................................................186
APPENDIX “A” – SAMPLE DOOR HANGER.............................................................................................188
APPENDIX “B” - EXHIBITS......................................................................................................................189
EXHIBIT 1: UPPER VISTA/CARLSBAD INTERCEPTOR SEWER
1A.......APPROXIMATE LOCATION MAPS
1B ......PIPE SEGMENT DATA SPREADSHEET1C ......MANHOLE DATA SPREADSHEET
EXHIBIT 2: NORTH BATIQUITOS INTERCEPTOR SEWER
2A.......APPROXIMATE LOCATION MAPS2B.......PIPE SEGMENT DATA SPREADSHEET
2C.......MANHOLE DATA SPREADSHEET
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 5513-B Page 10 of 192
CITY OF CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA
NOTICE INVITING BIDS
Until 11 a.m. on October 9, 2018, the City shall accept sealed bids, clearly marked as such, at
the Faraday Center, 1635 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad, CA 92008-7314, Attn: Purchasing Officer, by mail, delivery service or by deposit in the Bid Box located in the first floor lobby, at which time they will be opened and read, for performing the work as follows:
CLEANING AND INSPECTION OF INTERCEPTOR SEWERSCONTRACT NO. 5513-B
PWS19-524UTILFurnish and install the following:
1. Vista Carlsbad Interceptor Sewer:a. Cleaning of approximately 17,300 lineal feet of 30-inch to 48-inch interceptor
sewer.
b. Complete 360-degree video inspection of pipes and manholes.
2. North Batiquitos Interceptor Sewer:
a. Cleaning of approximately 21,530 lineal feet of 12-inch to 48-inch interceptor sewer.
b. Complete 360-degree video inspection of pipes and manholes.
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS AND BID REQUIREMENTS
This bid and the terms of the Contract Documents and General Provisions constitute an irrevocable offer that shall remain valid and in full force for a period of 90 days and such additional time as may be mutually agreed upon by the City of Carlsbad and the Bidder.
No bid will be received unless it is made on a proposal form furnished by the Purchasing
Department. Each bid must be accompanied by security in a form and amount required by law.
The bidder's security of the second and third next lowest responsive bidders may be withheld until the Contract has been fully executed. The security submitted by all other unsuccessful bidders
shall be returned to them, or deemed void, within ten (10) days after the Contract is awarded.
Pursuant to the provisions of law (Public Contract Code section 10263), appropriate securities may be substituted for any obligation required by this notice or for any monies withheld by the
City to ensure performance under this Contract. Section 10263 of the Public Contract Code
requires monies or securities to be deposited with the City or a state or federally chartered bank in California as the escrow agent. The escrow agent shall maintain insurance to cover negligent
acts and omissions of the agent in connection with the handling of retentions under this section
in an amount not less than $100,000 per contract.
The City of Carlsbad may disqualify a contractor or subcontractor from participating in bidding
when a contractor or subcontractor has been debarred by the City of Carlsbad or another jurisdiction in the State of California as an irresponsible bidder.
The work shall be performed in strict conformity with the plans, provisions, and specifications as approved by the City Council of the City of Carlsbad on file with the City Clerk’s Office. The
specifications for the work include City of Carlsbad Technical Specifications and the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Parts 2 & 3, current edition at time of bid opening
and the supplements thereto as published by the "Greenbook" Committee of Public Works
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 5513-B Page 11 of 192
Standards, Inc., all hereinafter designated “SSPWC”, as amended. Specification Reference is hereby made to the plans and specifications for full particulars and description of the work. The
General Provisions (Part 1) to the SSPWC do not apply.
The City of Carlsbad encourages the participation of minority and women-owned businesses.
The City of Carlsbad encourages all bidders, suppliers, manufacturers, fabricators and contractors to utilize recycled and recyclable materials when available, appropriate and approved
by the Engineer.
SUMMARY OF BIDDING SCHEDULE
An overview of the bidding schedule is included in the following table. Details for each activity can
be found in relevant sections.
ACTIVITY SCHEDULE TIME
Project released for bid August 29, 2018
Mandatory Pre-Bid Meeting/Site Visit September 18, 2018 8:00 a.m.
Deadline for questions September 24, 2018 5:00 p.m.
Final addendum/Q&A posted (if applicable) September 27, 2018 5:00 p.m.
Bid opening October 9, 2018 11:00 a.m.
BID DOCUMENTS
The bid documents comprise the following documents which must be completed and properly executed including notarization, where indicated.
1. Contractor's Proposal 2. Bidder's Bond
3. Noncollusion Declaration
4. Designation of Subcontractor and Amount of Subcontractor’s Bid 5. Bidder's Statement of Technical Ability and Experience
6. Bidder’s Acknowledgement of Intent to Provide Qualified Contractor’s Representative 7. Acknowledgement of Addendum(a) 8. Certificate of Insurance. The riders covering the City, its officials, employees and
volunteers may be omitted at the time of bid submittal but shall be provided by the Bidder prior to award of this contract.
9. Bidder’s Statement Re Debarment
10. Bidder's Disclosure of Discipline Record 11. Escrow Agreement for Security Deposits - (optional, must be completed if the Bidder
wishes to use the Escrow Agreement for Security)
ENGINEER’S ESTIMATE
All bids will be compared on the basis of the Engineer's Estimate. The estimated quantities are
approximate and serve solely as a basis for the comparison of bids. The Engineer's Estimate is $240,000.
TIME OF COMPLETION The contractor shall complete the Work within one hundred twenty (120) working days.
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 5513-B Page 12 of 192
SPECIALTY CONTRACTORS:ACCEPTABLE LICENSE TYPES
Except as provided herein a bid submitted to the City by a Contractor who is not licensed as a
contractor pursuant to the Business and Professions Code shall be considered nonresponsive and shall be rejected by the City. In all contracts where federal funds are involved, no bid
submitted shall be invalidated by the failure of the bidder to be licensed in accordance with
California law. Where federal funds are involved the contractor shall be properly licensed at the time the contract is awarded. In all other cases the contractor shall state their license number,
expiration date and classification in the proposal, under penalty of perjury. This invitation to bid
does not include federal funds. The following classifications are acceptable for this contract: A: General Engineering.
STATEMENTS OF TECHNICAL ABILITY AND EXPERIENCE FOR CONTRACTORBidder shall demonstrate that they are qualified for the job by providing proof of their experience
and technical ability for construction in the disciplines of construction required to complete this job. Proof of Bidder’s experience and technical ability (as outlined below) shall be attached to The Bidder’s Statements of Technical Ability and Experience to be included with the Contractor’s bid.
The statement and listing of information shall include but not be limited to the successful construction of the following:
Contractor shall have a minimum of ten (10) years experience and 100 miles pipeline cleaning experience within the same diameter range and quantities as provided on the
applicable project.
Contractor shall have a minimum five (5) years experience in pipeline inspection utilizing
the system described herein and demonstrate a minimum of 100-miles past experience.
Contractor shall have a minimum five (5) years experience in manhole inspection and
demonstrate a minimum 4,000 successful manhole inspections within the last 12 months, and minimum of 10,000 successful manhole inspections within the last 5 years utilizing the system described herein and in full accordance with all specifications herein.
Contractor’s cleaning crews shall be confined space entry certified and trained in applicable safety regulations and in First Aid. Copies of certifications shall be provided.
Contractor’s personnel operating the video recording equipment must be currently certified in NAASCO’s PACP and must apply those standards in evaluating the interceptor
segments. Copies of certifications shall be provided.
The City of Carlsbad reserves the right to disqualify bidders if bidder does not demonstrate the
required technical ability or if bidder cannot provide proof of experience.
STATEMENTS OF TECHNICAL ABILITY AND EXPERIENCE FOR CONTRACTOR’S
REPRESENTATIVEBidder shall also demonstrate that the firm will provide a qualified Contractor’s Representative
(as defined in Section 7-6) for the Project. Bidder shall acknowledge that proof of qualification the
Contractor’s Representative can be provided upon award of contract.
The qualifications for the Contractor’s Representative shall include at a minimum:
1. Completion of OSHA 30-hour Construction Training Course. Submit certification as proof.
2. Demonstrated experience of having led and managed five (5) municipal projects in the
last five (5) years of similar scope.
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 5513-B Page 13 of 192
City of Carlsbad reserves the right to disqualify bidders if the required technical ability and experience for the Contractor’s Representative is not established.
In the event that the Contractor would like to change the Contractor’s Representative through the course of Project, Contractor shall notify the Agency at least two weeks prior and submit
paperwork for the Engineer’s review demonstrating the proposed Contractor’s Representative
meets the minimum requirements of the position. Engineer will review qualifications of proposed Contractor’s Representative within five (5) working days of receipt. In the event of a change in
Contractor’s Representative, City of Carlsbad reserves the right to suspend work, at the
Contractor’s cost, until a qualified Contractor’s Representative is assigned to the Project.
ESCROW AGREEMENT
If the Contractor intends to utilize the escrow agreement included in the contract documents in lieu of the usual 5% retention from each payment, these documents must be completed and
submitted with the signed contract. The escrow agreement may not be substituted at a later date.
OBTAINING PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
Bid packages, various supplemental provisions and Contract documents may be obtained on the City of Carlsbad web site at www.carlsbadca.gov. Paper copies will not be sold.
INTENT OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONSAny prospective bidder who is in doubt as to the intended meaning of any part of the drawings,
specifications or other contract documents, or finds discrepancies in or omissions from the
drawings and specifications may submit to the Engineer a written request for clarification or correction. Any response will be made only by a written addendum duly issued by the Engineer a
copy of which will be mailed or delivered to each person receiving a set of the contract documents.
No oral response will be made to such inquiry. Prior to the award of the contract, no addition to, modification of or interpretation of any provision in the contract documents will be
given by any agent, employee or contractor of the City of Carlsbad except as hereinbefore specified. No bidder may rely on directions given by any agent, employee or contractor of the City of Carlsbad except as hereinbefore specified.
BIDDER’S INQUIRIESQuestions on the bid documents during the bid period shall be submitted in writing, via email,
solely to:Graham Jordan, Contract Administratorgraham.jordan@carlsbadca.gov
Questions shall be definite and certain and shall reference applicable drawing sheets, notes,
details or specification sections. The cutoff date to submit questions is identified in the Summary
of Bidding Schedule. No questions will be entertained after that date. The answers to questions submitted during the bidding period will be published in an addendum and provided to those
bidding on the project no later than the date specified in the bidding schedule.
REJECTION OF BIDS
The City of Carlsbad reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any minor irregularity
or informality in such bids.
PREVAILING WAGE TO BE PAID
The general prevailing rate of wages for each craft or type of worker needed to execute the Contract shall be those as determined by the Director of Industrial Relations pursuant to the
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 5513-B Page 14 of 192
sections 1770, 1773, and 1773.1 of the Labor Code. Pursuant to section 1773.2 of the Labor Code, a current copy of applicable wage rates is on file in the Office of the City Engineer. The
Contractor to whom the Contract is awarded shall not pay less than the said specified prevailing
rates of wages to all workers employed by him or her in the execution of the Contract.
The Prime Contractor shall be responsible for insuring compliance with provisions of section
1777.5 of the Labor Code and section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contracts Code, "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act." The City Engineer is the City's "duly authorized officer" for the
purposes of section 4107 and 4107.5.
The provisions of Part 7, Chapter 1, of the Labor Code commencing with section 1720 shall apply
to the Contract for work.
A contractor or subcontractor shall not be qualified to bid on, be listed in a bid proposal, subject
to the requirements of Section 4104 of the Public Contract Code, or engage in the performance of any contract for public work, unless currently registered and qualified to perform public work pursuant to Section 1725.5. This project is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by
the Department of Industrial Relations.
The Prime Contractor and all subcontractors shall comply with Section 1776 of the Labor Code,
which generally requires keeping accurate payroll records, verifying and certifying payroll records, and making them available for inspection. Contractor shall require all subcontractors to comply
with Section 1776.
MANDATORY PRE-BID MEETING AND SITE VISIT
Contractors must attend a mandatory pre-bid meeting and site tour to be eligible to bid.
Contractors must stay for the entire pre-bid meeting and site walk. There will be only one such meeting/trip and individual schedule preferences cannot be entertained. Contractors who do not
attend the pre-bid conference will be disqualified from the bidding process.
The meeting will begin promptly at 8:00 a.m. on September 18, 2018, at the Carlsbad Municipal
Water District located at: 5950 El Camino Real, Carlsbad, California 92008. The pre-bid site
inspection will take place the same day following the meeting at a portion of the site along the North Batiquitos Interceptor Sewer alignment.
The purpose of this mandatory pre-bid meeting is to ensure that all companies bidding on the project fully understand the scope of work, definitions, and interpretation of all items in the bid
documents. Contractors shall be responsible for examining the designated sites and to note existing conditions prior to submission of their bids. This will allow Contractors to become
acquainted with the conditions and difficulties in the performance of this contract. No allowance
or additional payment will be subsequently made for any site condition that could have been ascertainable by making this site investigation. No additional compensation or relief from any
obligations under this contract will be granted because of lack of knowledge of the site or
conditions under which the work will be accomplished.
Questions may be answered at the mandatory pre-bid meeting; however, all questions will be
required to be submitted in writing by September 24, 2018 to City Contract Administrator, Graham Jordan, at graham.jordan@carlsbadca.gov, and will be addressed in an addendum. Questions
and answers will be distributed to all attendees at the mandatory pre-bid meeting.
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 5513-B Page 15 of 192
UNIT PRICES AND COMPUTATION OF BIDSAll bids are to be computed on the basis of the given estimated quantities of work, as indicated in
this proposal, times the unit price as submitted by the bidder. In case of a discrepancy between
words and figures, the words shall prevail. In case of an error in the extension of a unit price, the corrected extension shall be calculated and the bids will be computed as indicated above and
compared on the basis of the corrected totals.
All prices must be in ink or typewritten. Changes or corrections may be crossed out and typed or
written in with ink and must be initialed in ink by a person authorized to sign for the Contractor.
ADDENDA
Bidders are advised to verify the issuance of all addenda and receipt thereof one day prior to bidding. Submission of bids without acknowledgment of addenda may be cause of rejection of bid.
BOND AND INSURANCE REQUIREMENTSThe Contractor shall provide bonds to secure faithful performance and warranty of the work in an
amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Contract price on this project. The Contractor shall provide bonds to secure payment of laborers and materials suppliers, in an amount equal to
one hundred percent (100%) of the total amount payable by the terms of the contract. These
bonds shall be kept in full force and effect during the course of this project, and shall extend in full force and effect and be retained by the City until they are released as stated in the General
Provisions section of this contract. All bonds are to be placed with a surety insurance carrier
admitted and authorized to transact the business of insurance in California and whose assets exceed their liabilities in an amount equal to or in excess of the amount of the bond. The bonds
are to be accompanied by the following documents:
1) An original, or a certified copy, of the unrevoked appointment, power of attorney, by laws, or other instrument entitling or authorizing the person who executed the bond to do so.
2) A certified copy of the certificate of authority of the insurer issued by the insurance commissioner.
If the bid is accepted, the City may require copies of the insurer's most recent annual statement and quarterly statement filed with the Department of Insurance pursuant to Article 10
(commencing with section 900) of Chapter 1 of Part 2 of Division 1 of the Insurance Code, within 10 calendar days of the insurer's receipt of a request to submit the statements.
Insurance is to be placed with insurers that:1) Have a rating in the most recent Best's Key Rating Guide of at least A-:VII
2) Are admitted and authorized to transact the business of insurance in the State of
California by the Insurance Commissioner.
Auto policies offered to meet the specification of this contract must:
1) Meet the conditions stated above for all insurance companies.2) Cover any vehicle used in the performance of the contract, used onsite or offsite,
whether owned, non-owned or hired, and whether scheduled or non-scheduled.
Workers' compensation insurance required under this contract must be offered by a company
meeting the above standards with the exception that the Best's rating condition is waived. The
City does accept policies issued by the State Compensation Fund meeting the requirement for workers' compensation insurance.
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 5513-B Page 16 of 192
August 28, 2018
The Contractor shall be required to maintain insurance as specified in the Contract. Any additional
cost of said insurance shall be included in the bid price.
The award of the contract by the City Council is contingent upon the Contractor submitting the
required bonds and insurance, as described in the contract, within twenty days of bid opening. If
the Contractor fails to comply with these requirements, the City may award the contract to the second or third lowest bidder and the bid security of the lowest bidder may be forfeited.
BUSINESS LICENSEThe prime contractor and all subcontractors are required to have and maintain a valid City of
Carlsbad Business License for the duration of the contract.
Approved by the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, California, by Resolution No. ______________, adopted on the ________day of ______________________, 2018.
Date Graham Jordan, Deputy Clerk
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 5513-B Page 17 of 192
CITY OF CARLSBAD
CLEANING AND INSPECTION OF INTERCEPTOR SEWERS
CONTRACT NO. 5513-B
CONTRACTOR'S PROPOSAL
City CouncilCity of Carlsbad
1200 Carlsbad Village DriveCarlsbad, California 92008
The undersigned declares he/she has carefully examined the location of the work, read the Notice Inviting Bids, examined the Plans, Specifications, General Provisions, Contract Documents, and
addenda thereto, and hereby proposes to furnish all labor, materials, equipment, transportation,
and services required to do all the work to complete Contract No. 3840-13 in accordance with the Plans, Specifications, General Provisions, Contract Documents, and addenda thereto and that
he/she will take in full payment therefore the following unit prices for each item complete, to wit:
BASE BID
Work delineated here is for all interceptor reaches for Upper Vista/Carlsbad Interceptor and North Batiquitos Interceptor except for areas in environmentally sensitive regions.
Item
No.Description
ApproximateQuantity
and Unit
Unit Price
(Figures)
Total Amount
(Figures)
Base
Bid- 1
Mobilization,
Demobilization, Preparatory Work
LS $___________
(Price in Words)
Base
Bid- 2
Insurance and Bonds LS $___________
(Price in Words)
Base
Bid- 3
Traffic Control LS $___________
(Price in Words)
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 5513-B Page 18 of 192
Item
No.Description
ApproximateQuantity
and Unit
Unit Price
(Figures)
Total Amount
(Figures)
Base
Bid-
4A
Cleaning of North
Batiquitos Interceptor – all
non-environmentally sensitive alignment
2,180 LF $___________$___________
(Unit Price in Words)
Base
Bid- 4B
Inspection (CCTV) of
North Batiquitos Interceptor – all non-
environmentally sensitive
alignment
2,180 LF $___________$___________
(Unit Price in Words)
Base
Bid-
5A
Cleaning of Upper Vista-
Carlsbad Interceptor
17,300 LF $___________$___________
(Unit Price in Words)
Base
Bid-
5B
Inspection (CCTV) of
Upper Vista-Carlsbad
Interceptor
17,300 LF $___________$___________
(Unit Price in Words)
Base Bid-6 Cleaning and Inspection of Manholes 127 EA $___________$___________
(Unit Price in Words)
Base
Bid-7
Wastewater Flow
Management, Wastewater Discharge Emergency
Response Plan, SWPPP
LS $___________
(Price in Words)
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 5513-B Page 19 of 192
Total amount of Base Bid in words:
Total amount of Base Bid in numbers: $
ALTERNATE BID
Work delineated here is for all interceptor reaches for the North Batiquitos Interceptor that is in an
environmentally sensitive area (between Manhole 48D-35 and Manhole 48D-28).
Item No. Description
Approximate
Quantity and Unit Unit Price (Figures) Total Amount (Figures)
Bid-A1 Cleaning and CCTV of North Batiquitos Interceptor
Within the environmentally
sensitive alignment
1,340 LF $___________ $__________
(Unit Price in Words)
Bid-A2 Inspection (CCTV) of North
Within the environmentally
sensitive alignment
$__________
Batiquitos Interceptor
___________ $___________ __________
(Unit Price in Words)
Total amount of Alternate Bid in words:
Total amount of Alternate Bid in numbers: $
TOTAL OF BASE AND ALTERNATE BID
Total amount of Base and Alternate Bid in words:
Total amount of Base and Alternate Bid in numbers: $
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 5513-B Page 20 of 192
Addendum(a) No(s).____________________ has/have been received and is/are included in this
proposal.
The Undersigned has carefully checked all of the above figures and understands that the City will
not be responsible for any error or omission on the part of the Undersigned in preparing this bid.
The Undersigned agrees that in case of default in executing the required Contract with necessary
bonds and insurance policies within twenty (20) days from the date of award of Contract by the
City Council of the City of Carlsbad, the City may administratively authorize award of the contract to the second or third lowest bidder and the bid security of the lowest bidder may be forfeited.
The Undersigned bidder declares, under penalty of perjury, that the undersigned is licensed to do business or act in the capacity of a contractor within the State of California, validly licensed under
license number _________________________, classification ________________ which expires on _______________________, and that this statement is true and correct and has the legal effect of an affidavit.
A bid submitted to the City by a Contractor who is not licensed as a contractor pursuant to the
Business and Professions Code shall be considered nonresponsive and shall be rejected by the
City § 7028.15(e). In all contracts where federal funds are involved, no bid submitted shall be invalidated by the failure of the bidder to be licensed in accordance with California law. However,
at the time the contract is awarded, the contractor shall be properly licensed.
The Undersigned bidder hereby represents as follows:
1. That no Council member, officer agent, or employee of the City of Carlsbad is personally interested, directly or indirectly, in this Contract, or the compensation to be paid hereunder;
that no representation, oral or in writing, of the City Council, its officers, agents, or
employees has inducted him/her to enter into this Contract, excepting only those contained in this form of Contract and the papers made a part hereof by its terms; and
2. That this bid is made without connection with any person, firm, or corporation making a bid for the same work, and is in all respects fair and without collusion or fraud.
Accompanying this proposal is ______________________________(Cash, Certified Check, Bond or Cashier's Check) for ten percent (10%) of the amount bid.
The Undersigned is aware of the provisions of section 3700 of the Labor Code which requires
every employer to be insured against liability for workers' compensation or to undertake self-
insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and agrees to comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this Contract and continue to
comply until the contract is complete.
The Undersigned is aware of the provisions of the Labor Code, Part 7, Chapter 1, Article 2, relative
to the general prevailing rate of wages for each craft or type of worker needed to execute the
Contract and agrees to comply with its provisions.
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 5513-B Page 21 of 192
IF A SOLE OWNER OR SOLE CONTRACTOR SIGN HERE:
(1) Name under which business is conducted
(2) Signature (given and surname) of proprietor
(3) Place of Business (Street and Number)
City and State
(4) Zip Code Telephone No.
(5) E-Mail
IF A PARTNERSHIP, SIGN HERE:
(1) Name under which business is conducted
(2) Signature (given and surname and character of partner) (Note: Signature must be made by a general partner)
(3) Place of Business (Street and Number)City and State
(4) Zip Code Telephone No.
(5) E-Mail
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 5513-B Page 22 of 192
IF A CORPORATION, SIGN HERE:
(1) Name under which business is conducted
(2) (Signature)
(Title)
Impress Corporate Seal here
(3) Incorporated under the laws of the State of
(4) Place of Business
(Street and Number)City and State
(5) Zip Code Telephone No.
(6) E-Mail
NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF EXECUTION BY ALL SIGNATORIES MUST BE
ATTACHED
List below names of president, vice president, secretary and assistant secretary, if a corporation;
if a partnership, list names of all general partners, and managing partners:
____________________________________ ___________________________________
_____________________________________ ___________________________________
_____________________________________ ___________________________________
_____________________________________ ___________________________________
_____________________________________ ___________________________________
_____________________________________ ___________________________________
_____________________________________ ___________________________________
_____________________________________ ___________________________________
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 5513-B Page 23 of 192
BID SECURITY FORM
(Check to Accompany Bid)
CLEANING AND INSPECTION OF INTERCEPTOR SEWERSCONTRACT NO. 5513-B
(NOTE: The following form shall be used if check accompanies bid.)
Accompanying this proposal is a *Certified *Cashiers check payable to the order of CITY OF
CARLSBAD, in the sum of _______________________________________________________
___________________________________________________ dollars ($________________),
this amount being ten percent (10%) of the total amount of the bid. The proceeds of this check shall become the property of the City provided this proposal shall be accepted by the City through
action of its legally constituted contracting authorities and the undersigned shall fail to execute a
contract and furnish the required Performance, Warranty and Payment Bonds and proof of insurance coverage within the stipulated time; otherwise, the check shall be returned to the
undersigned. The proceeds of this check shall also become the property of the City if the undersigned shall withdraw his or her bid within the period of fifteen (15) days after the date set for the opening thereof, unless otherwise required by law, and notwithstanding the award of the
contract to another bidder.
_______________________________________
_______________________________________
BIDDER
_________________*Delete the inapplicable word.
(NOTE: If the Bidder desires to use a bond instead of check, the Bid Bond form on the following pages shall be executed--the sum of this bond shall be not less than ten percent (10%) of the total amount of the bid.)
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 5513-B Page 24 of 192
BIDDER'S BOND
TO ACCOMPANY PROPOSAL
CLEANING AND INSPECTION OF INTERCEPTOR SEWERSCONTRACT NO. 5513-B
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS:
That we, _______________________________________________________, as Principal, and ______________________________________, as Surety are held and firmly bound unto the
City of Carlsbad, California, in an amount as follows: (must be at least ten percent (10%) of the
bid amount) __________________________ for which payment, well and truly made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors or assigns, jointly and severally,
firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITION OF THE FOREGOING OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the proposal of the
above-bounden Principal for:
CLEANING AND INSPECTION OF INTERCEPTOR SEWERS
CONTRACT NO. 5513-B
in the City of Carlsbad, is accepted by the City Council, and if the Principal shall duly enter into
and execute a Contract including required bonds and insurance policies within twenty (20) days from the date of award of Contract by the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, being duly notified
of said award, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise, it shall be and remain in
full force and effect, and the amount specified herein shall be forfeited to the said City.
In the event Principal executed this bond as an individual, it is agreed that the death of Principal
shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond.
SIGNED AND SEALED, this ____________ day of ____________________________, 20_____
_________________________________(SEAL) _____________________________(SEAL)
(Principal)(Surety)
By: __________________________________ By: ________________________________
(Signature)(Signature)
__________________________________ ________________________________(Print Name/Title)(Print Name/Title)
(SEAL AND NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF SURETY – ATTACH ATTORNEY-IN-FACT
CERTIFICATE)
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
CELIA A. BREWERCity Attorney
By: _______________________________________________
Deputy City Attorney
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 5513-B Page 25 of 192
GUIDE FOR COMPLETING
THE “DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS” FORM
REFERENCES Prior to preparation of the following “Subcontractor Disclosure Form” Bidders are
urged to review the definitions in section 1-2 of the General Provisions to this Contract, especially, “Bid”, “Bidder”, “Contract”, “Contractor”, “Contract Price”, “Contract Unit Price”, “Engineer”, “Own Organization”, “Subcontractor”, and “Work”. Bidders are further urged to review sections 2-3
SUBCONTRACTS of the General Provisions.
CAUTIONS This form will be used by the Agency to determine the percentage of work that the
Bidder proposes to perform. Bidders are cautioned that failure to provide complete and correct information may result in rejection of the bid as non-responsive. Any bid that proposes
performance of more than 50 percent of the work by subcontractors or otherwise to be performed
by forces other than the Bidder’s own organization will be rejected as non-responsive. Specialty items of work that may be so designated by the Engineer on the “Contractor’s Proposal” are not
included in computing the percentage of work proposed to be performed by the Bidder.
INSTRUCTIONS The Bidder shall set forth the name and location of business of each and every
subcontractor whom the Bidder proposes to perform work or labor or render service in or about
the work or improvement, and every subcontractor licensed as a contractor by the State of California whom the Bidder proposes to specially fabricate and install any portion of the work or
improvement according to detailed drawings contained in the plans and specifications in excess
of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder’s total bid or, in the case of bids or offers for the construction of streets and highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of one percent
(0.5%) or ten thousand dollars ($10,000) whichever is greater. Said name(s) and location(s) of business of subcontractor(s) shall be set forth and included as an integral part of the bid offer.
The Designation of Subcontractors form must be submitted as a part of the Bidder’s sealed bid. Failure to provide complete and correct information may result in rejection of the bid as non-
responsive.
Suppliers of materials from sources outside the limits of work are not subcontractors. The value
of materials and transport of materials from sources outside the limits of work, as shown on the
plans, shall be assigned to the Contractor or the Subcontractor as the case may be, that the Bidder proposes as installer of said materials. The value of material incorporated in any
Subcontractor-installed bid item that is supplied by the Bidder shall be included as a part of the
work that the Bidder proposes to be performed by the Subcontractor installing said item.
When a Subcontractor has a Carlsbad business license, the number must be entered on the
proper form. If the Subcontractor does not have a valid business license, enter “NONE” in the appropriate space.
When the Bidder proposes using a Subcontractor to construct or install less than 100 percent of a bid item, the Bidder shall attach an explanation sheet to the Designation of Subcontractor form.
The explanation sheet shall clearly apprise the City of the specific facts that show the Bidder proposes to perform no less than fifty percent (50%) of the work with its own forces.
Determination of the subcontract amounts for purposes of award of the contract shall be determined by the City Council in conformance with the provisions of the contract documents and
the various supplemental provisions. The decision of the City Council shall be final.
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 5513-B Page 26 of 192
Contractor is prohibited from performing any work on this project with a subcontractor who is
ineligible to perform work on a public works project pursuant to Labor Code Sections 1771.1 or
1777.7.
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 5513-B Page 27 of 192
DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR AND
AMOUNT OF SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS
(To Accompany Proposal)
CLEANING AND INSPECTION OF INTERCEPTOR SEWERS
CONTRACT NO. 5513-B
The Bidder certifies that it has used the sub-bid of the following listed subcontractors in preparing
this bid for the Work and that the listed subcontractors will be used to perform the portions of the
Work as designated in this list in accordance with applicable provisions of the specifications and section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contract Code, "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices
Act." The Bidder further certifies that no additional subcontractor will be allowed to perform any portion of the Work in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder’s total bid, or in the case of bids or offers for construction of streets and highways, including bridges, in excess of
one-half of one percent (0.5%) or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), whichever is greater, and that no changes in the subcontractors listed work will be made except upon the prior approval of the Agency.
SUBCONTRACTOR’S BID ITEMS
Portion of Work
Subcontractor Name
andLocation of Business
Phone No.
and Email Address
DIR
Registration No.
Subcontractor’s
License No. and Classification
Amount of Work bySubcontract
or in Dollars*
Page _____ of _____ pages of this Subcontractor Designation form
_________________
* Pursuant to section 4104 (a)(3)(A) California Public Contract Code, receipt of the information preceded by an asterisk may be
submitted by the Bidder up to 24 hours after the deadline for submitting bids contained in the “Notice Inviting Bids.”
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 5513-B Page 28 of 192
BIDDER'S STATEMENT OF
TECHNICAL ABILITY AND EXPERIENCE
(To Accompany Proposal)
CLEANING AND INSPECTION OF INTERCEPTOR SEWERS
CONTRACT NO. 5513-B
The Bidder is required to demonstrate technical ability and experience under “Statement of
Technical Ability and Experience” in the Notice Inviting Bids. State what work of a similar character
to that included in the proposed Contract he/she has successfully performed and give references, with telephone numbers, which will enable the City to judge his/her responsibility, experience and
skill. An attachment can be used to comply with this requirement.
The City of Carlsbad reserves the right to disqualify bidders if the required technical ability and
experience is not established.
Date
Contract Completed
Name and Address
of the Employer
Name and Phone No. of Person to
Contract
Type of Work
Amount
of Contract
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 5513-B Page 29 of 192
BIDDER'S STATEMENT OF
TECHNICAL ABILITY AND EXPERIENCE
(To Accompany Proposal)
CLEANING AND INSPECTION OF INTERCEPTOR SEWERS
CONTRACT NO. 5513-B
As described in the Notice Inviting Bids, the Bidder is required to state what work of a similar character to that included in the proposed Contract he/she has successfully performed and give references, with telephone numbers,
which will enable the City to judge his/her responsibility, experience and skill. An attachment can be used to supplement.
Contract Value Cleaning and CCTV Project Details
Date Contract
Completed
Name of Project Prime or Sub Name and Address of the Owner Name and Phone No. of Contact Person for Owner Total Contract Value Contract Value of Only Cleaning and CCTV
Description of the scope of work completed similar to current project (e.g. permits, environmental issues, main thoroughfare, restraints, etc.)
Size and length Pipeline and Manholes
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 5513-B Page 30 of 192
BIDDER’S ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF INTENT TO PROVIDE
QUALIFIED CONTRACTOR’S REPRESENTATIVE
(To Accompany Proposal)
CLEANING AND INSPECTION OF INTERCEPTOR SEWERS
CONTRACT NO. 5513-B
Bidder acknowledges review of the technical qualifications required for the Contractor’s
Representative provided in Notice Inviting Bids and Section 7-6. The apparent low bidder will be
required to submit qualifications demonstrating as such with award of contract documentation.
Bidder hereby acknowledges intent to submit Contractor’s Representative qualifications with contract award documentation.
For Contractor:
Title ________________________________________
Name _______________________________________
Signature ____________________________________
Address _____________________________________
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 5513-B Page 31 of 192
BIDDER’S CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE FOR GENERAL
LIABILITY, EMPLOYERS’ LIABILITY, AUTOMOTIVE LIABILITY
AND WORKERS’ COMPENSATION
(To Accompany Proposal)
CLEANING AND INSPECTION OF INTERCEPTOR SEWERSCONTRACT NO. 5513-B
As a required part of the Bidder’s proposal the Bidder must attach either of the following to this page.
1) Certificates of insurance showing conformance with the requirements herein for each of:
Comprehensive General Liability
Automobile Liability
Workers Compensation
Employer’s Liability
Pollution Liability
2) Statement with an insurance carrier’s notarized signature stating that the carrier can, and
upon payment of fees and/or premiums by the Bidder, will issue to the Bidder Policies of insurance for Comprehensive General Liability, Automobile Liability, Workers Compensation
and Employer’s Liability in conformance with the requirements herein and Certificates of
insurance to the Agency showing conformance with the requirements herein.
All certificates of insurance and statements of willingness to issue insurance for auto policies
offered to meet the specification of this contract must:
1) Meet the conditions stated in The Notice Inviting Bids and the General Provisions for this
project for each insurance company that the Contractor proposes.
2) Cover any vehicle used in the performance of the contract, used onsite or offsite, whether
owned, non-owned or hired, and whether scheduled or non-scheduled.
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 5513-B Page 32 of 192
BIDDER'S STATEMENT RE DEBARMENT
(To Accompany Proposal)
CLEANING AND INSPECTION OF INTERCEPTOR SEWERSCONTRACT NO. 5513-B
1) Have you or any of your subcontractors ever been debarred as an irresponsible bidder by another jurisdiction in the State of California?
______ ______yes no
2) If yes, what was/were the name(s) of the agency(ies) and what was/were the period(s) of
debarment(s)? Attach additional copies of this page to accommodate more than two
debarments.
party debarred
agency
period of debarment
party debarred
agency
period of debarment
BY CONTRACTOR:
(name of Contractor)
By:
(sign here)
(print name/title)
Page _____ of _____ pages of this Re Debarment form
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 5513-B Page 33 of 192
BIDDER'S DISCLOSURE OF DISCIPLINE RECORD
(To Accompany Proposal)
CLEANING AND INSPECTION OF INTERCEPTOR SEWERSCONTRACT NO. 5513-B
Contractors are required by law to be licensed and regulated by the Contractors’ State License
Board which has jurisdiction to investigate complaints against contractors if a complaint regarding
a patent act or omission is filed within four years of the date of the alleged violation. A complaint regarding a latent act or omission pertaining to structural defects must be filed within 10 years of
the date of the alleged violation. Any questions concerning a contractor may be referred to the
Registrar, Contractors’ State License board, P.O. Box 26000, Sacramento, California 95826.
1) Have you ever had your contractor’s license suspended or revoked by the California
Contractors’ State license Board two or more times within an eight year period?
______ ______
yes no
2) Has the suspension or revocation of your contractor’s license ever been stayed?
______ ______
yes no
3) Have any subcontractors that you propose to perform any portion of the Work ever had their
contractor’s license suspended or revoked by the California Contractors’ State license Board two or more times within an eight year period?
______ ______yes no
4) Has the suspension or revocation of the license of any subcontractor’s that you propose to perform any portion of the Work ever been stayed?
______ ______
yes no
5) If the answer to either of 1. or 3. above is yes fully identify, in each and every case, the party
disciplined, the date of and violation that the disciplinary action pertain to, describe the nature of the violation and the disciplinary action taken therefore.
(If needed attach additional sheets to provide full disclosure.)
Page _____ of _____ pages of this Disclosure of Discipline form
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 5513-B Page 34 of 192
BIDDER'S DISCLOSURE OF DISCIPLINE RECORD
(CONTINUED)
(To Accompany Proposal)
CLEANING AND INSPECTION OF INTERCEPTOR SEWERSCONTRACT NO. 5513-B
6) If the answer to either of 2. or 4. above is yes fully identify, in each and every case, the party
whose discipline was stayed, the date of the violation that the disciplinary action pertains to, describe the nature of the violation and the condition (if any) upon which the disciplinary action was stayed.
(If needed attach additional sheets to provide full disclosure.)
BY CONTRACTOR:
(name of Contractor)
By:
(sign here)
(print name/title)
NONCOLLUSION DECLARATION TO BE EXECUTED BY
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 5513-B Page 35 of 192
BIDDER AND SUBMITTED WITH BID
PUBLIC CONTRACT CODE SECTION 7106
(To Accompany Proposal)
CLEANING AND INSPECTION OF INTERCEPTOR SEWERS
CONTRACT NO. 5513-B
The undersigned declares:
I am the ____________ of ______________, the party making the foregoing bid.
The bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership,
company, association, organization, or corporation. The bid is genuine and not collusive or sham.
The bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other bidder to put in a false or sham bid. The bidder has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with
any bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or to refrain from bidding. The bidder has not in
any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with anyone to fix the bid price of the bidder or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost
element of the bid price, or of that of any other bidder. All statements contained in the bid are true.
The bidder has not, directly or indirectly, submitted his or her bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, to any corporation,
partnership, company, association, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent
thereof, to effectuate a collusive or sham bid, and has not paid, and will not pay, any person or entity for such purpose.
Any person executing this declaration on behalf of a bidder that is a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, or any other entity, hereby
represents that he or she has full power to execute, and does execute, this declaration on behalf of the bidder.
I declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing is true and correct and that this declaration is executed on ___________________________,
20____ at _________ [city], ________ [state].
________________________________________________Signature of Bidder
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 5513-B Page 36 of 192
CONTRACT
PUBLIC WORKS
(To Accompany Proposal)
This agreement is made this ____________ day of ________________________________, 20___, by and between the City of Carlsbad, California, a municipal corporation, (hereinafter
called "City"), and ________________________________________________ whose principal place of business is ____________________________________________________________________________
__ (hereinafter called "Contractor").
City and Contractor agree as follows:
1. Description of Work. Contractor shall perform all work specified in the Contract
documents for:
CLEANING AND INSPECTION OF INTERCEPTOR SEWERS
CONTRACT NO. 5513-B
(hereinafter called "project")
2. Provisions of Labor and Materials. Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and personnel to perform the work specified by the Contract Documents.
3. Contract Documents. The Contract Documents consist of this Contract, Notice Inviting Bids, Contractor's Proposal, Bidder's Bond, Noncollusion Declaration, Designation of
Subcontractors, Technical Ability and Experience, Bidder’s Statement Re Debarment, Escrow Agreement, Release Form, the Plans and Specifications, the General Provisions, addendum(s)
to said Plans and Specifications and General Provisions, and all proper amendments and
changes made thereto in accordance with this Contract or the Plans and Specifications, and all bonds for the project; all of which are incorporated herein by this reference.
Contractor, her/his subcontractors, and materials suppliers shall provide and install the work as indicated, specified, and implied by the Contract Documents. Any items of work not indicated or
specified, but which are essential to the completion of the work, shall be provided at the
Contractor's expense to fulfill the intent of said documents. In all instances through the life of the Contract, the City will be the interpreter of the intent of the Contract Documents, and the City's
decision relative to said intent will be final and binding. Failure of the Contractor to apprise
subcontractors and materials suppliers of this condition of the Contract will not relieve responsibility of compliance.
4. Payment. For all compensation for Contractor's performance of work under this Contract, City shall make payment to the Contractor per section 9-3 PAYMENT of the General Provisions
section of this contract. The Engineer will close the estimate of work completed for progress payments on the last working day of each month. The City shall withhold retention as required by Public Contract Code Section 9203.
5. Independent Investigation. Contractor has made an independent investigation of the
jobsite, the soil conditions at the jobsite, and all other conditions that might affect the progress of
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 5513-B Page 37 of 192
the work, and is aware of those conditions. The Contract price includes payment for all work that may be done by Contractor, whether anticipated or not, in order to overcome underground
conditions. Any information that may have been furnished to Contractor by City about
underground conditions or other job conditions is for Contractor's convenience only, and City does not warrant that the conditions are as thus indicated. Contractor is satisfied with all job conditions,
including underground conditions and has not relied on information furnished by City.
6. Hazardous Waste or Other Unusual Conditions. If the contract involves digging
trenches or other excavations that extend deeper than four feet below the surface Contractor shall
promptly, and before the following conditions are disturbed, notify City, in writing, of any:
A. Hazardous Waste. Material that Contractor believes may be material that is hazardous
waste, as defined in section 25117 of the Health and Safety Code, that is required to be removed to a Class I, Class II, or Class III disposal site in accordance with provisions of existing law.
B. Differing Conditions. Subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site differing from those indicated.
C. Unknown Physical Conditions. Unknown physical conditions at the site of any unusual
nature, different materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as
inherent in work of the character provided for in the contract.
City shall promptly investigate the conditions, and if it finds that the conditions do materially so
differ, or do involve hazardous waste, and cause a decrease or increase in contractor's costs of, or the time required for, performance of any part of the work shall issue a change order under the
procedures described in this contract.
In the event that a dispute arises between City and Contractor whether the conditions materially
differ, or involve hazardous waste, or cause a decrease or increase in the contractor's cost of, or
time required for, performance of any part of the work, contractor shall not be excused from any scheduled completion date provided for by the contract, but shall proceed with all work to be
performed under the contract. Contractor shall retain any and all rights provided either by contract
or by law which pertain to the resolution of disputes and protests between the contracting parties.
7. Immigration Reform and Control Act. Contractor certifies it is aware of the requirements of the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 (8 USC sections 1101-1525) and has complied and will comply with these requirements, including, but not limited to, verifying the eligibility for
employment of all agents, employees, subcontractors, and consultants that are included in this Contract.
8. Prevailing Wage. Pursuant to the California Labor Code, the director of the Department of Industrial Relations has determined the general prevailing rate of per diem wages in
accordance with California Labor Code, section 1773 and a copy of a schedule of said general
prevailing wage rates is on file in the office of the City Engineer, and is incorporated by reference herein. Pursuant to California Labor Code, section 1775, Contractor shall pay prevailing wages.
Contractor shall post copies of all applicable prevailing wages on the job site. Contractor shall
comply with California Labor Code, section 1776, which generally requires keeping accurate payroll records, verifying and certifying payroll records, and making them available for inspection.
Contractor shall require all subcontractors to comply with Section 1776.
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 5513-B Page 38 of 192
9. Indemnification. Contractor shall assume the defense of, pay all expenses of defense, and indemnify and hold harmless the City, and its officers and employees, from all claims, loss,
damage, injury and liability of every kind, nature and description, directly or indirectly arising from
or in connection with the performance of the Contract or work; or from any failure or alleged failure of Contractor to comply with any applicable law, rules or regulations including those relating to
safety and health; and from any and all claims, loss, damages, injury and liability, howsoever the
same may be caused, resulting directly or indirectly from the nature of the work covered by the Contract, except for loss or damage caused by the sole or active negligence or willful misconduct
of the City. The expenses of defense include all costs and expenses including attorneys' fees for
litigation, arbitration, or other dispute resolution method.
Contractor shall also defend and indemnify the City against any challenges to the award of the
contract to Contractor, and Contractor will pay all costs, including defense costs for the City. Defense costs include the cost of separate counsel for City, if City requests separate counsel.
Contractor shall also defend and indemnify the City against any challenges to the award of the contract to Contractor, arising in whole or in part from alleged inaccuracies or misrepresentation
by the Contractor, whether intentional or otherwise, and Contractor will pay all costs, including defense costs for the City. Defense costs include the cost of separate counsel for City, if City
requests separate counsel.
10. Insurance. Contractor shall procure and maintain for the duration of the contract
insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damage to property which may arise from or in
connection with the performance of the work hereunder by the Contractor, his or her agents, representatives, employees or subcontractors. Said insurance shall meet the City's policy for
insurance as stated in City Council Policy # 70.
(A) Coverages and Limits. Contractor shall maintain the types of coverages and minimum
limits indicted herein:
a.Commercial General Liability (CGL) Insurance: Insurance written on an “occurrence” basis, including products-completed operations, personal & advertising injury, with limits no less than $2,000,000 per occurrence. If a general aggregate limit applies, either the general aggregate limit shall apply separately to this project/location or the general aggregate limit shall be twice the required occurrence limit.
b.Business Automobile Liability Insurance: $2,000,000 combined single limit per
accident for bodily injury and property damage. In addition, the auto policy must cover any vehicle used in the performance of the contract, used onsite or offsite, whether owned, non-owned or
hired, and whether scheduled or non-scheduled.
c.Workers' Compensation and Employers' Liability Insurance: Workers' compensation
limits as required by the Labor Code of the State of California and Employers’ Liability limits of $1,000,000 per incident. Workers' compensation offered by the State Compensation Insurance Fund is acceptable to the City.
d.Pollution Liability Insurance: $2,000,000 (Ed Garbo working on language for this)
(B) Additional Provisions: Contractor shall ensure that the policies of insurance required under this agreement with the exception of Workers’ Compensation and Business Automobile
Liability Insurance contain, or are endorsed to contain, the following provisions.
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 5513-B Page 39 of 192
a. The City, its officials, employees and volunteers are to be covered as additional insured as respects: liability arising out of activities performed by or on behalf of the Contractor; products and completed operations of the contractor; premises owned, leased, hired or borrowed by the contractor. The coverage shall contain no special limitations on the scope of protection afforded to the City, its officials, employees or volunteers. All additional insured endorsements must be evidenced using separate documents attached to the certificate of insurance; one for each
company affording general liability and employers’ liability coverage.
b. The Contractor's insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as respects the City, its
officials, employees and volunteers. Any insurance or self-insurance maintained by the City, its officials, employees or volunteers shall be in excess of the contractor's insurance and shall not contribute with it.
c. Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policies shall not affect coverage
provided to the City, its officials, employees or volunteers.
d. Coverage shall state that the contractor's insurance shall apply separately to each insured
against whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the limits of the insurer's liability.
(C) Notice of Cancellation. Each insurance policy required by this agreement shall be endorsed to state that coverage shall not be nonrenewed, suspended, voided, canceled, or reduced in coverage or limits except after ten (10) days' prior written notice has been sent to the City by certified mail, return receipt requested.
(D) Deductibles and Self-Insured Retention (S.I.R.) Levels. Any deductibles or self-insured retention levels must be declared to and approved by the City. At the option of the City, either: the insurer shall reduce or eliminate such deductibles or self-insured retention levels as respects
the City, its officials and employees; or the contractor shall procure a bond guaranteeing payment of losses and related investigation, claim administration and defense expenses.
(E) Waiver of Subrogation. All policies of insurance required under this agreement shall contain a waiver of all rights of subrogation the insurer may have or may acquire against the City
or any of its officials or employees.
(F) Subcontractors. Contractor shall include all subcontractors as insured under its policies
or shall furnish separate certificates and endorsements for each subcontractor. Coverages for subcontractors shall be subject to all of the requirements stated herein.
(G) Acceptability of Insurers. Insurance is to be placed with insurers that have a rating in Best's Key Rating Guide of at least A-:VII. Insurers must also be authorized to transact the business of insurance by the State of California Insurance Commissioner as admitted carriers as evidenced by a listing in the official publication of the Department of Insurance of the State of California and/or under the standards specified by City Council Policy # 70.
(H) Verification of Coverage. Contractor shall furnish the City with certificates of insurance and original endorsements affecting coverage required by this clause. The certificates and
endorsements for each insurance policy are to be signed by a person authorized by that insurer to bind coverage on its behalf. The certificates and endorsements are to be in forms approved by
Commented [CN7]: Add City of Vista as Additional Insured
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 5513-B Page 40 of 192
the City and are to be received and approved by the City before the Contract is executed by the City.
(I) Cost of Insurance. The Cost of all insurance required under this agreement shall be included in the Contractor's bid.
11. Claims and Lawsuits. All claims by Contractor shall be resolved in accordance with Public Contract Code section 9204, which is incorporated by reference. A copy of Section 9204 is included in Section 3 of the General Provisions. In addition, all claims by Contractor for $375,000 or less shall be resolved in accordance with the provisions in the Public Contract Code, Division 2, Part 3, Chapter 1, Article 1.5 (commencing with section 20104) which are incorporated by reference. A copy of Article 1.5 is included in Section 3 of the General Provisions. In the event of a conflict between Section 9204 and Article 1.5, Section 9204 shall apply. Notwithstanding the provisions of this section of the contract, all claims shall comply with the Government Tort Claim Act (section 900 et seq., of the California Government Code) for any claim or cause of action for money or damages prior to filing any lawsuit for breach of this agreement.
(A) Assertion of Claims. Contractor hereby agrees that any contract claim submitted to the City must be asserted as part of the contract process as set forth in this agreement and not in
anticipation of litigation or in conjunction with litigation.
(B) False Claims. Contractor acknowledges that if a false claim is submitted to the City, it
may be considered fraud and the Contractor may be subject to criminal prosecution.
(C) Government Code. Contractor acknowledges that California Government Code sections
12650 et seq., the False Claims Act, provides for civil penalties where a person knowingly submits a false claim to a public entity. These provisions include false claims made with deliberate
ignorance of the false information or in reckless disregard of the truth or falsity of the information.
(D) Penalty Recovery. If the City of Carlsbad seeks to recover penalties pursuant to the False
Claims Act, it is entitled to recover its litigation costs, including attorney's fees.
(E) Debarment for False Claims. Contractor hereby acknowledges that the filing of a false
claim may subject the Contractor to an administrative debarment proceeding wherein the Contractor may be prevented from further bidding on public contracts for a period of up to five years.
(F) Carlsbad Municipal Code. The provisions of Carlsbad Municipal Code sections 3.32.025, 3.32.026, 3.32.027 and 3.32.028 pertaining to false claims are incorporated herein by reference.
(G) Debarment from Other Jurisdictions. Contractor hereby acknowledges that debarment
by another jurisdiction is grounds for the City of Carlsbad to disqualify the Contractor or
subcontractor from participating in future contract bidding.
(H) Jurisdiction. Contractor agrees and hereby stipulates that the proper venue and
jurisdiction for resolution of any disputes between the parties arising out of this agreement is San Diego County, California.
I have read and understand all provisions of Section 11 above. ________ init ________ init
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 5513-B Page 41 of 192
12. Maintenance of Records. Contractor shall maintain and make available at no cost to the City, upon request, records in accordance with sections 1776 and 1812 of Part 7, Chapter 1,
Article 2, of the Labor Code. If the Contractor does not maintain the records at Contractor's
principal place of business as specified above, Contractor shall so inform the City by certified letter accompanying the return of this Contract. Contractor shall notify the City by certified mail of
any change of address of such records.
13. Labor Code Provisions. The provisions of Part 7, Chapter 1, commencing with section
1720 of the Labor Code are incorporated herein by reference.
14. Security. Securities in the form of cash, cashier's check, or certified check may be
substituted for any monies withheld by the City to secure performance of this contract for any
obligation established by this contract. Any other security that is mutually agreed to by the Contractor and the City may be substituted for monies withheld to ensure performance under this
Contract.
15. Unfair Business Practices. In entering into a public works contract or a subcontract to
supply goods, services, or materials pursuant to a public works contract, the contractor or subcontractor offers and agrees to assign to the awarding body all rights, title, and interest in and
to all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. Sec. 15) or under
the Cartwright Act (Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 16700) of Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business and Professions Code), arising from purchases of goods, services, or materials
pursuant to the public works contract or the subcontract. This assignment shall be made and
become effective at the time the awarding body tenders final payment to the contractor, without further acknowledgment by the parties.
16. Provisions Required by Law Deemed Inserted. Each and every provision of law and clause required by law to be inserted in this Contract shall be deemed to be inserted herein and
included herein, and if, through mistake or otherwise, any such provision is not inserted, or is not
correctly inserted, then upon application of either party, the Contract shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion or correction.
///
///
///
///
///
///
///
///
///
///
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 5513-B Page 42 of 192
17. Additional Provisions. Any additional provisions of this agreement are set forth in the "General Provisions" or "Supplemental Provisions" attached hereto and made a part hereof.
NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF EXECUTION BY ALL SIGNATORIES MUST BE ATTACHED
(CORPORATE SEAL)
CONTRACTOR:
(name of Contractor)
By:
(sign here)
(print name and title)
By:
(sign here)
(print name and title)
CITY OF CARLSBAD a municipal corporation
of the State of California
By: MATT HALL, Mayor
ATTEST:
BARBARA ENGLESON, City Clerk
President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations. If only
one officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or assistant secretary under the corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation.
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
CELIA A. BREWERCity Attorney
By: Deputy City Attorney
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 5513-B Page 43 of 192
LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND
(To Accompany Proposal)
WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, State of California, has awarded to
____________________________________________________________________________ (hereinafter designated as the "Principal"), a Contract for:
CLEANING AND INSPECTION OF INTERCEPTOR SEWERSCONTRACT NO. 5513-B
in the City of Carlsbad, in strict conformity with the drawings and specifications, and other Contract Documents now on file in the Office of the City Clerk of the City of Carlsbad and all of which are
incorporated herein by this reference.
WHEREAS, Principal has executed or is about to execute said Contract and the terms thereof
require the furnishing of a bond, providing that if Principal or any of their subcontractors shall fail
to pay for any materials, provisions, provender or other supplies or teams used in, upon or about the performance of the work agreed to be done, or for any work or labor done thereon of any kind,
the Surety on this bond will pay the same to the extent hereinafter set forth.
NOW, THEREFORE, WE, ____________________________________________________, as
Principal, (hereinafter designated as the "Contractor"), and ____________________________________________________________________ as Surety, are held firmly bound unto the City of
Carlsbad in the sum of __________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________ Dollars ($_______________), said sum being an amount equal to: One hundred percent (100%) of the total amount payable
under the terms of the contract by the City of Carlsbad, and for which payment well and truly to
be made we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the Contractor or his/her subcontractors fail to pay for any materials, provisions, provender, supplies, or teams used in,
upon, for, or about the performance of the work contracted to be done, or for any other work or
labor thereon of any kind, consistent with California Civil Code section 9100, or for amounts due under the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to the work or labor performed under this
Contract, or for any amounts required to be deducted, withheld, and paid over to the Employment
Development Department from the wages of employees of the contractor and subcontractors pursuant to section 13020 of the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to the work and
labor, that the Surety will pay for the same, and, also, in case suit is brought upon the bond, reasonable attorney's fees, to be fixed by the court consistent with California Civil Code section 9554.
This bond shall inure to the benefit of any of the persons named in California Civil Code section
9100, so as to give a right of action to those persons or their assigns in any suit brought upon the
bond.
Surety stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms
of the Contract, or to the work to be performed hereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any change,
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 5513-B Page 44 of 192
extension of time, alterations or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications.
In the event that Contractor is an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Contractor shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond.
Executed by CONTRACTOR this
day of , 20 .
CONTRACTOR:
(name of Contractor)
By: (sign here)
(print name here)
(title and organization of signatory)
By:
(sign here)
(print name here)
(title and organization of signatory)
Executed by SURETY this day
of , 20 .
SURETY:
(name of Surety)
(address of Surety)
(telephone number of Surety)
By:
(signature of Attorney-in-Fact)
(printed name of Attorney-in-Fact)
(attach corporate resolution showing current
power of attorney)
(Proper notarial acknowledgment of execution by CONTRACTOR and SURETY must be
attached.)
(President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations. If
only one officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or assistant secretary under corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation.)
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
CELIA A. BREWER
City Attorney
By:
Deputy City Attorney
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 5513-B Page 45 of 192
FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE/WARRANTY BOND
(To Accompany Proposal)
WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, State of California, has awarded to
__________________________________________________________________, (hereinafterdesignated as the "Principal"), a Contract for:
CLEANING AND INSPECTION OF INTERCEPTOR SEWERSCONTRACT NO. 5513-B
in the City of Carlsbad, in strict conformity with the contract, the drawings and specifications, and other Contract Documents now on file in the Office of the City Clerk of the City of Carlsbad, all of
which are incorporated herein by this reference.
WHEREAS, Principal has executed or is about to execute said Contract and the terms thereof
require the furnishing of a bond for the faithful performance and warranty of said Contract;
NOW, THEREFORE, WE, ____________________________________________________, as
Principal, (hereinafter designated as the "Contractor"), and ____________________________________________________________________ as Surety, are held firmly bound unto the City of Carlsbad in the sum of __________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________ Dollars ($_______________), said sum being an amount equal to: One hundred percent (100%) of the total amount payable
under the terms of the contract by the City of Carlsbad, and for which payment well and truly to
be made we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the above bounden Contractor, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors or assigns, shall in all things stand to and abide by,
and well and truly keep and perform the covenants, conditions, and agreements in the Contract
and any alteration thereof made as therein provided on their part, to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner therein specified, and in all respects according to their true intent and
meaning, and shall indemnify and save harmless the City of Carlsbad, its officers, employees and
agents, as therein stipulated, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect.
As a part of the obligation secured hereby and in addition to the face amount specified therefore, there shall be included costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable attorney's
fees, incurred by the City in successfully enforcing such obligation, all to be taxed as costs and included in any judgment rendered.
Surety stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract, or to the work to be performed there under or the specifications accompanying
the same shall affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any change,
extension of time, alterations or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications.
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 5513-B Page 46 of 192
In the event that Contractor is an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Contractor shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond.
Executed by CONTRACTOR this
day of , 20 .
CONTRACTOR:
(name of Contractor)
By: (sign here)
(print name here)
(Title and Organization of Signatory)
By:
(sign here)
(print name here)
(Title and Organization of signatory)Executed by SURETY this day of
, 20 .
SURETY:
(name of Surety)
(address of Surety)
(telephone number of Surety)
By:
(signature of Attorney-in-Fact)
(printed name of Attorney-in-Fact)
(Attach corporate resolution showing current power of attorney.)
(Proper notarial acknowledgment of execution by CONTRACTOR and SURETY must be
attached.)
(President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations. If
only one officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or assistant secretary under corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation.)
APPROVED AS TO FORM:CELIA A. BREWER
City Attorney
By:
Deputy City Attorney
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 5513-B Page 47 of 192
OPTIONAL ESCROW AGREEMENT FOR
SECURITY DEPOSITS IN LIEU OF RETENTION
(To Accompany Proposal)
This Escrow Agreement is made and entered into by and between the City of Carlsbad whose address is 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive, Carlsbad, California, 92008, hereinafter called "City" and ________________________________________________________________ whose address
is _________________________________________________________________ hereinafter called "Contractor" and ___________________________________________________ whose address is ____________________________________________________________________
hereinafter called "Escrow Agent."
For the consideration hereinafter set forth, the City, Contractor and Escrow Agent agree as
follows:
1. Pursuant to section 22300 of the Public Contract Code of the State of California, the
Contractor has the option to deposit securities with the Escrow Agent as a substitute for retention earnings required to be withheld by the City pursuant to the Construction Contract entered into
between the City and Contractor for
CLEANING AND INSPECTION OF INTERCEPTOR SEWERS
CONTRACT NO. 5513-B
in the amount of ___________________________ dated ______________ (hereinafter referred
to as the "Contract"). Alternatively, on written request of the Contractor, the City shall make payments of the retention earnings directly to the Escrow Agent. When the Contractor deposits the securities as a substitute for Contract earnings, the Escrow Agent shall notify the City within
10 days of the deposit. The market value of the securities at the time of the substitution shall be a least equal to the cash amount then required to be withheld as retention under the terms of the
contract between the City and Contractor. Securities shall be held in the name of the City and
shall designate the Contractor as the beneficial owner.
2. The City shall make progress payments to the Contractor for such funds which otherwise
would be withheld from progress payments pursuant to the Contract provisions, provided that the Escrow Agent holds securities in the form and amount specified above.
3. When the City makes payment of retentions earned directly to the Escrow Agent, the Escrow Agent shall hold them for the benefit of the Contractor until such time as the escrow
created under this contract is terminated. The Contractor may direct the investment of the
payments into securities. All terms and conditions of this agreement and the rights and responsibilities of the parties shall be equally applicable and binding when the City pays the
Escrow Agent directly.
4. The Contractor shall be responsible for paying all fees for the expenses incurred by the
Escrow Agent in administering the Escrow Account and all expenses of the City. These expenses and payment terms shall be determined by the City, Contractor and Escrow Agent.
5. The interest earned on the securities or the money market accounts held in escrow and all interest earned on that interest shall be for the sole account of Contractor and shall be subject
to withdrawal by Contractor at any time and from time to time without notice to the City.
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 5513-B Page 48 of 192
6. Contractor shall have the right to withdraw all or any part of the principal in the Escrow
Account only by written notice to Escrow Agent accompanied by written authorization from City
to the Escrow Agent that City consents to the withdrawal of the amount sought to be withdrawn by Contractor.
7. The City shall have a right to draw upon the securities in the event of default by the Contractor. Upon seven days' written notice to the Escrow Agent from the City of the default, the
Escrow Agent shall immediately convert the securities to cash and shall distribute the cash as
instructed by the City.
8. Upon receipt of written notification from the City certifying that the Contract is final and
complete and that the Contractor has complied with all requirements and procedures applicable to the Contract, the Escrow Agent shall release to Contractor all securities and interest on deposit
less escrow fees and charges of the Escrow Account. The escrow shall be closed immediately upon disbursement of all moneys and securities on deposit and payments of fees and charges.
9. The Escrow Agent shall rely on the written notifications from the City and the Contractor pursuant to sections (1) to (8), inclusive, of this agreement and the City and Contractor shall hold
Escrow Agent harmless from Escrow Agent's release, conversion and disbursement of the
securities and interest as set forth above.
10. The names of the persons who are authorized to give written notices or to receive written
notice on behalf of the City and on behalf of Contractor in connection with the foregoing, and exemplars of their respective signatures are as follows:
For City:Title FINANCE DIRECTOR
Name
Signature
Address
For Contractor:Title
Name
Signature
Address
For Escrow Agent:Title
Name
Signature
Address
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 5513-B Page 49 of 192
At the time the Escrow Account is opened, the City and Contractor shall deliver to the Escrow
Agent a fully executed counterpart of this Agreement.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement by their proper officers on
the date first set forth above.
For City:Title MAYOR
Name
Signature
Address
For Contractor:
Title
Name
Signature
Address
For Escrow Agent:
Title
Name
Signature
Address
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 47 of 192
GENERAL PROVISIONS
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 48 of 192
GENERAL PROVISIONS
FOR
CLEANING AND INSPECTION OF INTERCEPTOR
SEWERS
CONTRACT NO. 5513-B
CITY OF CARLSBAD
BIDDERS ARE ADVISED THAT THIS SECTION REPLACES PART 1,
GENERAL PROVISIONS, OF THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR
PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION
SECTION 1 -- TERMS, DEFINITIONS, ABBREVIATIONS, AND
SYMBOLS
1-1 TERMS – Unless otherwise stated, the words directed, required, permitted, ordered,
instructed, designated, considered necessary, prescribed, approved, acceptable, satisfactory, or
words of like meaning, refer to actions, expressions, and prerogatives of the Engineer.
1-1.1 Reference to Drawings. Where words "shown”, "indicated”, "detailed”, "noted”,
"scheduled”, or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that reference is made to the plans accompanying these provisions, unless stated otherwise.
1-1.2 Directions. Where words "directed”, "designated”, "selected”, or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, designation or selection of the Engineer is
intended, unless stated otherwise. The word "required" and words of similar import shall be understood to mean "as required to properly complete the work as required and as approved by the Engineer," unless stated otherwise.
1-1.3 Equals and Approvals. Where the words "equal”, "approved equal”, "equivalent”, and
such words of similar import are used, it shall be understood such words are followed by the
expression "in the opinion of the Engineer”, unless otherwise stated. Where the words "approved”, "approval”, "acceptance”, or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that the
approval, acceptance, or similar import of the Engineer is intended.
1-1.4 Perform. The word "perform" shall be understood to mean that the Contractor, at its
expense, shall perform all operations, labor, tools and equipment, and further, including the
furnishing and installing of materials that are indicated, specified or required to mean that the Contractor, at its expense, shall furnish and install the work, complete in place and ready to use,
including furnishing of necessary labor, materials, tools, equipment, and transportation.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 49 of 192
1-2 DEFINITIONS. The following words, or groups of words, shall be exclusively defined by
the definitions assigned to them herein.
Addendum – Written or graphic instrument issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarifies, corrects, or changes the bidding or Contract Documents. The term Addendum shall include bulletins and all other types of written notices issued to potential bidders prior to opening of Bids.
Agency – The City of Carlsbad (City), California, or Carlsbad Municipal Water District (CMWD). The City and CMWD are used interchangeably throughout the Contract.
Agreement – See Contract.
Assessment Act Contract – A Contract financed by special assessments authorized under a State Act or procedural ordinance of a City or County.
Base – A layer of specified material of planned thickness placed immediately below the pavement or surfacing.
Bid – The offer or proposal of the Bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work.
Bidder – Any individual, firm, partnership, corporation, or combination thereof, submitting a Bid for the Work, acting directly or through a duly authorized representative.
Board – The officer or body constituting the awarding authority of the Agency, which is the City Council for the City of Carlsbad or the Board of Directors of Carlsbad Municipal Water District.
Bond – Bid, performance, and payment bond or other instrument of security.
City Council – the City Council of the City of Carlsbad.
City Manager – the City Manager of the City of Carlsbad or his/her approved representative.
Cash Contract – A Contract financed by means other than special assessments.
Change Order – A written order to the Contractor signed by the Agency directing an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract time issued
after the effective date of the Contract. A Change Order may or may not also be signed by the
Contractor.
Code – The terms Government Code, Labor Code, etc., refer to codes of the State of California.
Construction Manager– the Project Inspector’s immediate supervisor and first level of appeal
for informal dispute resolution.
Contract – The written agreement between the Agency and the Contractor covering the Work.
Contract Documents – Including but not limited to; the Contract, any Addendum (which pertain to the contract documents), Notice Inviting Bids, Instructions to Bidders; Bid (including documentation accompanying the Bid and any post-bid documentation submitted prior to the Notice of Award) when attached as an exhibit to the Contract, the Bonds, the General Provisions,
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 50 of 192
permits from other agencies, the Technical Specifications, the Supplemental Provisions, the Plans, Standard Plans, Standard Specifications, Reference Specifications, and all Modifications issued after the execution of the Contract.
Contractor – The individual, partnership, corporation, joint venture, or other legal entity having a Contract with the Agency to perform the Work. In the case of work being done under permit issued by the Agency, the permittee shall be constructed to be the Contractor. The term “prime contractor” shall mean Contractor.
Contract Price – The total amount of money for which the Contract is awarded.
Contract Unit Price – The amount stated in the Bid for a single unit of an item of work.
County Sealer – The Sealer of Weights and Measures of the county in which the Contract is let.
Days – Days shall mean consecutive calendar’s days unless otherwise specified.
Deputy City Engineer, Construction Management & Inspection – The Construction Manager’s immediate supervisor and second level of appeal for informal dispute resolution.
Dispute Board – Persons designated by the City Manager of the City of Carlsbad or Executive Manager of the Carlsbad Municipal Water District, to hear and advise the City Manager on claims submitted by the Contractor. The City Manager for the City of Carlsbad or the Executive Manager for the Carlsbad Municipal Water District is the last appeal level for informal dispute resolution.
Electrolier – Street light assembly complete, including foundation, standard, luminaire arm, luminaire, etc.
Engineer – The City Engineer of the City of Carlsbad or his/her approved representative. The Engineer is the third level of appeal for informal dispute resolution.
Geotextile – Synthetic fiber used in civil engineering applications, serving the primary functions of separation and filtration.
House Connection Sewer – A sewer, within a public street or right-of-way, proposed to connect any parcel, lot, or part of a lot with a mainline sewer.
House Sewer – A sewer, wholly within private property, proposed to connect any building to a house connection sewer.
Luminaire – The lamp housing including the optical and socket assemblies (and ballast if so specified).
Luminaire Arm – The structural member, bracket, or mast arm, which, mounted on the standard, supports the luminaire.
Minor Bid Item – A single contract item constituting less than 10 percent (10%) of the original Contract Price bid.
Modification – Includes Change Orders and Supplemental Agreements. A Modification may only be used after the effective date of the Contract.
Notice of Award – The written notice by the Agency to the successful Bidder stating that upon compliance by it with the required conditions, the Agency will execute the Contract.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 51 of 192
Notice to Proceed – A written notice given by the Agency to the Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract time will start.Own Organization - When used in Section 2-3.1 – Employees of the Contractor who are hired, directed, supervised and paid by the Contractor to accomplish the completion of the Work. Further, such employees have their employment taxes, State disability insurance payments, State and Federal income taxes paid and administered, as applicable, by the Contractor. When used in Section 2-3.1 ”own organization” means construction equipment that the Contractor owns or leases and uses to accomplish the Work. Equipment that is owner operated or leased equipment with an operator is not part of the Contractor's Own Organization and will not be included for the purpose of compliance with Section 2-3.1.
Person – Any individual, firm, association, partnership, corporation, trust, joint venture, or other legal entity.
Plans – The drawings, profiles, cross sections, working drawings, and supplemental drawings, or reproductions thereof, approved by the Engineer, which show the location, character, dimensions, or details of the Work.
Private Contract – Work subject to Agency inspection, control, and approval, involving private funds, not administered by the Agency.
Project Inspector – The Engineer’s designated representative for inspection, contract administration and first level for informal dispute resolution.
Proposal – See Bid.
Reference Specifications – Those bulletins, standards, rules, methods of analysis or test, codes, and specifications of other agencies, engineering societies, or industrial associations referred to in the Contract Documents. These refer to the latest edition, including amendments in effect and published at the time of advertising the project or issuing the permit, unless specifically referred to by edition, volume, or date.
Roadway – The portion of a street reserved for vehicular use.
Service Connection – Service connections are all or any portion of the conduit, cable, or duct, including meter, between a utility distribution line and an individual consumer.
Sewer – Any conduit intended for the reception and transfer of sewage and fluid industrial waste.
Specifications – General Provisions, Standard Specifications, Technical Specifications, Reference Specifications, Supplemental Provisions, and specifications in Supplemental Agreements between the Contractor and the Board.
Standard – The shaft or pole used to support street lighting luminaire, traffic signal heads, mast arms, etc.
Standard Plans – Details of standard structures, devices, or instructions referred to on the Plans
or in Specifications by title or number.
Standard Specifications – The Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction
(SSPWC), the “Greenbook”.
State – State of California.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 52 of 192
Storm Drain – Any conduit and appurtenances intended for the reception and transfer of storm
water.
Street – Any road, highway, parkway, freeway, alley, walk, or way.
Subbase – A layer of specified material of planned thickness between a base and the subgrade.
Subcontractor – An individual, firm, or corporation having a direct contract with the Contractor
or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work.
Subgrade – For roadways, that portion of the roadbed on which pavement, surfacing, base,
subbase, or a layer of other material is placed. For structures, the soil prepared to support a structure.
Supervision – Supervision, where used to indicate supervision by the Engineer, shall mean the performance of obligations, and the exercise of rights, specifically imposed upon and granted to
the Agency in becoming a party to the Contract. Except as specifically stated herein, supervision by the Agency shall not mean active and direct superintendence of details of the Work.
Supplemental Agreement – A written amendment of the Contract Documents signed by both parties.
Supplemental Provisions – Additions and revisions to the Standard Specifications setting forth conditions and requirements peculiar to the work.
Surety – Any individual, firm, or corporation, bound with and for the Contractor for the acceptable performance, execution, and completion of the Work, and for the satisfaction of all obligations
incurred.
Tonne – Also referred to as “metric ton”. Represents a unit of measure in the International System
of Units equal to 1,000 kilograms.
Utility – Tracks, overhead or underground wires, pipeline, conduits, ducts, or structures, sewers,
or storm drains owned, operated, or maintained in or across a public right of way or private easement.
Work – That which is proposed to be constructed or done under the Contract or permit, including the furnishing of all labor, materials, equipment, and services.
1-3 ABBREVIATIONS
1-3.1 General. The abbreviation herein, together with others in general use, are applicable to
these Standard Specifications and to project Plans or other Contract Documents.
All abbreviations and symbols used on Plans for structural steel construction shall conform to
those given by the “Manual of Steel Construction” published by the American Institute of Steel Construction, Inc.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 53 of 192
1-3.2 Common Usage
Abbreviation Word or Words Abbreviation Word or Words
ABAN..............................................................AbandonABAND.......................................................Abandoned
ABS ........................Acrylonitrile – butadiene – styreneAC .....................................................Asphalt ConcreteACP...........................................Asbestos cement pipe
ACWS......................Asphalt concrete wearing surfaceALT.................................................................AlternateAPTS .................................Apartment and ApartmentsAMER STD ....................................American StandardAWG................American Wire Gage (nonferrous wire)
BC...................................................Beginning of curveBCR........................................Beginning of curb returnBDRY ............................................................Boundary
BF......................................................Bottom of footingBLDG.........................................Building and BuildingsBM .............................................................Bench mark
BVC ....................................Beginning of vertical curveB/W............................................................Back of wallC/C......................................................Center to center
CAB.......................................Crushed aggregate baseCAL/OSHA ............California Occupational Safety andHealth Administration
CalTrans........California Department of TransportationCAP....................................Corrugated aluminum pipeCB .............................................................Catch Basin
Cb .........................................................................CurbCBP................................Catch Basin Connection PipeCBR ........................................California Bearing RatioCCR .............................California Code of RegulationsCCTV................................................Closed Circuit TV
CES ..........................Carlsbad Engineering StandardsCF .................................................................Curb faceCF.................................................................Cubic foot
C&G.....................................................Curb and gutterCFR.................................Code of Federal RegulationsCFS..........................................Cubic Feet per Second
CIP..........................................................Cast iron pipeCIPP.................................................Cast-in place pipeCL ..............................................Clearance, center line
CLF .....................................................Chain link fenceCMB................................Crushed miscellaneous baseCMC..........................................Cement mortar-coated
CML .............................................Cement mortar-linedCMWD.....................Carlsbad Municipal Water DistrictCO ....................................................Cleanout (Sewer)
COL..................................................................ColumnCOMM .......................................................CommercialCONC.............................................................Concrete
CONN.........................................................ConnectionCONST....................................Construct, ConstructionCOORD.......................................................CoordinateCSP............................................Corrugated steel pipeCSD ................................Carlsbad Standard Drawings
CTB.............................................Cement treated baseCV .............................................................Check valveCY................................................................Cubic yard
D ...............................................................Load of pipe
dB....................................................................DecibelsDBL ...................................................................Double
DF................................................................Douglas firDIA .................................................................DiameterDIP......................................................Ductile iron pipe
DL.................................................................Dead loadDR ......................................................Dimension RatioDT..................................................................Drain TileDWG................................................................DrawingDWY...............................................................Driveway
DWY APPR....................................Driveway approachE........................................................................ElectricEA.........................................................................Each
EC.............................................................End of curveECR .................................................End of curb returnEF .................................................................Each face
EG..........................................................Edge of gutterEGL ..................................................Energy grade lineEI....................................................................Elevation
ELC......................................Electrolier lighting conduitELT.........................................................Extra long tonENGR........................................Engineer, Engineering
EP....................................................Edge of pavementESMT............................................................EasementETB...........................................Emulsion-treated base
EVC................................................End of vertical curbEWA ...............................Encina Wastewater AuthorityEXC.............................................................ExcavationEXP JT .................................................Expansion jointEXST................................................................Existing
F ..................................................................FahrenheitF&C ...................................................Frame and coverF&I...................................................Furnish and install
FAB................................................................FabricateFAS................................................Flashing arrow signFD................................................................Floor drain
FDN ............................................................FoundationFED SPEC ..................................Federal SpecificationFG.........................................................Finished grade
FH..............................................................Fire hydrantFL ...................................................................Flow lineFS.......................................................Finished surface
FT-LB .........................................................Foot-poundFTG...................................................................FootingFW.............................................................Face of wall
G ............................................................................GasGA......................................................................GaugeGAL................................................Gallon and Gallons
GALV ..........................................................GalvanizedGAR ............................................Garage and GaragesGIP...............................................Galvanized iron pipeGL .........................................Ground line or grade lineGM ...............................................................Gas meter
GNV................................................Ground Not VisibleGP ..................................................................Guy poleGPM ................................................gallons per minute
GR ......................................................................Grade
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 54 of 192
GRTG................................................................GratingGSP............................................Galvanized steel pipe
H.............................................................High or heightHB...................................................................Hose bibHC....................................................House connection
HDWL ............................................................HeadwallHGL...............................................Hydraulic grade lineHORIZ ..........................................................Horizontal
HP .............................................................HorsepowerHPG.................................................High pressure gasHPS ................................High pressure sodium (Light)
HYDR.............................................................HydraulicIE..........................................................Invert ElevationID..........................................................Inside diameterINCL ...............................................................IncludingINSP.............................................................InspectionINV.......................................................................InvertIP ....................................................................Iron pipeJC.....................................................Junction chamberJCT..................................................................JunctionJS .....................................................Junction structureJT ..........................................................................JointL.........................................................................LengthLAB..............................................................LaboratoryLAT ....................................................................LateralLB.......................................................................PoundLD......................................................Local depressionLF.................................................................Linear footLH ................................................................Lamp holeLL ...................................................................Live loadLOL..............................................................Layout lineLONG ........................................................LongitudinalLP.................................................................Lamp postLPS..................................Low pressure sodium (Light)LS.................................................................Lump sumLTS.....................................................Lime treated soilLWD ...............................Leucadia Wastewater DistrictMAINT......................................................MaintenanceMAX ..............................................................MaximumMCR.............................................Middle of curb returnMEAS..............................................................MeasureMH....................................Manhole, maintenance holeMIL SPEC.....................................Military specificationMISC......................................................MiscellaneousMOD ...................................................Modified, modifyMON ............................................................MonumentMSL ..Mean Sea Level (Reg. Standard Drawing M-12)MTBM..........................Microtunneling Boring MachineMULT................................................................MultipleMUTCD.....Manual on Uniform Traffic Control DevicesMVL................................................Mercury vapor lightNCTD...............................North County Transit DistrictNRCP ..............................Nonreinforced concrete pipeOBS................................................................ObsoleteOC.................................................................On centerOD.....................................................Outside diameterOE...............................................................Outer edgeOHE .................................................Overhead ElectricOMWD ..................Olivenhain Municipal Water DistrictOPP................................................................OppositeORIG ................................................................OriginalPB ....................................................................Pull boxPC.....................................................Point of curvaturePCC ........................Portland cement concrete or point
of compound curvaturePCVC........................Point of compound vertical curvePE ............................................................PolyethylenePI...................................................Point of intersectionPL .............................................................Property linePMB ............................Processed miscellaneous basePOC.......................................................Point on curvePOT ....................................................Point on tangentPP...............................................................Power polePRC ...........................................Point of reverse curvePRVC ............................Point of reverse vertical curvePSI..........................................Pounds per square inchPT .....................................................Point of tangencyPVC...................................................Polyvinyl chloridePVMT............................................................PavementPVT R/W........................................Private right-of-wayQ.........................Rate of flow in cubic feet per secondQUAD........................................Quadrangle, QuadrantR........................................................................RadiusR&O ..........................................................Rock and oilR/W...........................................................Right-of-wayRA .......................................................Recycling agentRAC....................................Recycled asphalt concreteRAP................................Reclaimed asphalt pavementRBAC..............................Rubberized asphalt concreteRC ................................................Reinforced concreteRCB .......................................Reinforced concrete boxRCE.......................................Registered civil engineerRCP ......................................Reinforced concrete pipeRCV ............................................Remote control valveREF..............................................................ReferenceREINF ..............................Reinforced or reinforcementRES...............................................................ReservoirRGE ........................Registered geotechnical engineerROW........................................................Right-of-WayRR ...................................................................RailroadRSE ..............................Registered structural engineerRTE ....................................Registered traffic engineerS....................................Sewer or Slope, as applicableSCCP................................Steel cylinder concrete pipeSD ..............................................................Storm drainSDNR ..............................San Diego Northern RailwaySDR........Standard thermoplastic pipe dimension ratio(ratio of pipe O.D. to minimum wall thickness)SDRSD..........San Diego Regional Standard DrawingsSE.......................................................Sand EquivalentSEC ..................................................................SectionSF...............................................................Square footSFM.................................................Sewer Force MainSI .......................International System of Units (Metric)SPEC......................................................SpecificationsSPPWC...........................................Standard Plans forPublic Works ConstructionSSPWC..............................Standard Specifications forPublic Works ConstructionST HWY .................................................State highwaySTA....................................................................StationSTD................................................................StandardSTR ..................................................................StraightSTR GR..................................................Straight gradeSTRUC ..........................................Structural/StructureSW..................................................................SidewalkSWD......................................................Sidewalk drainSY .............................................................Square yardT...................................................................Telephone
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 55 of 192
TAN .................................................................TangentTC...............................................................Top of curbTEL ..............................................................TelephoneTF ...........................................................Top of footingTOPO ........................................................TopographyTR.........................................................................TractTRANS..........................................................TransitionTS..........................Traffic signal or transition structureTSC..............................................Traffic signal conduitTSS ...........................................Traffic signal standardTW...............................................................Top of wallTYP ...................................................................TypicalUE...............................................Underground ElectricUSA....................................Underground Service Alert
VAR.....................................................Varies, VariableVB .................................................................Valve boxVC...........................................................Vertical curveVCP ...................................................Vitrified clay pipeVERT ................................................................VerticalVOL ..................................................................VolumeVWD .......................................Vallecitos Water DistrictW........................Water, Wider or Width, as applicableWATCH...............Work Area Traffic Control HandbookWI.............................................................Wrought ironWM............................................................Water meterWPJ............................................Weakened plane jointXCONN.............................................Cross connectionXSEC ......................................................Cross section
1-3.3 Institutions.
Abbreviation Word or Words
AASHTO..................American Association of State Highway and Transportation OfficialsAISC.....................................................................American Institute of Steel Construction
ANSI........................................................................American National Standards Institute
API.........................................................................................American Petroleum InstituteAREA ..............................................................American Railway Engineering Association
ASTM..............................................................American Society for Testing and Materials
AWPA...................................................................American Wood Preservers AssociationAWS ..........................................................................................American Welding Society
AWWA.........................................................................American Water Works Association
FHWA ...............................................................................Federal Highway AdministrationGRI ...................................................................................Geosynthetic Research Institute
NEMA..........................................................National Electrical Manufacturers AssociationNOAA.................National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (Dept. of Commerce)UL.......................................................................................Underwriters’ Laboratories Inc.
USGS...............................................................................United States Geological Survey
1-4 UNITS OF MEASURE.
1-4.1 General. U.S. Standard Measures, also called U.S. Customary System, are the principal measurement system in these specifications. However, certain material specifications and test
requirements contained herein use SI units specifically and conversions to U.S. Standard Measures may or may not have been included in these circumstances. When U.S. Standard Measures are not included in parenthesis, then the SI units shall control. S.I. units and U.S.
Standard Measures in parenthesis may or may not be exactly equivalent.
Reference is also made to ASTM E 380 for definitions of various units of the SI system and a
more extensive set of conversion factors.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 56 of 192
1-4.2 Units of Measure and Their Abbreviations.
U.S. Customary Unit (Equal To)SI Unit (Abbreviations) (Abbreviations)1 mil (=0.001 in)....................................................................................25.4 micrometer (m)1 inch (in)..............................................................................................25.4 millimeter (mm)1 inch (in)..............................................................................................2.54 centimeter (cm)1 foot (ft) ...............................................................................................0.3048 meter (m)1 yard (yd) ............................................................................................0.9144 meter (m)1 mile (mi).............................................................................................1.6093 kilometer (km)1 square foot (ft2)..................................................................................0.0929 square meter (m2)1 square yard (yd2)...............................................................................0.8361 square meter (m2)1 cubic foot (ft3).....................................................................................0.0283 cubic meter (m3)1 cubic yard (yd3)..................................................................................0.7646 cubic meter (m3)1 acre....................................................................................................0.4047 hectare (ha)1 U.S. gallon (gal).................................................................................3.7854 Liter (L)1 fluid ounce (fl. oz.) .............................................................................29.5735 millileter (mL)1 pound mass (lb) (avoirdupois)...........................................................0.4536 kilogram (kg)1 ounce mass (oz)................................................................................0.02835 kilogram (kg)1 Ton (=2000 lb avoirdupois)................................................................0.9072 Tonne (= 907 kg)1 Poise..................................................................................................0.1 pascal . second (Pa . s)1 centistoke (cs) ...................................................................................1 square millimeters per second (mm2/s)1 pound force (lbf) ................................................................................4.4482 Newton (N)1 pounds per square inch (psi).............................................................6.8948 Kilopascal (kPa)1 pound force per foot (lbf/ft) ................................................................1.4594 Newton per meter (N/m)1 foot-pound force (ft-lbf)......................................................................1.3558 Joules (J)1 foot-pound force per second ([ft-lbf]/s) ..............................................1.3558 Watt (W)1 part per million (ppm).........................................................................1 milligram/liter (mg/L)
Temperature Units and AbbreviationsDegree Fahrenheit (°F):........................................................................Degree Celsius (°C):°F = (1.8 x °C) + 32...............................................................................°C = (°F – 32)/1.8
SI Units (abbreviation) Commonly Used in Both Systems1 Ampere (A)1 Volt (V)1 Candela (cd)1 Lumen (lm)1 second (s)
Common Metric Prefixeskilo (k)...................................................................................................103
centi (c).................................................................................................10-2
milli (m).................................................................................................10-3
micro () ...............................................................................................10-6
nano (n) ................................................................................................10-9
pico (p)..................................................................................................10-12
1-5 SYMBOLSDelta, the central angle or angle between tangentsAngle% Percent‘ Feet or minutes“ Inches or seconds1Number/ per or (between words)° DegreePLProperty lineCLCenterlineSLSurvey line or station line
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 57 of 192
SECTION 2 – SCOPE AND CONTROL OF WORK
2-1 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT. Award and execution of Contract will be
as provided for in the Specifications, Instruction to Bidders, or Notice Inviting Bids.
2-2 ASSIGNMENT. No Contract or portion thereof may be assigned without consent of the
Board, except that the Contractor may assign money due or which will accrue to it under the Contract. If given written notice, such assignment will be recognized by the Board to the extent
permitted by law. Any assignment of money shall be subject to all proper withholdings in favor of
the Agency and to all deductions provided for in the Contract. All money withheld, whether assigned or not, shall be subject to being used by the Agency for completion of the Work, should
the Contractor be in default.
2-3 SUBCONTRACTS.
2-3.1 General. Each Bidder shall comply with the Chapter of the Public Contract Code including Sections 4100 through 4113. The following excerpts or summaries of some of the requirements
of this Chapter are included below for information:
The Bidder shall set forth in the Bid, as provided in 4104:
“(a) The name and location of the place of business of each subcontractor who will perform work or labor or render service to the prime contractor in or about the
construction of the work or improvements, or a subcontractor licensed by the State
of California who, under subcontract to the prime contractor, specially fabricates and installs a portion of the work or improvement according to detailed drawings
contained in the plans and specifications, in an amount in excess of one-half of 1
percent of the prime contractor’s total bid, or, in the case of bids or offers for the construction of streets or highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of 1
percent of the prime contractor’s total bid or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), whichever is greater.”
“(b) The portion of the work which will be done by each such subcontractor under this act. The prime contractor shall list only one subcontractor for each such portion
as is defined by the prime contractor in his bid.”
If the Contractor fails to specify a Subcontractor, or specifies more than one Subcontractor for the
same portion of the work to be performed under the Contract (in excess of one-half of 1 percent
of the Contractor’s total Bid), the Contractor shall be qualified to perform that portion itself, and shall perform that portion itself, except as otherwise provided in the Code.
As provided in Section 4107, no Contractor whose Bid is accepted shall substitute any person as Subcontractor in place of the Subcontractor listed in the original Bid, except for causes and by
procedures established in Section 4107.5. This section provides procedures to correct a clerical
error in the listing of a Subcontractor.
Section 4110 provides that a Contractor violating any of the provisions of the Chapter violates the
Contract and the Board may exercise the option either to cancel the Contract or assess the Contractor a penalty in an amount of not more than 10 percent of the subcontract involved, after
a public hearing.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 58 of 192
Should the Contractor fail to adhere to the provisions requiring the Contractor to complete 50
percent of the contract price with its own organization, the Agency may at its sole discretion elect
to cancel the contract or deduct an amount equal to 10 percent of the value of the work performed in excess of 50 percent of the contract price by other than the Contractor’s own organization. The
Board shall be the sole body for determination of a violation of these provisions. In any
proceedings under this section, the prime contractor shall be entitled to a public hearing before the Board and shall be notified ten (10) days in advance of the time and location of said hearing.
The determination of the City Council shall be final.
2-3.2 Additional Responsibility. The Contractor shall give personal attention to the fulfillment
of the Contract and shall keep the Work under its control.
The Contractor shall perform, with its own organization, Contract work amounting to at least 50
percent of the Contract Price except that any designated “Specialty Items” may be performed by subcontract, and the amount of any such “Specialty Items” so performed may be deducted from the Contract Price before computing the amount required to be performed by the Contractor with
its own organization. “Specialty Items” will be identified by the Agency in the Bid or Proposal. Where an entire item is subcontracted, the value of work subcontracted will be based on the
Contract Unit Price. When a portion of an item is subcontracted, the value of work subcontracted
will be based on the estimated percentage of the Contract Unit Price. This will be determined from information submitted by the Contractor, and subject to approval by the Engineer.
Before the work of any Subcontractor is started, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval a written statement showing the work to be subcontracted giving the name and business
of each Subcontractor and description and value of each portion of the work to be so
subcontracted.
2-3.3 Status of Subcontractors. Subcontractors shall be considered employees of the
Contractor, and the Contractor shall be responsible for their work.
2-4 CONTRACT BONDS. Before execution of the Contract, the Bidder shall file surety
bonds with the Agency to be approved by the Board in the amounts and for the purposes noted below. Bonds issued by a surety, who is authorized to issue bonds in California, and whose
bonding limitation shown in said circular is sufficient to provide bonds in the amount required by
the Contract shall be deemed to be approved unless specifically rejected by the Agency. Bonds from all other sureties shall be accompanied by all of the documents enumerated in Code
of Civil Procedure 995.660 (a). The Bidder shall pay all bond premiums, costs, and incidentals.
Each bond shall incorporate, by reference, the Contract and be signed by both the Bidder and
Surety and the signature of the authorized agent of the Surety shall be notarized.
The Contractor shall provide a faithful performance/warranty bond and payment bond (labor and
materials bond) for this contract. The faithful performance/warranty bond shall be in a sum not less than one hundred percent of the total amount payable by the terms of this contract. The Contractor shall provide bonds to secure payment of laborers and materials suppliers in a
sum not less than one hundred percent of the total amount payable by the terms of this contract.
Both bonds shall extend in full force and effect and be retained by the Agency during this project
until they are released according to the provisions of this section.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 59 of 192
The faithful performance/warranty bond will be reduced to 25 percent of the original amount 30 days after recordation of the Notice of Completion and will remain in full force and effect for the one year warranty period and until all warranty repairs are completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The bonds to secure payment of laborers and materials suppliers shall be released six months plus 30 days after recordation of the Notice of Completion if all claims have been paid.
All bonds are to be placed with a surety insurance carrier admitted and authorized to transact the business of insurance in California and whose assets exceed their liabilities in an amount equal to or in excess of the amount of the bond. The bonds are to contain the following documents:1) An original, or a certified copy, of the un-revoked appointment, power of attorney, by laws, or other instrument entitling or authorizing the person who executed the bond to do so.2) A certified copy of the certificate of authority of the insurer issued by the insurance commissioner.
If the bid is accepted, the Agency may require a financial statement of the assets and liabilities of the insurer at the end of the quarter calendar year prior to 30 days next preceding the date of the execution of the bond. The financial statement shall be made by an officer's certificate as defined in Section 173 of the Corporations Code. In the case of a foreign insurer, the financial statement may be verified by the oath of the principal officer or manager residing within the United States.
Should any bond become insufficient, the Contractor shall renew the bond within 10 days after receiving notice from the Agency.
Should any Surety at any time be unsatisfactory to the Board, notice will be given the Contractor to that effect. No further payments shall be deemed due or will be made under the contract until a new Surety shall qualify and be accepted by the Board.
Changes in the Work or extensions of time, made pursuant to the Contract, shall in no way release the Contractor or Surety from its obligations. Notice of such changes or extensions shall be waived by the Surety.
2-5 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
2-5.1 General. The Contractor shall keep at the Work site a copy of the Plans and Specifications, to which the Engineer shall have access at all times.
The specifications for the work include the General Provisions, project technical specifications, Carlsbad Engineering Standards (CES), Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, (SSPWC), Part 2 & 3, and the latest supplements thereto, current edition at the time of bid opening as published by the "Greenbook" Committee of Public Works Standards, Inc., hereinafter designated "SSPWC", as amended.
The construction plans consist of one set, designated as City of Carlsbad Drawing No. 3840-13 and consist of 5 sheets. The standard drawings used for this project are the latest edition of the
San Diego Area Regional Standard Drawings, hereinafter designated SDRSD, as issued by the
San Diego County Department of Public Works, together with the most recent editions of the City of Carlsbad Engineering Standards and Carlsbad Standard Drawings, as issued by the City of
Carlsbad and the Carlsbad Municipal Water District, hereinafter designated as CES and CSD, respectively. Copies of some of the pertinent standard drawings are enclosed as an appendix to these General Provisions.
The Plans, Specifications, and other Contract Documents shall govern the Work. The Contract
Documents are intended to be complementary and cooperative. Anything specified in the
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 60 of 192
Specifications and not shown on the Plans, or shown on the Plans and not specified in the Specifications, shall be as though shown on or specified in both.
The Plans shall be supplemented by such working drawings and shop drawings as are necessary to adequately control the Work.
The Contractor shall ascertain the existence of any conditions affecting the cost of the Work through a reasonable examination of the Work site prior to submitting the Bid.
Existing improvements visible at the Work site, for which no specific disposition is made on the Plans, but which interfere with the completion of the Work, shall be removed and disposed of by
the Contractor.
The Contractor shall, upon discovering any error or omission in the Plans or Specifications,
immediately call it to the attention of the Engineer.
2-5.2 Precedence of Contract Documents.
If there is a conflict between Contract Documents, the document highest in precedence shall
control. The precedence shall be the most recent edition of the following documents listed in order
of highest to lowest precedence:
1) Permits from other agencies as may be required by law
2) Change orders, whichever occurs last3) Contract addenda, whichever occurs last
4) Contract
5) General Provisions6) Technical Specifications
7) City of Carlsbad Standard Specifications
8) Supplemental Provisions9) Plans
10) Standards plans
a) City of Carlsbad Standard Drawingsb) Carlsbad Municipal Water District Standard Drawings
c) City of Carlsbad modifications to the San Diego Area Regional Standard Drawingsd) San Diego Area Regional Standard Drawingse) Traffic Signal Design Guidelines and Standards
f) State of California Department of Transportation Standard Plansg) State of California Department of Transportation Standard Specifications
h) California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (CA MUTCD)
11) Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, as amended12) Reference Specifications.
13) Manufacturer’s Installation Recommendations
2-5.3 Submittals.
2-5.3.1General. Submittals shall be provided, at the Contractor’s expense, as required in 2-5.3.2, 2-5.3.3 and 2-5.3.4, when required by the Plans or Special Provisions, or when requested by the
Engineer.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 61 of 192
Materials shall neither be furnished nor fabricated, nor shall any work for which submittals are required by performed, before the required submittals have been reviewed and accepted by the
Engineer. Neither review nor acceptance of submittals by the Engineer shall relieve the Contractor
from responsibility for errors, omissions, or deviations from the Contract Documents, unless such deviations were specifically called to the attention of the Engineer in the letter of transmittal. The
Contractor shall be responsible for the correctness of the submittals.
The Contractor shall allow a minimum of 20 working days for review of submittals unless otherwise
specified in the Special Provisions. Each submittal shall be accompanied by a letter of transmittal.
Each submittal shall be consecutively numbered. Resubmittals shall be labeled with the number
of the original submittal followed by an ascending alphabetical designation (e.g. The label ‘4-C’
would indicate the third instance that the fourth submittal had been given to the Engineer). Each sheet of each submittal shall be consecutively numbered. Each set of shop drawings and
submittals shall be accompanied by a letter of transmittal on the Contractor’s letterhead.
The Letter of Transmittal shall contain the following:
1) Project title and Agency contract number.
2) Number of complete sets.3) Contractor’s certification statement.
4) Specification section number(s) pertaining to material submitted for review.
5) Submittal number (Submittal numbers shall be consecutive including subsequent submittals for the same materials.)
6) Description of the contents of the submittal.
7) Identification of deviations from the contract documents.
When submitted for the Engineer's review, Shop Drawings shall bear the Contractor's certification
that the Contractor has reviewed, checked, and approved the Shop Drawings and that they are
in conformance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall subscribe to and shall place the following certification on all submittals:
"I hereby certify that the (equipment, material) shown and marked in this submittal is that proposed to be incorporated into this Project, is in compliance with the Contract Documents, can be installed
in the allocated spaces, and is submitted for approval.”
By: __________________________________ Title: ______________________________
Date: ________________________________
Company Name: ______________________________________________________________
2-5.3.2Working Drawings. Working drawings are drawings showing details not shown on the
Plans which are required to be designed by the Contractor. Working drawings shall be of a size and scale to clearly show all necessary details.
Six copies and one reproducible shall be submitted. If no revisions are required, three of the copies will be returned to the Contractor. If revisions are required, the Engineer will return one
copy along with the reproducible for resubmission. Upon acceptance, the Engineer will return two
of the copies to the Contractor and retain the remaining copies and the reproducible.
Working drawings are required in the following sections:
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 62 of 192
TABLE 2-5.3.2 (A)
Item Section Number Title Subject
1 7-10.4.1 Safety Orders Trench Shoring
2 207-2.5 Joints Reinforced Concrete Pipe3207-8.4 Joints Vitrified Clay Pipe
4 207-10.2.1 General Fabricated Steel Pipe5300-3.2 Cofferdams Structure Excavation & Backfill
6 303-1.6.1 General Falsework7303-1.7.1 General Placing Reinforcement
8 303-3.1 General Prestressed Concrete Construction9304-1.1.1 Shop Drawings Structural Steel
10 304-1.1.2 Falsework Plans Structural Steel11304-2.1 General Metal Hand Railings
12 306-2.1 General Jacking Operations13306-3.1 General Tunneling Operations
14 306-3.4 Tunnel Supports Tunneling Operations15306-6 Remodeling Existing Sewer
Facilities
Polyethylene Liner Installation
16 306-8 Microtunneling Microtunneling Operations
17 307-4.3 Controller Cabinet Wiring Diagrams Traffic Signal Construction
Working drawings listed above as Items 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 12, 13, 14 and 16 shall be prepared by a
Civil or Structural Engineer registered by the State of California.
2-5.3.3Shop Drawings. Shop drawings are drawings showing details of manufactured or
assembled products proposed to be incorporated into the Work. Shop drawings required shall be as specified in the Special Provisions.
2-5.3.4Supporting Information. Supporting information is information required by the Specifications for the purposes of administration of the Contract, analysis for verification of
conformance with the Specifications, the operation and maintenance of a manufactured product
or system to be constructed as part of the Work, and other information as may be required by the Engineer. Six copies of the supporting information shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to the
start of the Work unless otherwise specified in the Special Provisions or directed by the Engineer.
Supporting information for systems shall be bound together and include all manufactured items for the system. If resubmittal is not required, three copies will be returned to the Contractor.
Supporting information shall consist of the following and is required unless otherwise specified in
the Special Provisions:
1) List of Subcontractors per 2-3.2.
2) List of Materials per 4-1.4.3) Certifications per 4-1.5.
4) Construction Schedule per 6-1.5) Confined Space Entry Program per 7-10.4.4.6) Concrete mix designs per 201-1.1.
7) Asphalt concrete mix designs per 203-6.1.8) Data, including, but not limited to, catalog sheets, manufacturer’s brochures, technical
bulletins, specifications, diagrams, product samples, and other information necessary to
describe a system, product or item. This information is required for irrigation systems,
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 63 of 192
street lighting systems, and traffic signals, and may also be required for any product, manufactured item, or system.
2-5.4 Record Drawings. The Contractor shall provide and keep up-to-date a complete "as-built", full-size record set of blue-line prints, which shall be corrected in red daily in legible and
professional manner and show every change from the original drawings and specifications and
the exact "as-built" locations, sizes and kinds of equipment, underground piping, valves, and all other work not visible at surface grade.
As construction progresses, the Contractor shall prepare survey field notes and mark up the set of record drawings to document changes in the work as they occur. The survey field notes shall
include sketches and measurements in sufficient detail to allow development of the record
drawings. On the record drawings, the Contractor shall maintain the markup of changes on the drawing set on a continuous basis. The as-built drawings shall also incorporate the survey field
notes. Changed work or conditions of the work covered up or concealed by the Contractor in advance of recordation on the record drawings shall be uncovered to allow accurate recordation of the change, then recovered, all at the Contractor’s expense. Items required to be shown shall
be dimensioned by the Contractor from two permanent points of reference (buildings, monuments, sidewalks, curbs, pavement). The accuracy of location of all items to be shown on the drawings
shall be 150 mm (6”) in both the vertical and horizontal planes.
Changes shall be marked directly on the drawings. Green color-coding shall be used when
showing information deleted from Drawings. Red color-coding shall be used when showing
information added to Drawings. Blue color shall be used for clouding an area or areas affected by the change(s). Information shall be legible and completely detailed. The level of detail shall be
sufficient to allow a draftsman to incorporate the changes into a CAD file without reference to
other documents besides the marked-up drawing(s). It is not acceptable to simply reference change directives or to mark drawings: "see RFI-XX" or "see survey notes". If there is insufficient
space on a drawing to markup the change, the Contractor will be required to draw additional
sketches to completely explain the change and attach the sketches to the drawing.
Asset schedules to be provided by the Agency at the Pre-Construction Meeting shall also be
marked-up in this effort to match conditions as installed, including actual turns to close completed in the presence of the inspector.
This set of drawings shall be kept on the job and shall be used only as a record set, are to be made available to the Engineer/Agency at each Project Meeting, shall be reviewed monthly by
the Engineer as a condition of payment, and shall be delivered to the Engineer within ten (10) days of completion of the work. Payment for performing the work required by Section 2-5.4 shall
be included in the various bid items and no additional payment will be made therefore. Payment
can be withheld or adjusted if “as-builts” are not up to date.
2-6 WORK TO BE DONE. The Contractor shall perform all work necessary to complete the Contract in a satisfactory manner. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall furnish all
materials, equipment, tools, labor, and incidentals necessary to complete the Work.
2-7 SUBSURFACE DATA. All soil and test hole data, water table elevations, and soil analyses
shown on the drawings or included in the Specifications apply only at the location of the test holes and to the depths indicated. Soil test reports for test holes which have been drilled are available
for inspection at the office of the Engineer. Any additional subsurface exploration shall be done
by Bidders or the Contractor at their own expense.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 64 of 192
The indicated elevation of the water table is that which existed on the date when test hole data
was determined. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to determine and allow for the elevation of
groundwater at the date of project construction. A difference in elevation between groundwater shown in soil boring logs and groundwater actually encountered during construction will not be
considered as a basis for extra work.
2-8 RIGHT-OF-WAY. Rights-of-way, easements, or rights-of-entry for the Work will be
provided by the Agency. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall make arrangements, pay for, and assume all responsibility for acquiring, using, and disposing of additional work areas
and facilities temporarily required. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold the Agency harmless
from all claims for damages caused by such actions.
2-9 SURVEYING.
2-9.1 Permanent Survey Markers. The Contractor shall not cover or disturb permanent survey monuments or benchmarks without the consent of the Engineer. Where the Engineer concurs, in
writing, with the Contractor that protecting an existing monument in place is impractical, the
Contractor shall employ a licensed land surveyor or a registered civil engineer authorized to practice land surveying within the State of California, hereinafter Surveyor, to establish the
location of the monument before it is disturbed. The Contractor shall have the monument replaced
by the Surveyor no later than thirty (30) days after construction at the site of the replacement is completed. The Surveyor shall file corner record(s) as required by §§ 8772 and 8773, et seq. of
the California Business and Professions Code.
When a change is made in the finished elevation of the pavement of any roadway in which a
permanent survey monument is located, the Contractor shall adjust the monument frame and cover to the new grade within 7 days of paving unless the Engineer shall approve otherwise. Monument frames and covers shall be protected during street sealing or painting projects or be
cleaned to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
2-9.2 Survey Service. The Contractor shall hire and pay for the services of a Surveyor,
hereinafter Surveyor to perform all work necessary for establishing control, construction staking, records research and all other surveying work necessary to construct the work, provide surveying
services as required herein and provide surveying, drafting and other professional services
required to satisfy the requirements of the Land Surveyors Act. Surveyor shall be resident on the site during all surveying operations and shall personally supervise and certify the surveying work.
2-9.2.1 Submittal of Surveying Data, All surveying data submittals shall conform to the requirements of Section 2-5.3.3, “Submittals”, herein. The Contractor shall submit grade sheets
to the Engineer before commencing work in the area affected by the grade sheets. The Contractor
shall submit field notes for all surveying required herein to the Engineer within ten days of performing the survey. All surveying field notes, grade sheets and survey calculations shall be
submitted in bound form on 215mm by 280 mm (81/2” by 11”) paper. The field notes, calculations
and supporting data shall be clear and complete. Supporting data shall include all maps, affidavits, plats, field notes from earlier surveys and all other evidence used by the Surveyor to determine
the location of the monuments set. The field notes and calculations will be labeled with name of the Surveyor, the party chief, the field crewmembers and the author of the field notes or calculations. They shall be annotated with the date of observation or calculation, be numbered
with consecutive page numbers and shall be readable without resort to any electronic aid, computer program or documentation for any computer program. The field notes shall be prepared
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 65 of 192
in conformance with the CALTRANS “Surveys Manual”. The Contractor shall have a Record of Survey prepared by the Surveyor and file it in conformance with §§ 8700 - 8805 of the State of
California Business and Professions Code when the Surveyor performs any surveying that such
map is required under §§ 8762 of the State of California Business and Professions Code and whenever the Surveyor shall establish, set or construct any permanent survey monument. SDRS
drawing M-10 type monuments, bolts, spikes, leaded tacks and nails (when set in concrete), iron
pipes, reinforcing steel and all monuments and marks that are at, or accessory to, property corners and street centerlines are permanent survey monuments. The Record of Survey shall
show all monuments set, control monuments used, the basis of bearings and all other data
needed to determine the procedure of survey and the degree of accuracy attained by the field surveying including the unadjusted ratio of closure. The unadjusted ratio of closure shall not
exceed 1 part in 40,000. The record of survey shall show the location and justification of location
of all permanent monuments set and their relation to the street right-of-way. Record(s) of Survey(s) shall be submitted for the Engineer’s review and approval before submittal to the
County Surveyor and before submittal to the County Recorder.
2-9.2.2 Survey Requirements, Stakes shall be set at offsets approved by the Engineer at no
greater intervals than specified in TABLE 2-9.2.2(A) as measured along the project stationing. Stakes shall be set to show the location and grade of future curbs adjacent to traffic signal
locations where the curb is not being built as a part of this contract. Staking and marking shall be
completed by the Surveyor and inspected and approved by the Engineer before the start of construction in the area marked. Centerline monument shall have the disk stamped with the date
the monument was set and the registration number of the Surveyor. Habitat mitigation sites and
other areas to be preserved that are shown on the plans shall be staked and flagged prior to the start of any other activities within the limits of the work. When curb and gutter does not exist and
is not being installed as a part of the project the location of adjacent facilities being constructed
as a part of the contract the Contractor shall place stakes defining the horizontal and vertical location of such adjacent utility vaults, poles or other facilities that are being installed as parts of,
or adjunct to, the project either by the Contractor and/or those noted on the plans as to be installed
by others.
TABLE 2-9.2.2(A)Survey Requirements for Construction Staking
Feature Staked Stake Description
Centerline or Parallel to Centerline Spacing,
Lateral Spacing ,
Setting Tolerance(Within)
Street Centerline SDRS M-10 Monument 1000’, Street Intersections, Begin and end
of curves, only when shown on the plans
on street centerline 0.02’Horizontal, also see Section 2-9.2.1 herein
Clearing Lath in soil, painted line
on PCC & AC surfaces
lath - Intervisible, 50’ on tangents
& 25’ on curves, Painted line - continuous
at clearing line 1’ Horizontal
Slope RP + Marker Stake Intervisible and 50’Grade Breaks
& 25’
0.1’ Vertical & Horizontal
Fence RP + Marker
Stake 200’ on tangents, 50’ on curves when
R 1000’ & 25’ on curves when R 1000’
N/A
( constant offset)
0.1’ Horizontal
Rough Grade
Cuts or Fills 10 m (33’)
RP + Marker Stake 50’N/A 0.1’ Vertical & Horizontal
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 66 of 192
Feature Staked Stake Description
Centerline or Parallel to Centerline Spacing,
Lateral Spacing ,
Setting Tolerance(Within)
Final Grade (includes top of:
Basement soil, subbase and base)
RP + Marker Stake, Blue-
top in grading area
50’ on tangents & curves when R 1000’ &
25’ on curves when R 1000’
22’3/8” Horizontal & 1/4” Vertical
Asphalt Pavement Finish
Course
RP, paint on previous
course
25’ or as per the intersection grid points
shown on the plan whichever provides the denser information
edge of pavement,
paving pass width, crown line & grade
breaks
3/8” Horizontal & 1/4” Vertical
Drainage
Structures, Pipes & similar Facilities,
RP + Marker
Stake intervisible & 25’, beginning and end, BC & EC of facilities, Grade breaks, Alignment
breaks, Junctions, Inlets & similar facilities, Risers & similar facilities (except plumbing), Skewed cut-off lines
as appropriate 3/8” Horizontal & 1/4”
Vertical
Curb RP + Marker Stake 25’, BC & EC, at ¼, ½ & ¾ on curb
returns & at beginning & end
( constant offset)
3/8” Horizontal & 1/4” Vertical
Traffic Signal Vertical locations shall be based on the ultimate elevation of curb and sidewalk
Signal Poles & Controller RP + Marker Stake at each pole & controller location as appropriate 3/8” Horizontal & 1/4” Vertical
Junction Box
RP + Marker
Stake
at each junction box location as appropriate 3/8” Horizontal & 1/4”
Vertical
Conduit RP + Marker Stake 50’ on tangents & curves when R 1000’
&
25’ on curves when R 1000’ or where
grade 0.30%
as appropriate 3/8” Horizontal & when depth cannot be
measured from existing pavement 1/4” Vertical
Minor Structure
RP + Marker Stake + Line Stake
for catch basins: at centerline of box, ends of box & wings & at each end of the local depression
as appropriate 3/8” Horizontal & 1/4” Vertical (when vertical data needed)
Abutment Fill RP + Marker Stake + Line Stake
50’ & along end slopes & conic transitions as appropriate 0.1’ Vertical & Horizontal
Wall RP + Marker Stake + Line Point +Guard Stake
50’ and at beginning & end of: each wall, BC & EC, layout line angle points, changes in footing dimensions &/or elevation & wall height
as appropriate 1/4” Horizontal & 1/4” Vertical
Major Structure Footings, Bents, Abutments & Wingwalls
RP + Marker Stake + Line Point +Guard Stake
10’ to 33’ as required by the Engineer, BC & EC, transition points & at beginning & end. Elevation points on footings at bottom of columns
as appropriate 3/8” Horizontal & 1/4” Vertical
Superstructures RP 10’ to 33’ sufficient to use string lines, BC & EC, transition points & at beginning & end. Elevation points on footings at bottom of columns
as appropriate 3/8” Horizontal & 1/4” Vertical
Miscellaneous Contour Grading RP + Marker Stake 50’along contour line 0.1’ Vertical & HorizontalUtilities , RP + Marker Stake 50’ on tangents & curves when R 1000’ & 25’ on curves when R 1000’ or where grade 0.30%
as appropriate 3/8” Horizontal & 1/4” Vertical
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 67 of 192
Feature Staked Stake Description
Centerline or Parallel to Centerline Spacing,
Lateral Spacing ,
Setting Tolerance(Within)
Channels, Dikes & Ditches
RP + Marker Stake intervisible & 100’, BC & EC of facilities, Grade breaks, Alignment breaks, Junctions, Inlets & similar facilities
as appropriate 0.1’ Horizontal & 1/4” Vertical
Signs RP + Marker Stake + Line Point +Guard Stake
At sign location Line point 0.1’ Vertical & Horizontal
Subsurface Drains RP + Marker Stake intervisible & 50’, BC & EC of facilities, Grade breaks, Alignment breaks, Junctions, Inlets & similar facilities, Risers & similar facilities
as appropriate 0.1’ Horizontal & 1/4” Vertical
Overside Drains RP + Marker Stake longitudinal location At beginning & end 0.1’ Horizontal & 1/4” VerticalMarkers RP + Marker Stake for asphalt street surfacing 50’ on tangents & curves when R 1000’ & 25’ on curves when R 1000’.
At marker location(s)
1/4” Horizontal
Railings & Barriers RP + Marker Stake At beginning & end and 50’ on tangents & curves when R 1000’ & 25’ on curves when R 1000’
at railing & barrier location(s)
3/8” Horizontal & Vertical
AC Dikes RP + Marker Stake At beginning & end as appropriate 0.1’ Horizontal & Vertical Box Culverts 10’ to 33’ as required by the Engineer, BC & EC, transition points & at beginning & end. Elevation points on footings & at invert
as appropriate 3/8” Horizontal & 1/4” Vertical
Pavement MarkersRP 200’ on tangents, 50’ on curves when R 1000’ & 25’ on curves when R 1000’. For PCC surfaced streets lane cold joints will suffice
at pavement marker location(s)
1/4” Horizontal
Staking for feature may be omitted when adjacent marker stakes reference the offset and elevation of those features and the accuracy requirements of the RP meet the requirements for the featureReference points shall be sufficiently durable and set securely enough to survive with accuracy intact throughout the installation & inspection of the features or adjacent facilities for which they provide control. RP means reference point for the purposes of this table Perpendicular to centerline.Some features are not necessarily parallel to centerline but are referenced theretoMulti-plane surfaced features shall be staked so as to provide line & grade information for each plane of the feature means greater than, or equal to, the number following the symbol. means less than, or equal to, the number following the symbol.The cut datum for storm drainage & sanitary sewer pipes & similar structures shall be their invert. The cut datum for all other utilities shall be the top of their pipe or conduit.
All guard stakes, line stakes and lath shall be flagged. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer flagging, paint and marking cards shall be the color specified in TABLE 2-9.2.2(B)
TABLE 2-9.2.2(B)
Survey Stake Color Code for Construction Staking
Type of Stake Description Color*
Horizontal Control Coordinated control points, control lines, control reference points, centerline, alignments, etc.White/Red
Vertical Control Bench marks White/Orange
Clearing Limits of clearing Yellow/Black
Grading Slope, intermediate slope, abutment fill, rough grade, contour grading, final grade, etc.Yellow
Structure Bridges, sound and retaining walls, box culverts, etc. White
Drainage, Sewer, Curb Pipe culverts, junction boxes, drop inlets, headwalls, sewer lines, storm drains, slope protection, curbs, gutters, etc.Blue
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 68 of 192
Right-of-Way Fences, R/ W lines, easements, property monuments, etc. White/Yellow
Miscellaneous Signs, railings, barriers, lighting, etc. Orange
* Flagging and marking cards, if used.
2-9.2.3 Payment for Survey, Payment for work performed to satisfy the requirements of Sections 2-9.1 through 2-9.2.2 shall be included in the actual bid items requiring the survey work and no
additional payment will be made. Extension of unit prices for extra work shall include full compensation for attendant survey work and no additional payment will be made. Payment for the replacement of disturbed monuments and the filing of records of survey and/or corner records,
including filing fees, shall be incidental to the work necessitating the disturbance of said monuments and no additional payment will be made.
2-9.3 Private Engineers. Surveying by private engineers on the Work shall conform to the quality and practice required by the Engineer.
2-9.4 Line and Grade. All work shall conform to the lines, elevations, and grades shown on the Plans.
Three consecutive points set on the same slope shall be used together so that any variation from a straight grade can be detected. Any such variation shall be reported to the Engineer. In the
absence of such report, the Contractor shall be responsible for any error in the grade of the
finished work.
Grades for underground conduits will be set at the surface of the ground. The Contractor shall
transfer them to the bottom of the trench.
2-10 AUTHORITY OF BOARD AND ENGINEER. The Board has the final authority in all
matters affecting the Work. Within the scope of the Contract, the Engineer has the authority to enforce compliance with the Plans and Specifications. The Contractor shall promptly comply with
instructions from the Engineer or an authorized representative.
The decision of the Engineer is final and binding on all questions relating to: quantities;
acceptability of material, equipment, or work; execution, progress or sequence of work; and
interpretation of the Plans, Specifications, or other drawings. This shall be precedent to any payment under the Contract, unless otherwise ordered by the Board.
2-10.1 Availability of Records, The Contractor shall, at no charge to the Agency, provide copies of all records in the Contractor’s or subcontractor’s possession pertaining to the work that the
Engineer may request.
2-10.2 Audit And Inspection, Contractor agrees to maintain and/or make available, to the
Engineer, within San Diego County, accurate books and accounting records relative to all its activities and to contractually require all subcontractors to this Contract to do the same. The
Engineer shall have the right to monitor, assess, and evaluate Contractor’s and its subcontractors
performance pursuant to this Agreement, said monitoring, assessments, and evaluations to include, but not be limited to, audits, inspection of premises, reports, contracts, subcontracts and
interviews of Contractor’s staff and the staff of all subcontractors to this contract. At any time
during normal business hours and as often as the Engineer may deem necessary, upon reasonable advance notice, Contractor shall make available to the Engineer for examination, all
of its, and all subcontractors to this contract, records with respect to all matters covered by this
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 69 of 192
Contract and will permit the Engineer to audit, examine, copy and make excerpts or transcripts from such data and records, and to make audits of all invoices, materials, payrolls, records of
personnel, and other data relating to all matters covered by this Contract. However, any such
activities shall be carried out in a manner so as to not unreasonably interfere with Contractor’s ongoing business operations. Contractor and all subcontractors to this contract shall maintain
such data and records for as long as may be required by applicable laws and regulations.
2-11 INSPECTION. The Work is subject to inspection and approval by the Engineer. The
Contractor shall notify the Engineer before noon of the working day before inspection is required.
Work shall be done only in the presence of the Engineer, unless otherwise authorized. Any work done without proper inspection will be subject to rejection. The Engineer and any authorized
representatives shall at all times have access to the Work during its construction at shops and
yards as well as the project site. The Contractor shall provide every reasonable facility for ascertaining that the materials and workmanship are in accordance with these specifications.
Inspection of the Work shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligation to fulfill all conditions of
the Contract.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 70 of 192
SECTION 3 – CHANGES IN WORK
3-1 CHANGES REQUESTED BY THE CONTRACTOR.
3-1.1 General. Changes in the Plans and Specifications, requested in writing by the Contractor,
which do not materially affect the Work and which are not detrimental to the Work or to the
interests of the Agency, may be granted by the Engineer. Nothing herein shall be construed as granting a right to the Contractor to demand acceptance of such changes.
3-1.2 Payment for Changes Requested by the Contractor. If such changes are granted, they shall be made at a reduction in cost or no additional cost to the Agency.
3-2 CHANGES INITIATED BY THE AGENCY.
3-2.1 General. The Agency may change the Plans, Specifications, character of the work, or
quantity of work provided the total arithmetic dollar value of all such changes, both additive and deductive, does not exceed 25 percent of the Contract Price. Should it become necessary to
exceed this limitation, the change shall be by written Supplemental Agreement between the
Contractor and Agency, unless both parties agree to proceed with the change by Change Order.
Change Orders shall be in writing and state the dollar value of the change or established method of payment, any adjustment in contract time of completion, and when negotiated prices are involved, shall provide for the Contractor’s signature indicating acceptance.
3-2.2 Payment.
3-2.2.1Contract Unit Prices. If a change is ordered in an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price, and such change does not involve substantial change in character of the work from
that shown on the Plans or specified in the Specifications, then an adjustment in payment will be
made. This adjustment will be based upon the increase or decrease in quantity and the Contract Unit Price.
If the actual quantity of an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price and constructed in conformance with the Plans and Specifications varies from the Bid quantity by 50 percent or less,
payment will be made at the Contract Unit Price. If the actual quantity of said item of work varies
from the Bid quantity by more than 50 percent, payment will be made per Section 3-2.2.2 or 3-2.2.3 as appropriate.
If a change is ordered in an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price, and such change does involve a substantial change in the character of the work from that shown on the Plans or specified
in the Specifications, an adjustment in payment will be made per Section 3-2.4.
3-2.2.2 Increases of More Than 50 Percent. Should the actual quantity of an item of work
covered by a Contract Unit Price and constructed in conformance with the Plans and Specifications, exceed the Bid quantity by more than 50 percent, payment for the quantity in
excess of 150 percent of the Bid quantity will be made on the basis of an adjustment in the
Contract Unit Price mutually agreed to by the Contractor and the Agency, or at the option of the Engineer, on the basis of Extra Work per Section 3-3. The Extra Work per Section 3-3, basis of
payment, shall not include fixed costs. Fixed costs shall be deemed to have been recovered by
the Contractor through payment for 150 percent of the Bid quantity at the Contract Unit Price.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 71 of 192
3-2.2.3 Decreases of More Than 50 Percent. Should the actual quantity of an item of work
covered by a Contract Unit Price, and constructed in conformance with the Plans and
Specifications, be less than 50 percent of the Bid quantity, an adjustment in payment will not be made unless so requested in writing by the Contractor. If the Contractor so requests, payment
will be made on the basis of an adjustment in the Contract Unit Price mutually agreed to by the
Contractor and the Agency, or at the option of the Engineer, on the basis of Extra Work per Section 3-3; however, in no case will payment be less than would be made for the actual quantity
at the Contract Unit Price nor more than would be made for 50 percent of the Bid quantity at the
Contract Unit Price.
3-2.3 Stipulated Unit Prices. Stipulated Unit Prices are unit prices established by the Agency
in the Contract Documents as distinguished from Contract Unit Prices submitted by the Contractor. Stipulated Unit Prices may be used for the adjustment of Contract changes when so
specified in the Special Provisions.
3-2.4 Agreed Prices. Agreed Prices are prices for new or unforeseen work, or adjustments in
Contract Unit Prices per Section 3-2.2, established by mutual agreement between the Contractor and the Agency. If mutual agreement cannot be reached, the Engineer may direct the Contractor
to proceed on the basis of Extra Work in accordance per Section 3-3, except as otherwise
specified in Sections 3-2.2.2 and 3-2.2.3.
3.2.4.1 Schedule of Values. Within 14 days of Notice to Proceed, Contractor shall provide a
schedule of values for all lump sum bid items that shall be used for the purpose of progress payments. The prices shall be valid for the purpose of change orders to the project.
3.2.5 Eliminated Items. Should any Bid item be eliminated in its entirety, payment will be made to the Contractor for its actual costs incurred in connection with the eliminated item prior to
notification in writing from the Engineer so stating its elimination. If material conforming to the
Plans and Specifications is ordered by the Contractor for use in the eliminated item prior to the date of notification of elimination by the Engineer, and if the order for that material cannot be
canceled, payment will be made to the Contractor for the actual cost of the material. In this case,
the material shall become the property of the Agency. Payment will be made to the Contractor for its actual costs for any further handling. If the material is returnable, the material shall be returned
and payment will be made to the Contractor for the actual cost of charges made by the supplier for returning the material and for handling by the Contractor. Actual costs, as used herein, shall be computed on the basis of Extra Work per Section 3-3.
3-3 EXTRA WORK.
3-3.1 General. New or unforeseen work will be classified as “extra work” when the Engineer
determines that it is not covered by Contract Unit Prices or stipulated unit prices.
3-3.2 Payment.
3-3.2.1General. When the price for the extra work cannot be agreed upon, the Agency will pay
for the extra work based on the accumulation of costs as provided herein.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 72 of 192
3-3.2.2Basis for Establishing Costs.
(a) Labor. The costs of labor will be the actual cost for wages of workers performing the extra
work at the time the extra work is done, plus employer payments of payroll taxes, workers compensation insurance, liability insurance, health and welfare, pension, vacation, apprenticeship
funds, and other direct costs, resulting from Federal, State, or local laws, as well as assessments
or benefits required by lawful collective bargaining agreements.
The use of a labor classification which would increase the extra work cost will not be permitted
unless the Contractor establishes the necessity for such additional costs. Labor costs for equipment operators and helpers shall be reported only when such costs are not included in the
invoice for equipment rental. The labor cost for foremen shall be proportioned to all of their
assigned work and only that applicable to extra work will be paid.
Nondirect labor costs, including superintendence, shall be considered part of the markup of Section 3-3.2.3 (a).
(b) Materials. The cost of materials reported shall be at invoice or lowest current price at which such materials are locally available and delivered to the job site in the quantities involved, plus
sales tax, freight, and delivery.
The Agency reserves the right to approve materials and sources of supply, or to supply materials
to the Contractor if necessary for the progress of the Work. No markup shall be applied to any
material provided by the Agency.
(c) Tool and Equipment Rental. No payment will be made for the use of tools which have a
replacement value of $200 or less.
Regardless of ownership, the rates and right-of-way delay factors to be used in determining rental
and delay costs shall be the edition of the, “Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rental Rates” published by CALTRANS, current at the time of the actual use of the tool or equipment. The right-
of-way delay factors therein shall be used as multipliers of the rental rates for determining the
value of costs for delay to the Contractor and subcontractors, if any. The labor surcharge rates published therein are not a part of this contract.
The rental rates paid shall include the cost of fuel, oil, lubrication, supplies, small tools, necessary attachments, repairs and maintenance of any kind, depreciation, storage, insurance, and all
incidentals. Necessary loading and transportation costs for equipment used on the extra work shall be included.
If equipment is used intermittently and, when not in use, could be returned to its rental source at less expense to the Agency than holding it at the Work site, it shall be returned, unless the Contractor elects to keep it at the Work site, at no expense to the Agency.
All equipment shall be acceptable to the Engineer, in good working condition, and suitable for the purpose for which it is to be used. Manufacturer’s ratings and approved modifications shall be used to classify equipment and it shall be powered by a unit of at least the minimum rating recommended by the manufacturer.
The reported rental time for equipment already at the Work site shall be the duration of its use on the extra work. This time begins when equipment is first put into actual operation on the extra work, plus the time required to move it from its previous site and back, or to a closer site.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 73 of 192
(d) Other Items. The Agency may authorize other items which may be required on the extra work, including labor, services, material, and equipment. These items must be different in their nature from those required for the Work, and be of a type not ordinarily available from the Contractor or Subcontractors.
Invoices covering all such items in detail shall be submitted with the request for payment.
(e) Invoices. Vendors’ invoices for material, equipment rental and other expenditures shall be submitted with the request for payment. If the request for payment is not substantiated by invoices or other documentation, the Agency may establish the cost of the item involved at the lowest price which was current at the time of the report.
3-3.2.3Markup.
(a)Work by Contractor. The following percentages shall be added to the Contractor's costs and shall constitute the markup for all overhead and profits:1) Labor …………………………..… 202) Materials ………………………… 153) Equipment Rental ………………. 154) Other Items and Expenditures .. 15To the sum of the costs and markups provided for in this section, 1 percent shall be added as compensation for bonding.
(b)Work by Subcontractor. When all or any part of the extra work is performed by a Subcontractor, the markup established in Section 3-3.2.3(a) shall be applied to the Subcontractor's actual cost of such work. A markup of 10 percent on the first $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work and a markup of 5 percent on work added in excess of $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work may be added by the Contractor.
3-3.3 Daily Reports by Contractor. When the price for the extra work cannot be agreed upon, the Contractor shall submit a daily report to the Engineer on forms approved by the Agency. Included are applicable delivery tickets, listing all labor, materials, and equipment involved for that day, and other services and expenditures when authorized. Payment for extra work will not be made until such time that the Contractor submits completed daily reports and all supporting documents to the Engineer. Failure to submit the daily report by the close of the next working day may waive any rights for that day. An attempt shall be made to reconcile the report daily, and it shall be signed by the Engineer and the Contractor. In the event of disagreement, pertinent notes shall be entered by each party to explain points which cannot be resolved immediately. Each party shall retain a signed copy of the report. Reports by Subcontractors or others shall be submitted through the Contractor.
The report shall:
1. Show names of workers, classifications, and hours worked.
2. Describe and list quantities of materials used.3. Show type of equipment, size, identification number, and hours of operation, including
loading and transportation, if applicable.
4. Describe other services and expenditures in such detail as the Agency may require.
3-4 CHANGED CONDITIONS. The Contractor shall promptly notify the Engineer of the
following Work site conditions (hereinafter called changed conditions), in writing, upon their discovery and before they are disturbed:
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 74 of 192
1. Subsurface or latent physical conditions differing materially from those represented in the Contract;
2. Unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature differing materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character being
performed; and
3. Material differing from that represented in the Contract which the Contractor believes may
be hazardous waste, as defined in Section 25117 of the Health and Safety Code, that is
required to be removed to a Class I, Class II, or Class III disposal site in accordance with provisions of existing law.
The Engineer will promptly investigate conditions which appear to be changed conditions. If the Engineer determines that conditions are changed conditions and they will materially affect
performance time, the Contractor, upon submitting a written request, will be granted an extension of time subject to the provisions of 6-6.
If the Engineer determines that the conditions do not justify an adjustment in compensation, the Contractor will be notified in writing. This notice will also advise the Contractor of its obligation to
notify the Engineer in writing if the Contractor disagrees.
The Contractor’s failure to give notice of changed conditions promptly upon their discovery and
before they are disturbed shall constitute a waiver of all claims in connection therewith.
The Contractor shall not be entitled to the payment of any additional compensation for any act, or
failure to act, by the Engineer, including failure or refusal to issue a change order, or for the
happening of any event, thing, occurrence, or other cause, unless the Contractor shall have first given the Engineer due written notice of potential claim as hereinafter specified. Compliance with
this section shall not be required as a prerequisite to notice provisions in Section 6-7.3 Contract
Time Accounting, nor to any claim that is based on differences in measurement or errors of computation as to contract quantities. The written notice of potential claim for changed conditions
shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Engineer upon their discovery and prior to the time
that the Contractor performs the work giving rise to the potential claim. The Contractor’s failure to give written notice of potential claim for changed conditions to the agency upon their discovery
and before they are disturbed shall constitute a waiver of all claims in connection therewith.
The Contractor shall provide the City with a written document containing a description of the
particular circumstances giving rise to the potential claim, the reasons for which the Contractor believes additional compensation may be due and nature of any and all costs involved within
20 working days of the date of service of the written notice of potential claim for changed
conditions. Verbal notifications are disallowed.
The potential claim shall include the following certification relative to the California False Claims
Act, Government Code Sections 12650-12655.
“The undersigned certifies that the above statements are made in full cognizance of the California
False Claims Act, Government Code Sections 12650-12655. The undersigned further understands and agrees that this potential claim, unless resolved, must be restated as a claim in
response to the City’s proposed final estimate in order for it to be further considered.”
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 75 of 192
By: ___________________________________ Title: ______________________________
Date: _________________________________
Company Name: _____________________________________________________________
The Contractor’s estimate of costs may be updated when actual costs are known. The Contractor shall submit substantiation of its actual costs to the Engineer within 20 working days after the
affected work is completed. Failure to do so shall be sufficient cause for denial of any claim
subsequently filed on the basis of said notice of potential claim.
It is the intention of this section that differences between the parties arising under and by virtue
of the contract be brought to the attention of the Engineer at the earliest possible time in order that such matters be settled, if possible, or other appropriate action promptly taken.
3-5 DISPUTED WORK. The Contractor shall give the agency written notice of potential claim prior to commencing any disputed work. Failure to give said notice shall constitute a waiver of all
claims in connection therewith. If the contractor and the agency are unable to reach agreement on disputed work, the Agency may direct the contractor to proceed with the work.
Prior to proceeding with dispute resolution pursuant to Public Contract Code provisions specified hereinafter, the contractor shall attempt to resolve all disputes informally through the following
dispute resolution chain of command:
1. Project Inspector
2. Construction Manager
3. Deputy City Engineer, Construction Management & Inspection
4. City Engineer
5. City Manager
The Contractor shall submit a complete report within 20 working days after completion of the
disputed work stating its position on the claim, the contractual basis for the claim, along with all documentation supporting the costs and all other evidentiary materials. At each level of claim or appeal of claim the City will, within 10 working days of receipt of said claim or appeal of claim,
review the Contractor’s report and respond with a position, request additional information or request that the Contractor meet and present its report. When additional information or a meeting is requested the City will provide its position within 10 working days of receipt of said additional
information or Contractor’s presentation of its report. The Contractor may appeal each level’s position up to the City Manager after which the Contractor may proceed under the provisions of
the Public Contract Code.
The authority within the dispute resolution chain of command is limited to recommending a
resolution to a claim to the City Manager. Actual approval of the claim is subject to the change
order provisions in the contract.
All claims by the -Contractor shall be resolved in accordance with Public Contract Code section
9204, which is set forth below:
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 76 of 192
9204. (a) The Legislature finds and declares that it is in the best interests of the state and its citizens to ensure that all construction business performed on a public works project in the state
that is complete and not in dispute is paid in full and in a timely manner.
(b) Notwithstanding any other law, including, but not limited to, Article 7.1 (commencing with
Section 10240) of Chapter 1 of Part 2, Chapter 10 (commencing with Section 19100) of Part 2,
and Article 1.5 (commencing with Section 20104) of Chapter 1 of Part 3, this section shall apply to any claim by a contractor in connection with a public works project.
(c) For purposes of this section:(1) “Claim” means a separate demand by a contractor sent by registered mail or certified mail with
return receipt requested, for one or more of the following:
(A) A time extension, including, without limitation, for relief from damages or penalties for delay assessed by a public entity under a contract for a public works project.
(B) Payment by the public entity of money or damages arising from work done by, or on behalf of, the contractor pursuant to the contract for a public works project and payment for which is not otherwise expressly provided or to which the claimant is not otherwise entitled.
(C) Payment of an amount that is disputed by the public entity.(2) “Contractor” means any type of contractor within the meaning of Chapter 9 (commencing with
Section 7000) of Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code who has entered into a direct
contract with a public entity for a public works project.(3) (A) “Public entity” means, without limitation, except as provided in subparagraph (B), a state
agency, department, office, division, bureau, board, or commission, the California State
University, the University of California, a city, including a charter city, county, including a charter county, city and county, including a charter city and county, district, special district, public
authority, political subdivision, public corporation, or nonprofit transit corporation wholly owned by
a public agency and formed to carry out the purposes of the public agency.(B) “Public entity” shall not include the following:
(i) The Department of Water Resources as to any project under the jurisdiction of that department.
(ii) The Department of Transportation as to any project under the jurisdiction of that department.(iii) The Department of Parks and Recreation as to any project under the jurisdiction of that
department.
(iv) The Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation with respect to any project under its jurisdiction pursuant to Chapter 11 (commencing with Section 7000) of Title 7 of Part 3 of the
Penal Code.(v) The Military Department as to any project under the jurisdiction of that department.(vi) The Department of General Services as to all other projects.
(vii) The High-Speed Rail Authority.(4) “Public works project” means the erection, construction, alteration, repair, or improvement of
any public structure, building, road, or other public improvement of any kind.
(5) “Subcontractor” means any type of contractor within the meaning of Chapter 9 (commencing with Section 7000) of Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code who either is in direct
contract with a contractor or is a lower tier subcontractor.
(d) (1) (A) Upon receipt of a claim pursuant to this section, the public entity to which the claim
applies shall conduct a reasonable review of the claim and, within a period not to exceed 45 days,
shall provide the claimant a written statement identifying what portion of the claim is disputed and what portion is undisputed. Upon receipt of a claim, a public entity and a contractor may, by mutual
agreement, extend the time period provided in this subdivision.
(B) The claimant shall furnish reasonable documentation to support the claim.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 77 of 192
(C) If the public entity needs approval from its governing body to provide the claimant a written statement identifying the disputed portion and the undisputed portion of the claim, and the
governing body does not meet within the 45 days or within the mutually agreed to extension of
time following receipt of a claim sent by registered mail or certified mail, return receipt requested, the public entity shall have up to three days following the next duly publicly noticed meeting of the
governing body after the 45-day period, or extension, expires to provide the claimant a written
statement identifying the disputed portion and the undisputed portion.(D) Any payment due on an undisputed portion of the claim shall be processed and made within
60 days after the public entity issues its written statement. If the public entity fails to issue a written
statement, paragraph (3) shall apply.(2) (A) If the claimant disputes the public entity’s written response, or if the public entity fails to
respond to a claim issued pursuant to this section within the time prescribed, the claimant may
demand in writing an informal conference to meet and confer for settlement of the issues in dispute. Upon receipt of a demand in writing sent by registered mail or certified mail, return receipt
requested, the public entity shall schedule a meet and confer conference within 30 days for settlement of the dispute.(B) Within 10 business days following the conclusion of the meet and confer conference, if the
claim or any portion of the claim remains in dispute, the public entity shall provide the claimant a written statement identifying the portion of the claim that remains in dispute and the portion that
is undisputed. Any payment due on an undisputed portion of the claim shall be processed and
made within 60 days after the public entity issues its written statement. Any disputed portion of the claim, as identified by the contractor in writing, shall be submitted to nonbinding mediation,
with the public entity and the claimant sharing the associated costs equally. The public entity and
claimant shall mutually agree to a mediator within 10 business days after the disputed portion of the claim has been identified in writing. If the parties cannot agree upon a mediator, each party
shall select a mediator and those mediators shall select a qualified neutral third party to mediate
with regard to the disputed portion of the claim. Each party shall bear the fees and costs charged by its respective mediator in connection with the selection of the neutral mediator. If mediation is
unsuccessful, the parts of the claim remaining in dispute shall be subject to applicable procedures
outside this section.(C) For purposes of this section, mediation includes any nonbinding process, including, but not
limited to, neutral evaluation or a dispute review board, in which an independent third party or
board assists the parties in dispute resolution through negotiation or by issuance of an evaluation. Any mediation utilized shall conform to the timeframes in this section.
(D) Unless otherwise agreed to by the public entity and the contractor in writing, the mediation conducted pursuant to this section shall excuse any further obligation under Section 20104.4 to mediate after litigation has been commenced.
(E) This section does not preclude a public entity from requiring arbitration of disputes under private arbitration or the Public Works Contract Arbitration Program, if mediation under this
section does not resolve the parties’ dispute.
(3) Failure by the public entity to respond to a claim from a contractor within the time periods described in this subdivision or to otherwise meet the time requirements of this section shall result
in the claim being deemed rejected in its entirety. A claim that is denied by reason of the public
entity’s failure to have responded to a claim, or its failure to otherwise meet the time requirements of this section, shall not constitute an adverse finding with regard to the merits of the claim or the
responsibility or qualifications of the claimant.
(4) Amounts not paid in a timely manner as required by this section shall bear interest at 7 percent per annum.
(5) If a subcontractor or a lower tier subcontractor lacks legal standing to assert a claim against a
public entity because privity of contract does not exist, the contractor may present to the public entity a claim on behalf of a subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor. A subcontractor may
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 78 of 192
request in writing, either on his or her own behalf or on behalf of a lower tier subcontractor, that the contractor present a claim for work which was performed by the subcontractor or by a lower
tier subcontractor on behalf of the subcontractor. The subcontractor requesting that the claim be
presented to the public entity shall furnish reasonable documentation to support the claim. Within 45 days of receipt of this written request, the contractor shall notify the subcontractor in writing as
to whether the contractor presented the claim to the public entity and, if the original contractor did
not present the claim, provide the subcontractor with a statement of the reasons for not having done so.
(e) The text of this section or a summary of it shall be set forth in the plans or specifications for any public works project that may give rise to a claim under this section.
(f) A waiver of the rights granted by this section is void and contrary to public policy, provided, however, that (1) upon receipt of a claim, the parties may mutually agree to waive, in writing,
mediation and proceed directly to the commencement of a civil action or binding arbitration, as applicable; and (2) a public entity may prescribe reasonable change order, claim, and dispute resolution procedures and requirements in addition to the provisions of this section, so long as
the contractual provisions do not conflict with or otherwise impair the timeframes and procedures set forth in this section.
(g) This section applies to contracts entered into on or after January 1, 2017.
(h) Nothing in this section shall impose liability upon a public entity that makes loans or grants
available through a competitive application process, for the failure of an awardee to meet its contractual obligations.
(i) This section shall remain in effect only until January 1, 2020, and as of that date is repealed, unless a later enacted statute, that is enacted before January 1, 2020, deletes or extends that
date.
In addition, all claims by Contractor for $375,000 or less shall be resolved in accordance with the
procedures in the Public Contract Code, Division 2, Part 3, Chapter 1, Article 1.5 (commencing
with Section 20104) which is set forth below
ARTICLE 1.5 RESOLUTION OF CONSTRUCTION CLAIMS
20104. (a)(1) This article applies to all public works claims of three hundred seventy-five thousand
dollars ($375,000) or less which arise between a contractor and a local agency.(2) This article shall not apply to any claims resulting from a contract between a contractor and a
public agency when the public agency has elected to resolve any disputes pursuant to Article 7.1
(commencing with Section 10240) of Chapter 1 of Part 2.(b)(1) "Public work" has the same meaning as in Sections 3100 and 3106 of the Civil Code, except
that "public work" does not include any work or improvement contracted for by the state or the
Regents of the University of California.(2) "Claim" means a separate demand by the contractor for (A) a time extension, (B) payment of
money or damages arising from work done by, or on behalf of, the contractor pursuant to the
contract for a public work and payment of which is not otherwise expressly provided for or the claimant is not otherwise entitled to, or (C) an amount the payment of which is disputed by the
local agency.
(c) The provisions of this article or a summary thereof shall be set forth in the plans or specifications for any work which may give rise to a claim under this article.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 79 of 192
(d) This article applies only to contracts entered into on or after January 1, 1991.
20104.2. For any claim subject to this article, the following requirements apply:
(a) The claim shall be in writing and include the documents necessary to substantiate the claim. Claims must be filed on or before the date of final payment. Nothing in this subdivision is intended
to extend the time limit or supersede notice requirements otherwise provided by contract for the
filing of claims.(b)(1) For claims of less than fifty thousand dollars ($50,000), the local agency shall respond in
writing to any written claim within 45 days of receipt of the claim, or may request, in writing, within
30 days of receipt of the claim, any additional documentation supporting the claim or relating to defenses to the claim the local agency may have against the claimant.
(2) If additional information is thereafter required, it shall be requested and provided pursuant to
this subdivision, upon mutual agreement of the local agency and the claimant.(3) The local agency's written response to the claim, as further documented, shall be submitted
to the claimant within 15 days after receipt of the further documentation or within a period of time no greater than that taken by the claimant in producing the additional information, whichever is greater.
(c)(1) For claims of over fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) and less than or equal to three hundred seventy-five thousand dollars ($375,000), the local agency shall respond in writing to all written
claims within 60 days of receipt of the claim, or may request, in writing, within 30 days of receipt
of the claim, any additional documentation supporting the claim or relating to defenses to the claim the local agency may have against the claimant.
(2) If additional information is thereafter required, it shall be requested and provided pursuant to
this subdivision, upon mutual agreement of the local agency and the claimant.(3) The local agency's written response to the claim, as further documented, shall be submitted
to the claimant within 30 days after receipt of the further documentation, or within a period of time
no greater than that taken by the claimant in producing the additional information or requested documentation, whichever is greater.
(d) If the claimant disputes the local agency's written response, or the local agency fails to respond
within the time prescribed, the claimant may so notify the local agency, in writing, either within 15 days of receipt of the local agency's response or within 15 days of the local agency's failure to
respond within the time prescribed, respectively, and demand an informal conference to meet and
confer for settlement of the issues in dispute. Upon a demand, the local agency shall schedule a meet and confer conference within 30 days for settlement of the dispute.
(e) Following the meet and confer conference, if the claim or any portion remains in dispute, the claimant may file a claim as provided in Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 900) and Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 910) of Part 3 of Division 3.6 of Title 1 of the Government Code. For
purposes of those provisions, the running of the period of time within which a claim must be filed shall be tolled from the time the claimant submits his or her written claim pursuant to subdivision
(a) until the time that claim is denied as a result of the meet and confer process, including any
period of time utilized by the meet and confer process. (f) This article does not apply to tort claims and nothing in this article is intended nor shall be
construed to change the time periods for filing tort claims or actions specified by Chapter 1
(commencing with Section 900) and Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 910) of Part 3 of Division 3.6 of Title 1 of the Government Code.
20104.4. The following procedures are established for all civil actions filed to resolve claims subject to this article:
(a) Within 60 days, but no earlier than 30 days, following the filing or responsive pleadings, the
court shall submit the matter to non-binding mediation unless waived by mutual stipulation of both parties. The mediation process shall provide for the selection within 15 days by both parties of a
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 80 of 192
disinterested third person as mediator, shall be commenced within 30 days of the submittal, and shall be concluded within 15 days from the commencement of the mediation unless a time
requirement is extended upon a good cause showing to the court or by stipulation of both parties.
If the parties fail to select a mediator within the 15-day period, any party may petition the court to appoint the mediator.
(b)(1) If the matter remains in dispute, the case shall be submitted to judicial arbitration pursuant
to Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 1141.10) of Title 3 of Part 3 of the Code of Civil Procedure, notwithstanding Section 1141.11 of that code. The Civil Discovery Act of 1986 (Article
3 (commencing with Section 2016) of Chapter 3 of Title 3 of Part 4 of the Code of Civil procedure)
shall apply to any proceeding brought under the subdivision consistent with the rules pertaining to judicial arbitration.
(2) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, upon stipulation of the parties, arbitrators
appointed for purposes of this article shall be experienced in construction law, and, upon stipulation of the parties, mediators and arbitrators shall be paid necessary and reasonable hourly
rates of pay not to exceed their customary rate, and such fees and expenses shall be paid equally by the parties, except in the case of arbitration where the arbitrator, for good cause, determines a different division. In no event shall these fees or expenses be paid by state or county funds.
(3) In addition to Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 1141.10) Title 3 of Part 3 of the Code of Civil Procedure, any party who after receiving an arbitration award requests a trial de novo but
does not obtain a more favorable judgment shall, in addition to payment of costs and fees under
that chapter, pay the attorney's fees of the other party arising out of the trial de novo.(c) The court may, upon request by any party, order any witnesses to participate in the mediation
or arbitration process.
20104.6. (a) No local agency shall fail to pay money as to any portion of a claim which is
undisputed except as otherwise provided in the contract.
(b) In any suit filed under Section 20104.4, the local agency shall pay interest at the legal rate on any arbitration award or judgment. The interest shall begin to accrue on the date the suit is filed
in a court of law.
Although not to be construed as proceeding under extra work provisions, the Contractor shall
keep and furnish records of disputed work in accordance with Section 3-3.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 81 of 192
SECTION 4 – CONTROL OF MATERIALS
4-1 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP.
4-1.1. General. All materials, parts, and equipment furnished by the Contractor in the Work shall
be new, high grade, and free from defects. Quality of work shall be in accordance with the
generally accepted standards. Material and work quality shall be subject to the Engineer’s approval.
Materials and work quality not conforming to the requirements of the Specifications shall be considered defective and will be subject to rejection. Defective work or material, whether in place
or not, shall be removed immediately from the site by the Contractor, at its expense, when so directed by the Engineer.
If the Contractor fails to replace any defective or damaged work or material after reasonable notice, the Engineer may cause such work or materials to be replaced. The replacement expense will be deducted from the amount to be paid to the Contractor.
Used or secondhand materials, parts, and equipment may be used only if permitted by the
Specifications.
4-1.2 Protection of Work and Materials. The Contractor shall provide and maintain storage
facilities and employ such measures as will preserve the specified quality and fitness of materials
to be used in the Work. Stored materials shall be reasonably accessible for inspection. The Contractor shall also adequately protect new and existing work and all items of equipment for the
duration of the Contract.
The Contractor shall not, without the Agency’s consent, assign, sell, mortgage, hypothecate, or
remove equipment or materials which have been installed or delivered and which may be
necessary for the completion of the Contract.
4-1.3 Inspection Requirements.
4-1.3.1General. Unless otherwise specified, inspection is required at the source for such typical
materials and fabricated items as bituminous paving mixtures, structural concrete, metal fabrication, metal casting, welding, concrete pipe manufacture, protective coating application, and
similar shop or plant operations.
Steel pipe in sizes less than 18 inches and vitrified clay and cast iron pipe in all sizes are
acceptable upon certification as to compliance with the Specifications, subject to sampling and
testing by the Agency. Standard items of equipment such as electric motors, conveyors, elevators, plumbing fixtures, etc., are subject to inspection at the job site only. Special items of equipment
such as designed electrical panel boards, large pumps, sewage plant equipment, etc., are subject
to inspection at the source, normally only for performance testing. The Specifications may require inspection at the source for other items not typical of those listed in this section.
The Contractor shall provide the Engineer free and safe access to any and all parts of work at any time. Such free and safe access shall include means of safe access and egress, ventilation,
lighting, shoring, dewatering and all elements pertaining to the safety of persons as contained in
the State of California, California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Industrial Relations, Chapter 4,
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 82 of 192
Division of Industrial Safety, Subchapter 4, Construction Safety Orders and such other safety regulations as may apply. Contractor shall furnish Engineer with such information as may be
necessary to keep the Engineer fully informed regarding progress and manner of work and
character of materials. Inspection or testing of the whole or any portion of the work or materials incorporated in the work shall not relieve Contractor from any obligation to fulfill this Contract.
4-1.3.2Inspection of Materials Not Locally Produced. When the Contractor intends to purchase materials, fabricated products, or equipment from sources located more than 50 miles
outside the geographical limits of the Agency, an inspector or accredited testing laboratory
(approved by the Engineer), shall be engaged by the Contractor at its expense, to inspect the materials, equipment or process. This approval shall be obtained before producing any material
or equipment. The inspector or representative of the testing laboratory shall judge the materials
by the requirements of the Plans and Specifications. The Contractor shall forward reports required by the Engineer. No material or equipment shall be shipped nor shall any processing, fabrication
or treatment of such materials be done without proper inspection by the approved agent. Approval by said agent shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for complying with the Contract requirements.
4-1.3.3Inspection by the Agency. The Agency will provide all inspection and testing laboratory
services within 50 miles of the geographical limits of the Agency.
4-1.4 Test of Material. Before incorporation in the Work, the Contractor shall submit samples
of materials, as the Engineer may require, at no cost to the Agency. The Contractor, at its
expense, shall deliver the materials for testing to the place and at the time designated by the Engineer. Unless otherwise provided, all initial testing will be performed under the direction of the
Engineer, and at no expense to the Contractor. If the Contractor is to provide and pay for testing,
it will be stated in the Specifications. For private contracts, the testing expense shall be borne by the permittee.
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing, at least 15 days in advance, of its intention to use materials for which tests are specified, to allow sufficient time to perform the tests. The notice
shall name the proposed supplier and source of material.
If the notice of intent to use is sent before the materials are available for testing or inspection, or
is sent so far in advance that the materials on hand at the time will not last but will be replaced by a new lot prior to use on the Work, it will be the Contractor’s responsibility to re-notify the Engineer when samples which are representative may be obtained.
Except as specified in these Provisions, the Agency will bear the cost of testing of locally produced
materials and/or on-site workmanship where the results of such tests meet or exceed the
requirements indicated in the Standard Specifications, Technical Specification, and any Supplemental Provisions. The cost of all other tests shall be borne by the Contractor.
At the option of the Engineer, the source of supply of each of the materials shall be approved by the Engineer before the delivery is started. All materials proposed for use may be inspected or
tested at any time during their preparation and use. If, after incorporating such materials into the
Work, it is found that sources of supply that have been approved do not furnish a uniform product, or if the product from any source proves unacceptable at any time, the Contractor shall furnish
approved material from other approved sources. If any product proves unacceptable after
improper storage, handling or for any other reason it shall be rejected, not incorporated into the work and shall be removed from the project site all at the Contractor’s expense.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 83 of 192
Compaction tests may be made by the Engineer and all costs for tests that meet or exceed the
requirements of the specifications shall be borne by the Agency. Said tests may be made at any
place along the work as deemed necessary by the Engineer. The costs of any retests made necessary by noncompliance with the specifications shall be borne by the Contractor.
4-1.5 Certification. The Engineer may waive materials testing requirements of the Specifications and accept the manufacturer’s written certification that the materials to be supplied
meet those requirements. Material test data may be required as part of the certification.
4-1.6 Trade Names or Equals. The Contractor may supply any of the materials specified or
offer an equivalent. The Engineer shall determine whether the material offered is equivalent to
that specified. Adequate time shall be allowed for the Engineer to make this determination.
Whenever any particular material, process, or equipment is indicated by patent, proprietary or brand name, or by name of manufacturer, such wording is used for the purpose of facilitating its description and shall be deemed to be followed by the words or equal. A listing of materials is
not intended to be comprehensive, or in order of preference. The Contractor may offer any material, process, or equipment considered to be equivalent to that indicated. The substantiation
of offers shall be submitted as provided in the contract documents.
The Contractor shall, at its expense, furnish data concerning items offered by it as equivalent to
those specified. The Contractor shall have the material tested as required by the Engineer to
determine that the quality, strength, physical, chemical, or other characteristics, including durability, finish, efficiency, dimensions, service, and suitability are such that the item will fulfill its
intended function.
Test methods shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. Test results shall be reported
promptly to the Engineer, who will evaluate the results and determine if the substitute item is
equivalent. The Engineer’s findings shall be final. Installation and use of a substitute item shall not be made until approved by the Engineer.
If a substitute offered by the Contractor is not found to be equal to the specified material, the Contractor shall furnish and install the specified material.
The specified Contract completion time shall not be affected by any circumstance developing from the provisions of this section.
The Contractor is responsible for the satisfactory performance of substituted items. If, in the sole
opinion of the Engineer, the substitution is determined to be unsatisfactory in performance,
appearance, durability, compatibility with associated items, availability of repair parts and suitability of application the Contractor shall remove the substituted item and replace it with the
originally specified item at no cost to the Agency.
4-1.7 Weighing and Metering Equipment. All scales and metering equipment used for
proportioning materials shall be inspected for accuracy and certified within the past 12 months by
the State of California Bureau of Weights and Measures, by the County Director or Sealer of Weights and Measures, or by a scale mechanic registered with or licensed by the County.
The accuracy of the work of a scale service agency, except as stated herein, shall meet the standards of the California Business and Professions Code and the California Code of
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 84 of 192
Regulations pertaining to weighing devices. A certificate of compliance shall be presented, prior to operation, to the Engineer for approval and shall be renewed whenever required by the
Engineer at no cost to the Agency.
All scales shall be arranged so they may be read easily from the operator’s platform or area. They
shall indicate the true net weight without the application of any factor. The figures of the scales
shall be clearly legible. Scales shall be accurate to within 1 percent when tested with the plant shut down. Weighing equipment shall be so insulated against vibration or moving of other
operating equipment in the plant area that the error in weighing with the entire plant running will
not exceed 2 percent for any setting nor 1.5 percent for any batch.
4-1.8 Calibration of Testing Equipment. Testing equipment, such as, but not limited to
pressure gages, metering devices, hydraulic systems, force (load) measuring instruments, and strain-measuring devices shall be calibrated by a testing agency acceptable to the Engineer at
intervals not to exceed 12 months and following repairs, modification, or relocation of the equipment. Calibration certificates shall be provided when requested by the Engineer.
4-1.9 Construction Materials Dispute Resolution (Soils, Rock Materials, Concrete, Mortar and Related Materials, Masonry Materials, Bituminous Materials, Rock Products, and
Modified Asphalts). In the interest of safety and public value, whenever credible evidence arises
to contradict the test values of materials, the Agency and the Contractor will initiate an immediate and cooperative investigation. Test values of materials are results of the materials’ tests, as
defined by these Specifications or by the special provisions, required to accept the Work. Credible
evidence is process observations or test values gathered using industry accepted practices. A contradiction exists whenever test values or process observations of the same or similar materials
are diverse enough such that the work acceptance or performance becomes suspect. The
investigation shall allow access to all test results, procedures, and facilities relevant to the disputed work and consider all available information and, when necessary, gather new and
additional information in an attempt to determine the validity, the cause, and if necessary, the
remedy to the contradiction. If the cooperative investigation reaches any resolution mechanism acceptable to both the Agency and the Contractor, the contradiction shall be considered resolved
and the cooperative investigation concluded. Whenever the cooperative investigation is unable to
reach resolution, the investigation may then either conclude without resolution or continue by written notification of one party to the other requesting the implementation of a resolution process
by committee. The continuance of the investigation shall be contingent upon recipient’s agreement and acknowledged in writing within 3 calendar days after receiving a request. Without acknowledgement, the investigation shall conclude without resolution. The committee shall
consist of three State of California Registered Civil Engineers. Within 7 calendar days after the written request notification, the Agency and the Contractor will each select one engineer. Within
14 calendar days of the written request notification, the two selected engineers will select a third
engineer. The goal in selection of the third member is to complement the professional experience of the first two engineers. Should the two engineers fail to select the third engineer, the Agency
and the Contractor shall each propose 2 engineers to be the third member within 21 calendar
days after the written request notification. The first two engineers previously selected shall then select one of the four proposed engineers in a blind draw. The committee shall be a continuance
of the cooperative investigation and will re-consider all available information and if necessary
gather new and additional information to determine the validity, the cause, and if necessary, the remedy to the contradiction. The committee will focus upon the performance adequacy of the
material(s) using standard engineering principles and practices and to ensure public value, the
committee may provide engineering recommendations as necessary. Unless otherwise agreed, the committee will have 30 calendar days from its formation to complete their review and submit
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 85 of 192
their findings. The final resolution of the committee shall be by majority opinion, in writing, stamped and signed. Should the final resolution not be unanimous, the dissenter may attach a written,
stamped, and signed minority opinion. Once started, the resolution process by committee shall
continue to full conclusion unless:
1. Within 7 days of the formation of the committee, the Agency and the Contractor reach an
acceptable resolution mechanism; or
2. Within 14 days of the formation of the committee, the initiating party withdraws its written
notification and agrees to bear all investigative related costs thus far incurred; or
3. At any point by the mutual agreement of the Agency and the Contractor. Unless otherwise
agreed, the Contractor shall bear and maintain a record for all the investigative costs until resolution. Should the investigation discover assignable causes for the contradiction, the
assignable party, the Agency or the Contractor, shall bear all costs associated with the investigation. Should assignable causes for the contradiction extended to both parties, the investigation will assign costs cooperatively with each party or when necessary, equally.
Should the investigation substantiate a contradiction without assignable cause, the investigation will assign costs cooperatively with each party or when necessary, equally.
Should the investigation be unable to substantiate a contradiction, the initiator of the
investigation shall bear all investigative costs. All claim notification requirements of the contract pertaining to the contradiction shall be suspended until the investigation is
concluded.
4-2 MATERIALS TRANSPORTATION, HANDLING AND STORAGE. The Contractor
shall order, purchase, transport, coordinate delivery, accept delivery, confirm the quantity and
quality received, prepare storage area(s), store, handle, protect, move, relocate, remove and dispose excess of all materials used to accomplish the Work. Materials shall be delivered to the
site of the work only during working hours, as defined in Section 6-7.2, and shall be accompanied
by bills of lading that shall clearly state for each delivery: the name of the Contractor as consignee, the project name and number, address of delivery and name of consignor and a
description of the material(s) shipped. Prior to storage of any materials which have been shipped
to or by the Contractor to any location within the Agency’s boundaries the Contractor shall provide the Engineer a copy of lease agreements for each property where such materials are
stored. The lease agreement shall clearly state the term of the lease, the description of materials
allowed to be stored and shall provide for the removal of the materials and restoration of the storage site within the time allowed for the Work. All such storage shall conform to all laws and
ordinances that may pertain to the materials stored and to preparation of the storage site and
the location of the site on which the materials are stored. Loss, damage or deterioration of all stored materials shall be the Contractor’s responsibility. Conformance to the requirements of this
section, both within and outside the limits of work are a part of the Work. The Engineer shall have
the right to verify the suitability of materials and their proper storage at any time during the Work.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 86 of 192
SECTION 5 – UTILITIES
5-1 LOCATION. The Agency and affected utility companies have, by a search of known records, endeavored to locate and indicate on the Plans, all utilities which exist within the limits
of the work. However, the accuracy and/or completeness of the nature, size and/or location of
utilities indicated on the Plans is not guaranteed.
Where underground main distribution conduits such as water, gas, sewer, electric power,
telephone, or cable television are shown on the Plans, the Contractor shall assume that every property parcel will be served by a service connection for each type of utility.
As provided in Section 4216 of the California Government Code, at least 2 working days prior to commencing any excavation, the Contractor shall contact the regional notification center
(Underground Service Alert of Southern California) and obtain an inquiry identification number.
The California Department of Transportation is not required by Section 4216 to become a member
of the regional notification center. The Contractor shall contact it for location of its subsurface installations.
The Contractor shall determine the location and depth of all utilities, including service connections, which have been marked by the respective owners and which may affect or be affected by its
operations. If no pay item is provided in the Contract for this work, full compensation for such work
shall be considered as included in the prices bid for other items of work.
5-2 PROTECTION. The Contractor shall not interrupt the service function or disturb the
support of any utility without authority from the owner or order from the Agency. All valves, switches, vaults, and meters shall be maintained readily accessible for emergency shutoff.
Where protection is required to ensure support of utilities located as shown on the Plans or in accordance with Section 5-1, the Contractor shall, unless otherwise provided, furnish and place the necessary protection at its expense.
Upon learning of the existence and location of any utility omitted from or shown incorrectly on the Plans, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer in writing. When authorized by the Engineer, support or protection of the utility will be paid for as provided in Section 3-2.2.3 or 3-3.
The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer and the utility owner if any utility is disturbed or damaged. The Contractor shall bear the costs of repair or replacement of any utility damaged if located as noted in Section 5-1.
When placing concrete around or contiguous to any non-metallic utility installation, the Contractor shall at its expense:
1. Furnish and install a 2 inch cushion of expansion joint material or other similar resilient material; or
2. Provide a sleeve or other opening which will result in a 2 inch minimum-clear annular space between the concrete and the utility; or
3. Provide other acceptable means to prevent embedment in or bonding to the concrete.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 87 of 192
Where concrete is used for backfill or for structures which would result in embedment, or partial embedment, of a metallic utility installation; or where the coating, bedding or other cathodic
protection system is exposed or damaged by the Contractor’s operations, the Contractor shall
notify the Engineer and arrange to secure the advice of the affected utility owner regarding the procedures required to maintain or restore the integrity of the system.
5-3 REMOVAL. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall remove all interfering portions of utilities shown on the Plans or indicated in the Bid documents as “abandoned” or “to be abandoned in place”. Before starting removal operations, the Contractor shall ascertain from
the Agency whether the abandonment is complete, and the costs involved in the removal and disposal shall be included in the Bid for the items of work necessitating such removals.
5-4 RELOCATION. When feasible, the owners responsible for utilities within the area affected by the Work will complete their necessary installations, relocations, repairs, or replacements before commencement of work by the Contractor.
After award of the Contract, portions of utilities which are found to interfere with the Work will be relocated, altered or reconstructed by the owners, or the Engineer may order changes in the Work
to avoid interference. Such changes will be paid for in accordance with Section 3-2.
When the Plans or Specifications provide for the Contractor to alter, relocate, or reconstruct a
utility, all costs for such work shall be included in the Bid for the items of work necessitating such work. Temporary or permanent relocation or alteration of utilities requested by the Contractor for
its convenience shall be its responsibility and it shall make all arrangements and bear all costs.
The utility owner will relocate service connections as necessary within the limits of the Work or
within temporary construction or slope easements. When directed by the Engineer, the Contractor
shall arrange for the relocation of service connections as necessary between the meter and property line, or between a meter and the limits of temporary construction or slope easements.
The relocation of such service connections will be paid for in accordance with provisions of
Section 3-3. Payment will include the restoration of all existing improvements which may be affected thereby. The Contractor may agree with the owner of any utility to disconnect and
reconnect interfering service connections. The Agency will not be involved in any such agreement.
In conformance with Section 5-6 the Contractor shall coordinate the work with utility agencies and
companies. Prior to the installation of any and all utility structures within the limits of work by any utility agency or company, or its contractor, the Contractor shall place all curb or curb and gutter
that is a part of the work and adjacent to the location where such utility structures are shown on
the plans and are noted as being located, relocated or are otherwise shown as installed by others. In order to minimize delays to the Contractor caused by the failure of other parties to relocate
utilities that interfere with the construction, the Contractor, upon the Engineer’s approval, may be
permitted to temporarily omit the portion of work affected by the utility. If such temporary omission is approved by the Engineer the Contractor shall place survey or other physical control markers
sufficient to locate the curb or curb and gutter to the satisfaction of the utility agency or company.
Such temporary omission shall be for the Contractor’s convenience and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore or for additional work, materials or delay associated with
the temporary omission. The portion thus omitted shall be constructed by the Contractor
immediately following the relocation of the utility involved unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 88 of 192
5-5 DELAYS. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of its construction schedule insofar as
it affects the protection, removal, or relocation of utilities. Said notification shall be included as a part of the construction schedule required in Section 6-1. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer
in writing of any subsequent changes in the construction schedule which will affect the time available for protection, removal, or relocation of utilities.
The Contractor will not be entitled to damages or additional payment for delays attributable to utility relocations or alterations if correctly located, noted, and completed in accordance with Section 5-1.
The Contractor may be given an extension of time for unforeseen delays attributable to
unreasonably protracted interference by utilities in performing work correctly shown on the Plans.
The Agency will assume responsibility for the timely removal, relocation, or protection of existing
main or trunkline utility facilities within the area affected by the Work if such utilities are not
identified in the Contract Documents. The Contractor will not be assessed liquidated damages for any delay caused by failure of Agency to provide for the timely removal, relocation, or protection
of such existing facilities.
If the Contractor sustains loss due to delays attributable to interferences, relocations, or
alterations not covered by Section 5-1, which could not have been avoided by the judicious
handling of forces, equipment, or plant, there shall be paid to the Contractor such amount as the Engineer may find to be fair and reasonable compensation for such part of the Contractor’s actual
loss as was unavoidable and the Contractor may be granted an extension of time.
5-6 COOPERATION. When necessary, the Contractor shall so conduct its operations as to
permit access to the Work site and provide time for utility work to be accomplished during the
progress of the Work.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 89 of 192
SECTION 6 – PROSECUTION, PROGRESS,AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK
6-1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. Except as
otherwise provided herein and unless otherwise prohibited by permits from other agencies as may be required by law the Contractor shall begin work within five (5) calendar days after receipt of
the "Notice to Proceed".
6-1.1 Pre-Construction Meeting. After, or upon, notification of contract award, the Engineer
will set the time and location for the Preconstruction Meeting. Attendance of the Contractor’s
management personnel, including the Contractor’s Representative and key subcontractors, responsible for the management, administration, and execution of the project is mandatory for the
meeting to be convened. Failure of the Contractor to have the Contractor’s responsible project
personnel attend the Preconstruction Meeting will be grounds for default by Contractor per Section 6-4. No separate payment will be made for the Contractor’s attendance at the meeting.
The notice to proceed will only be issued on or after the completion of the preconstruction meeting.
6-1.1.1 Baseline Construction Schedule Submittal. The Contractor shall submit the Baseline
Construction Schedule per the submittal requirements of Section 2-5.3. The submittal of the Baseline Construction Schedule shall include each item and element of Sections 6-1.2 through 6-1.2.9 and shall be on hard (paper) copy and electronic media conforming to Section 6-1.3.3
Electronic Media.
6-1.1.2Three-Week Look Ahead Schedule Submittal. At least 14 calendar days prior to
mobilizing, the Contractor shall submit a detailed 3-week Look Ahead Schedule, which shall be updated and submitted weekly and will be reviewed at each weekly progress meeting, until Project
completion. 3-Week Look Ahead Schedules shall be prepared in the same software as the
baseline.
As an example, for each location of work, the 3-Week Look Ahead shall include details for at least
the following activities:
Pre-construction videography
Potholing
E-28 shutdown request submittal
Duration of traffic control periods
Initial excavation
Preparatory work
Excavation duration
Proposed shutdown
Pavement
Restoration.
6-1.2 Preparation and Review of the Baseline Construction Schedule. The Contractor shall prepare the Baseline Construction Schedule as a Critical Path Method (CPM) Schedule in the
precedence diagram method (activity-on-node) format. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall depict a workable plan showing the sequence, duration, and interdependence of all activities
required to represent the complete performance of all project work as well as periods where work
is precluded. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall begin with the projected date of issuance of the notice to proceed and conclude with the date of final completion per the contract duration.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 90 of 192
The Baseline Construction Schedule shall include detail of all project phasing, staging, and sequencing, including all milestones necessary to define beginning and ending of each phase or
stage.
6-1.2.1 Time-Scaled Network Diagram. As a part of the Baseline Construction Schedule the
Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer a complete time-scaled network diagram
showing all of the activities, logic relationships, and milestones comprising the schedule.
6-1.2.2 Tabular Listing. As a part of the Baseline Construction Schedule the Contractor shall
prepare and submit to the Engineer a tabular listing of all of the activities, showing for each activity the identification number, the description, the duration, the early start, the early finish, the late
start, the late finish, the total float, and all predecessor and successor activities for the activity
described.
6-1.2.3 Bar Chart. As a part of the Baseline Construction Schedule the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer a chart showing individual tasks and their durations arranged with the tasks on the vertical axis and duration on the horizontal axis. The bar chart shall use differing
texture patterns or distinctive line types to show the critical path.
6-1.2.4 Schedule Software. The Contractor shall use commercially available software program
by Primavera or “Project” program by Microsoft Corporation to prepare the Baseline Construction Schedule and all updates thereto. The Contractor shall submit to the Agency source files and
PDFs electronically with all network information contained thereon, in a format readable by a
Microsoft Windows 2000 system. The Agency will use a “Suretrak”, “Project” or equal software program for review of the Contractor’s schedule. Should the Contractor elect to use a scheduling
program other than the “Suretrak” program by Primavera or “Project” program by Microsoft
Corporation the Contractor shall provide the Engineer three copies of the substituted program that are fully licensed to the Agency and 32 class hours of on-site training by the program
publisher for up to eight Agency staff members. The classes shall be presented on Mondays
through Thursdays, inclusive, between the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. The on-site training shall be held at 1635 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad, California. The dates and times of the on-site
training shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval five working days before the start of the
on-site training. The on-site training shall be completed prior to the submittal of the first Baseline Construction Schedule.
6-1.2.5 Schedule Activities. Except for submittal activities, activity durations shall not be shorter than 1 working day nor longer than 15 working days, unless specifically and individually allowed
by the Engineer. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall include between 100 and 500 activities, including submittals, interfaces between utility companies and other agencies, project
milestones and equipment and material deliveries. The number of activities will be sufficient, in
the judgment of the Engineer, to communicate the Contractor’s plan for project execution, to accurately describe the project work, and to allow monitoring and evaluation of progress and of
time impacts. Each activity’s description shall accurately define the work planned for the activity
and each activity shall have recognizable beginning and end points.
6-1.2.6 Float. Float or slack time within the schedule is available without charge or compensation
to whatever party or contingency first exhausts it.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 91 of 192
6-1.2.7 Restraints to Activities. Any submittals, utility interfaces, or any furnishing of Agency supplied materials, equipment, or services, which may impact any activity’s construction shall be
shown as a restraint to those activities. Time periods to accommodate the review and correction
of submittals shall be included in the schedule.
6-1.2.8 Late Completion. A Baseline Construction Schedule showing a project duration longer
than the specified contract duration will not be acceptable and will be grounds for determination of default by Contractor, per Section 6-4.
6-1.2.9 Early Completion. The Baseline Construction Schedule will show the Contractor’s plan to support and maintain the project for the entire contractual time span of the project. Should the
Contractor propose a project duration shorter than contract duration, a complete Baseline
Construction Schedule must be submitted, reflecting the shorter duration, in complete accordance with all schedule requirements of Section 6-1. The Engineer may choose to accept the
Contractor’s proposal of a project duration shorter than the duration specified; provided the Agency is satisfied the shortened Baseline Construction Schedule is reasonable and the Agency and all other entities, public and private, which interface with the project are able to support the
provisions of the shortened Baseline Construction Schedule. The Agency’s acceptance of a shortened duration project will be confirmed through the execution of a contract change order
revising the project duration and implementing all contractual requirements including liquidated
damages in accordance with the revised duration.
6-1.2.10 Engineer’s Review. The Construction Schedule is subject to the review of the Engineer.
The Engineer’s determination that the Baseline Construction Schedule proposed by the Contractor complies with the requirements of these supplemental provisions shall be a condition
precedent to issuance of the Notice to Proceed by the Engineer. If the Engineer determines that
the Construction Schedule does not meet the requirements of these specifications the Contractor shall correct the Construction Schedule to meet these specifications and resubmit it to the
Engineer. Failure of the Contractor to obtain the Engineer’s determination that the initial
Construction Schedule proposed by the Contractor complies with the requirements of these supplemental provisions within thirty (30) working days after the date of the preconstruction
meeting shall be grounds for termination of the contract per Section 6-4. Days used by the
Engineer to review the initial Construction Schedule will not be included in the 30 working days.
The Engineer will review and return to the Contractor, with any comments, the Baseline Construction Schedule within 15 working days of submittal. The Baseline Construction Schedule will be returned marked as per Sections 6-1.2.10.1 through 6-1.2.10.3.
6-1.2.10.1 “Accepted.” The Contractor may proceed with the project work upon issuance of the
Notice to Proceed, and will receive payment for the schedule in accordance with Section 6-1.8.1.
6-1.2.10.2 “Accepted with Comments.” The Contractor may proceed with the project work upon
issuance of the Notice to Proceed. The Contractor must resubmit the schedule incorporating the
comments prior to receipt of payment per Section 6-1.8.1.
6-1.2.10.3 “Not Accepted.” The Contractor must resubmit the schedule incorporating the
corrections and changes of the comments prior to receipt of payment per Section 6-1.8.1. The Notice to Proceed will not be issued by the Engineer if the changes of the comments are not
submitted as required hereinbefore and marked “Accepted” or “Accepted with Comments” by the
Engineer. The Contractor, at the sole option of the Engineer, may be considered as having defaulted the contract under the provisions of Section 6-4 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR if the
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 92 of 192
changes of the comments are not submitted as required hereinbefore and marked “Accepted” by the Engineer.
6-1.3 Preparation of Schedule Updates and Revisions. The Contractor shall meet with the Engineer during the last week of each month to agree upon each activity’s schedule status and
shall submit monthly updates of the Baseline Construction Schedule confirming the agreements
no later than the fifth working day of the following month.
The 3-week lookahead shall be updated weekly. The most recent version of the baseline and the
3-week lookahead shall be provided at each Project Meeting.
The monthly update will be submitted on hard (paper) copy and electronic media conforming to
Section 6-1.3.3 Electronic Media per the submittal requirements of Section 2-5.3 and will include each item and element of Sections 6-1.2 through 6-1.2.9 and 6-1.3.1 through 6-1.3.7. Acceptable
updates to the Baseline Construction schedule shall be a condition of payment.
6-1.3.1 Actual Activity Dates. The actual dates each activity was started and/or completed
during the month. After first reporting an actual date, the Contractor shall not change that actual date in later updates without specific notification to the Engineer with the update.
6-1.3.2 Activity Percent Complete. For each activity underway at the end of the month, the Contractor shall report the percentage determined by the Engineer as complete for the activity.
6-1.3.3 Electronic Media. The schedule data disk shall be a CD-ROM, labeled with the project name and number, the Contractor’s name and the date of preparation of the schedule data disk.
The schedule data disk shall be readable by the software specified in Section 6-1.2.4 “Schedule
Software” and shall be free of file locking, encryption or any other protocol that would impede full access of all data stored on it.
6-1.3.4 List of Changes. A list of all changes made to the activities or to the interconnecting logic, with an explanation for each change.
6-1.3.5 Change Orders. Each monthly update will include the addition of the network revisions reflecting the change orders approved in the previous month. The network revisions will be as
agreed upon during the review and acceptance of the Contractor’s change orders.
6-1.3.6 Bar Chart. Each monthly update will include a chart showing individual tasks and their
durations arranged with the tasks on the vertical axis and duration on the horizontal axis. The bar chart shall use differing texture patterns or distinctive line types to show the critical path.
6-1.4 Engineer’s Review of Updated Construction Schedule and the 3-week Look Ahead. The Engineer will review and return the Updated Construction Schedule to the Contractor, with
any comments, within 5 working days of submittal. The Updated Construction Schedule will be
returned marked as per Sections 6-1.4.1 through 6-1.4.3. Any Updated Construction Schedule marked “Accepted with Comments” or “Not Accepted” by the Engineer will be returned to the
Contractor for correction. Upon resubmittal the Engineer will review and return the resubmitted
Updated Construction Schedule to the Contractor, with any comments, within 5 working days. Failure of the Contractor to submit a monthly updated construction schedule will invoke the same
consequences as the Engineer returning a monthly updated construction schedule marked “Not
Accepted”.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 93 of 192
6-1.4.1 “Accepted.” The Contractor may proceed with the project work, and will receive payment for the schedule in accordance with Section 6-1.8.2.
6-1.4.2 “Accepted with Comments.” The Contractor may proceed with the project work. The Contractor must resubmit the Updated Construction Schedule to the Engineer incorporating the
corrections and changes noted in the Engineer’s comments prior to receipt of payment per
Section 6-1.8.2.
6-1.4.3 “Not Accepted.” The Contractor must resubmit the Updated Construction Schedule to
the Engineer incorporating the corrections and changes noted in the Engineer’s comments prior to receipt of payment per Section 6-1.8.2. The Contractor, at the sole option of the Engineer, may
be considered as having defaulted the contract under the provisions of Section 6-4 DEFAULT BY
CONTRACTOR if the changes of the comments are not submitted and marked “Accepted” by the Engineer before the last day of the month in which the Updated Construction Schedule is due. If
the Contractor fails to submit the corrected Updated Construction Schedule as required herein the Contractor may elect to proceed with the project at its own risk. Should the Contractor elect not to proceed with the project, any resulting delay, impact, or disruption to the project will be the
Contractor’s responsibility.
6-1.5 Late Completion or Milestone Dates. Should the Schedule Update indicate a completion
or contractually required milestone date later than the properly adjusted contract or milestone duration, the Agency may withhold Liquidated Damages for the number of days late. Should a
subsequent “Accepted” Schedule Update remove all or a portion of the delay, all or the allocated
portion of the previously held Liquidated Damages shall be released in the monthly payment to the Contractor immediately following the “Accepted” schedule.
6-1.6 Interim Revisions. Should the actual or projected progress of the work become substantially different from that depicted in the Project Schedule, independently of and prior to
the next monthly update, the Contractor will submit a revised Baseline Construction Schedule,
with a list and explanation of each change made to the schedule. The Revised Construction Schedule will be submitted per the submittal requirements of Section 2-5.3 and per the schedule
review and acceptance requirements of Section 6-1, including but not limited to the acceptance
and payment provisions. As used in this section “substantially different” means a time variance greater than 5 percent of the number of days of duration for the project.
6-1.7 Final Schedule Update. The Contractor shall prepare and submit a final schedule update when one hundred percent of the construction work is completed. The Contractor’s Final
Schedule Update must accurately represent the actual dates for all activities. The final schedule update shall be prepared and reviewed per Sections 6-1.3 Preparation of Schedule Updates and
Revisions and 6-1. 4 Engineer’s Review of Updated Construction Schedule. Acceptance of the
final schedule update is required for completion of the project and release of any and all funds retained per Section 9-3.2.
6-1.8 Measurement and Payment of Construction Schedule. The Contractor’s preparation, revision and maintenance of the Construction Schedule are incidental to the work and no separate
payment will be made therefore.
6-2 PROSECUTION OF WORK. To minimize public inconvenience and possible hazard
and to restore street and other work areas to their original condition and state of usefulness as
soon as practicable, the Contractor shall diligently prosecute the Work to completion. If the Engineer determines that the Contractor is failing to prosecute the Work to the proper extent, the
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 94 of 192
Contractor shall, upon orders from the Engineer, immediately take steps to remedy the situation. All costs of prosecuting the Work as described herein shall be included in the Contractor’s Bid.
Should the Contractor fail to take the necessary steps to fully accomplish said purposes, after
orders of the Engineer, the Engineer may suspend the work in whole or part, until the Contractor takes said steps.
As soon as possible under the provisions of the Specifications, the Contractor shall backfill all excavations and restore to usefulness all improvements existing prior to the start of the Work.
If Work is suspended through no fault of the Agency, all expenses and losses incurred by the Contractor during such suspensions shall be borne by the Contractor. If the Contractor fails to
properly provide for public safety, traffic, and protection of the Work during periods of suspension,
the Agency may elect to do so, and deduct the cost thereof from monies due the Contractor. Such actions will not relieve the Contractor from liability.
6-2.1 Order of Work. The work to be done shall consist of furnishing all labor, equipment and materials, and performing all operations necessary to complete the Project Work as shown on the
Project Plans and as specified in the Specifications. The work includes performing updates to two sewer lift stations.
6-2.3 Project Meetings. The Engineer will establish the time and location of weekly Project Meetings. The Contractor’s Representative shall attend each Project Meeting. The Project
Representative shall be the individual determined under Section 7-6, “The Contractor’s
Representative”. No separate payment for attendance of the Contractor, the Contractor’s Representative or any other employee or subcontractor or subcontractor’s employee at these
meetings will be made. The Contractor shall provide the most recent construction schedule and
3-week lookahead update at each Project Meeting. The Contractor shall make the red-line record drawings available for the Engineer’s review at each Project Meeting.
6-3 SUSPENSION OF WORK.
6-3.1 General. The Work may be suspended in whole or in part when determined by the
Engineer that the suspension is necessary in the interest of the Agency. The Contractor shall comply immediately with any written order of the Engineer. Such suspension shall be without
liability to the Contractor on the part of the Agency except as otherwise specified in Section 6-6.3.
6-3.2 Archaeological and Paleontological Discoveries. If discovery is made of items of
archaeological or paleontological interest, the Contractor shall immediately cease excavation in
the area of discovery and shall not continue until ordered by the Engineer. When resumed, excavation operations within the area of discovery shall be as directed by the Engineer.
Discoveries which may be encountered may include, but not be limited to, dwelling sites, stone implements or other artifacts, animal bones, human bones, and fossils.
The Contractor shall be entitled to an extension of time and compensation in accordance with the provisions of Section 6-6.
6-4 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR. If the Contractor fails to begin delivery of material and
equipment, to commence the Work within the time specified, to maintain the rate of delivery of
material, to execute the Work in the manner and at such locations as specified, or fails to maintain
the Work schedule which will insure the Agency’s interest, or, if the Contractor is not carrying out
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 95 of 192
the intent of the Contract, the Agency may serve written notice upon the Contractor and the Surety on its Faithful Performance Bond demanding satisfactory compliance with the Contract.
The Contract may be canceled by the Board without liability for damage, when in the Board’s opinion the Contractor is not complying in good faith, has become insolvent, or has assigned or
subcontracted any part of the Work without the Board’s consent. In the event of such cancellation,
the Contractor will be paid the actual amount due based on Contract Unit Prices or lump sums bid and the quantity of the Work completed at the time of cancellation, less damages caused to
the Agency by acts of the Contractor. The Contractor, in having tendered a Bid, shall be deemed
to have waived any and all claims for damages because of cancellation of Contract for any such reason. If the Agency declares the Contract canceled for any of the above reasons, written notice
to that effect shall be served upon the Surety. The Surety shall, within five (5) days, assume
control and perform the Work as successor to the Contractor.
If the Surety assumes any part of the Work, it shall take the Contractor’s place in all respects for that part, and shall be paid by the Agency for all work performed by it in accordance with the Contract. If the Surety assumes the entire Contract, all money due the Contractor at the time of
its default shall be payable to the Surety as the Work progresses, subject to the terms of the Contract.
If the Surety does not assume control and perform the Work within 5 days after receiving notice of cancellation, or fails to continue to comply, the Agency may exclude the Surety from the
premises. The Agency may then take possession of all material and equipment and complete the
Work by Agency forces, by letting the unfinished Work to another Contractor, or by a combination of such methods. In any event, the cost of completing the Work shall be charged against the
Contractor and its Surety and may be deducted from any money due or becoming due from the
Agency. If the sums due under the Contract are insufficient for completion, the Contractor or Surety shall pay to the Agency within 5 days after the completion, all costs in excess of the sums
due.
The provisions of this section shall be in addition to all other rights and remedies available to the
Agency under law.
6-5 TERMINATION OF CONTRACT. The Board may terminate the Contract at its own
discretion or when conditions encountered during the Work make it impossible or impracticable
to proceed, or when the Agency is prevented from proceeding with the Contract by act of God, by law, or by official action of a public authority.
6-6 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME.
6-6.1 General. If delays are caused by unforeseen events beyond the control of the Contractor,
such delays will entitle the Contractor to an extension of time as provided herein, but the Contractor will not be entitled to damages or additional payment due to such delays, except as
provided in 6-6.3. Such unforeseen events may include: war, government regulations, labor
disputes, strikes, fires, floods, adverse weather or elements necessitating cessation of work, inability to obtain materials, labor or equipment, required extra work, or other specific events as
may be further described in the Specifications.
No extension of time will be granted for a delay caused by the Contractor’s inability to obtain
materials unless the Contractor furnishes to the Engineer documentary proof. the proof must be
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 96 of 192
provided in a timely manner in accordance with the sequence of the Contractor’s operations and the approved construction schedule.
If delays beyond the Contractor’s control are caused by events other than those mentioned above, the Engineer may deem an extension of time to be in the best interests of the Agency. The
Contractor will not be entitled to damages or additional payment due to such delays, except as
provided in Section 6-6.3.
If delays beyond the Contractor’s control are caused solely by action or inaction by the Agency,
such delays will entitle the Contractor to an extension of time as provided in Section 6-6.2.
6-6.2 Extensions of Time. Extensions of time, when granted, will be based upon the effect of
delays to the Work. They will not be granted for noncontrolling delays to minor portions of the Work unless it can be shown that such delays did or will delay the progress of the Work.
6-6.3 Payment for Delays to Contractor. The Contractor will be compensated for damages incurred due to delays for which the Agency is responsible. Such actual costs will be determined
by the Engineer. The Agency will not be liable for damages which the Contractor could have avoided by any reasonable means, such as judicious handling of forces, equipment, or plant. The
determination of what damages the Contractor could have avoided will be made by the Engineer.
6-6.4 Written Notice and Report. The Contractor shall provide written notice to the Engineer
within two hours of the beginning of any period that the Contractor has placed any workers or
equipment on standby for any reason that the Contractor has determined to be caused by the Agency or by any organization that the Agency may otherwise be obligated by. The Contractor
shall provide continuing daily written notice to the Engineer, each working day, throughout the
duration of such period of delay. The initial and continuing written notices shall include the classification of each workman and supervisor and the make and model of each piece of
equipment placed on standby, the cumulative duration of the standby, the Contractor’s opinion of
the cause of the delay and a cogent explanation of why the Contractor could not avoid the delay by reasonable means. Should the Contractor fail to provide the notice(s) required by this section
the Contractor agrees that no delay has occurred and that it will not submit any claim(s) therefore.
6-7 TIME OF COMPLETION.
6-7.1 General. The Contractor shall complete the Work within the time set forth in the Contract. The Contractor shall complete each portion of the Work within such time as set forth in the
Contract for such portion. The time of completion of the Contract shall be expressed in working
days. The Contractor shall diligently prosecute the work to completion within one hundred and twenty (120) working days after the starting date specified in the Notice to Proceed.
The contractor shall adhere to the following constraints, unless otherwise noted. Exceptions may be granted with prior written approval of the Agency.
6-7.2 Working Day. A working day is any day within the period between the start of the Contract
time as defined in Section 6-1 and the date provided for completion, or upon field acceptance by the Engineer for all work provided for in the Contract, whichever occurs first, other than:
1. Saturday,2. Sunday,
3. any day designated as a holiday by the Agency,
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 97 of 192
4. any other day designated as a holiday in a Master Labor Agreement entered into by the Contractor or on behalf of the Contractor as an eligible member of a contractor association,
5. any day the Contractor is prevented from working at the beginning of the workday for
cause as defined in Section 6-6.1,6. any day the Contractor is prevented from working during the first 5 hours with at least 60
percent of the normal work force for cause as defined in Section 6-6.1.
In addition to Agency holidays, open excavations and shutdowns will not be allowed on the day prior to Thanksgiving and between December 22 and January 1.
Unless otherwise approved in writing by the Engineer, the hours of work shall be between the hours of 11:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m. 7:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. on Mondays through Fridays, excluding
Agency holidays. The Contractor shall obtain the written approval of the Engineer if the Contractor
desires to work outside said hours or at any time during weekends and/or holidays. This written permission must be obtained at least 48 hours prior to such work The Engineer may approve work
outside the hours and/or days stated herein when, in his/her sole opinion, such work conducted
by the Contractor is beneficial to the best interests of the Agency. The Contractor shall pay the inspection costs of such work.
Access to the Contractor’s parking/trailer/laydown/storage area for mustering or other preparatory efforts shall be restricted to 11:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m. 7:00 am to 6:00 pm on Mondays through Fridays, excluding Agency holidays.
No work involving major shut down activities shall be performed by the contractor without
coordination with the City’s operations staff. The Contractor shall incorporate the dates, areas and types of work prohibited in this section in the Construction Schedule required by Section 6.1.
No additional payment, adjustment of bid prices or adjustment of contract time of completion will
be allowed as a consequence of the prohibition of work being performed within the dates, areas and/or types of work prohibited in this section.
6-7.3 Contract Time Accounting. The Engineer will make a daily determination of each
working day to be charged against the Contract time. These determinations will be discussed and
the Contractor will be furnished a periodic statement showing allowable number of working days of Contract time, as adjusted, at the beginning of the reporting period. The statement will also
indicate the number of working days charged during the reporting period and the number of
working days of Contract time remaining. If the Contractor does not agree with the statement, it shall file a written protest within 15 days after receipt, setting forth the facts of the protest.
Otherwise, the statement will be deemed to have been accepted.
6-8 COMPLETION, ACCEPTANCE, AND WARRANTY.
6-8.1 General. The Work will be inspected by the Engineer for acceptance upon receipt of the Contractor’s written assertion that the Work has been completed.
The Engineer will not accept the Work or any portion of the Work before all of the Work is completed and all outstanding deficiencies that may exist are corrected by the Contractor and the
Engineer is satisfied that all the materials and workmanship, and all other features of the Work, meet the requirements of all of the specifications for the Work. Use, temporary, interim or permanent, of all, or portions of, the Work does not constitute acceptance of the Work. If, in the
Engineer’s judgment, the Work has been completed and is ready for acceptance the Engineer
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 98 of 192
will so certify to the Board. Upon such certification by the Engineer the Board may accept the completed Work. Upon the Board’s acceptance of the Work the Engineer will cause a “Notice of
Completion” to be filed in the office of the San Diego County Recorder. The date of recordation
shall be the date of completion of the Work.
All work shall be warranted for one (1) year after recordation of the "Notice of Completion" and
any faulty work or materials discovered during the warranty period shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor, at its expense. Twenty-five percent of the faithful performance bond shall be
retained as a warranty bond for the one year warranty period. The Contractor shall replace or
repair any such defective work in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer, after notice to do so from the Engineer, and within the time specified in the notice. If the Contractor fails to make such
replacement or repairs within the time specified in the notice, the Agency may perform this work
and the Contractor’s sureties shall be liable for the cost thereof.
6-8.2 Site Walk-Through. After each site has been fully restored, the Inspector will then schedule the Site Walk-Through to occur within the next five working days.
6-8.3 List of Deficiencies. Following each Site Walk-Through, the Inspector will generate the List of Deficiencies (also known as the punchlist) for that site, within five working days. The Contractor shall then have 10 working days to address the List of Deficiencies and provide a written response to each punchlist item.
6-8.4 Site Follow-Up Walk-Through. Upon receipt of written responses to each site’s List of Deficiencies, the Inspector will complete a Site Follow-Up Walk-Through. Any outstanding deficiencies will be noted and returned to Contractor. Outstanding deficiencies will delay full payment of that site’s bid items.
6-8.5 Request for Final Walk-Through. Once the Contractor asserts they have satisfied the terms of the Contract and with the Inspector’s permission, the Contractor may submit written assertion in the form of a Request for Final Walk-Through, certifying that all deficiencies identified through the Site Walk-Through process have been addressed and request a Final Inspection to demonstrate project completion to the entire Agency. The Contractor shall provide an attachment to the Request for Final Inspection with the Contractor’s written response to each deficiency. The Request for Final Inspection shall not be considered complete without the Contractor’s written response to each deficiency.
6-8.6 List of Deficiencies. Following each Site Walk-Through, the Inspector will generate the List of Deficiencies (also known as the punchlist) for that site, within five working days. The Contractor shall then have 10 working days to address the List of Deficiencies and provide a written response to each punchlist item.
6-8.7 Final Walk-Through. Upon receipt of the Request for Final Walk-Through, the Inspector shall schedule the Final Inspection. The Inspector and Contractor shall be present at the final inspection. Representatives from other Agency departments reserve the right to be present at the Final Inspection. The Engineer and Construction Manager reserve the right to be present at the Final Inspection.
The red-line record drawings and asset schedules shall also be inspected.
If any deficiencies are not satisfactorily addressed or additional deficiencies are identified, the Contractor will have 10 working days to address List of Deficiencies.
6-8.8 Request for Completion. The Engineer will not accept the Work or any portion of the Work before all of the Work is completed and all outstanding deficiencies that may exist are
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 99 of 192
corrected by the Contractor and the Engineer is satisfied that all the materials and workmanship, and all other features of the Work, meet the requirements of all of the specifications for the Work.
Once the Final Walk-Through has been completed and all outstanding deficiencies satisfactorily completed to Agency’s approval, the Contractor shall submit a written assertion in the form of Request for Completion letter, certifying that the Work has been completed.
6-8.9 Completion. Upon receipt of the Request for Completion letter, the Agency shall review the written assertion within 2 working days. If, in the Engineer’s judgment, the Work has been completed in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Agency will issue a Completion Letter.
The completion date will be the date to which liquidated damages will be computed.
Use, temporary, interim or permanent, of all, or portions of, the Work does not constitute completion or acceptance of the Work.
6-8.10 Acceptance. Acceptance will occur after all of the requirements contained in the Contract Documents have been fulfilled. If, in the Engineer’s judgment, the Contractor has fully performed the Contract, the Engineer will so certify to the Board. Upon such certification by the Engineer, the Board may accept the Work. Upon the Board’s acceptance of the Work, the Agency will cause a “Notice of Completion” to be filed in the office of the San Diego County Recorder. The date of recordation shall be the date of acceptance of the Work.
6-8.11 Warranty. All work shall be warranted for one (1) year after acceptance of the Work and any faulty work or materials discovered during the warranty period shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor, at its expense. Twenty-five percent of the faithful performance bond shall be retained as a warranty bond for the one year warranty period. The Contractor shall replace or repair any such defective work in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer, after notice to do so from the Engineer, and within the time specified in the notice. If the Contractor fails to make such replacement or repairs within the time specified in the notice, the Agency may perform this work and the Contractor’s sureties shall be liable for the cost thereof.
6-9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. Failure of the Contractor to complete the Work within the
time allowed will result in damages being sustained by the Agency. For each consecutive calendar day in excess of the time specified for completion of Work, as adjusted in accordance with Section
6-6, the Contractor shall pay the Agency, or have withheld monies due it, the sum of Two
Thousand Dollars ($2,000.00). Such sum is liquidated damages and shall not be construed as a penalty, and may be deducted from payments due the Contractor if such delay occurs.
Execution of the Contract shall constitute agreement by the Agency and Contractor that One Two Thousand Dollars ($2,000.00) per day is the minimum value of costs and actual damages caused
by the Contractor to complete the Work within the allotted time. Any progress payments made after the specified completion date shall not constitute a waiver of this paragraph or of any damages.
6-10 USE OF IMPROVEMENT DURING CONSTRUCTION. The Agency reserves the right
to take over and utilize all or part of any completed facility or appurtenance. The Contractor will
be notified in writing in advance of such action. Such action by the Agency will relieve the
Contractor of responsibility for injury or damage to said completed portions of the improvement resulting from use by public traffic or from the action of the elements or from any other cause,
except Contractor operations or negligence. The Contractor will not be required to reclean such portions of the improvement before field acceptance, except for cleanup made necessary by its
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 100 of 192
operations. Nothing in this section shall be construed as relieving the Contractor from full responsibility for correcting defective work or materials.
In the event the Agency exercises its right to place into service and utilize all or part of any completed facility or appurtenance, the Agency will assume the responsibility and liability for injury
to persons or property resulting from the utilization of the facility or appurtenance so placed into
service, except for any such injury to persons or property caused by any willful or negligent act or omission by the Contractor, Subcontractor, their officers, employees, or agents.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 101 of 192
SECTION 7 – RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR
7-1 CONTRACTOR’S EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES. The Contractor shall furnish and
maintain in good condition all equipment and facilities as required for the proper execution and inspection of the Work. Such equipment and facilities shall meet all requirements of applicable
ordinances and laws.
7-2 LABOR.
7-2.1 General. Only competent workers shall be employed on the Work. Any person employed who is found to be incompetent, intemperate, troublesome, disorderly, or otherwise objectionable,
or who fails or refuses to perform work properly and acceptably, shall be immediately removed
from the Work by the Contractor and not be reemployed on the Work.
7-2.2 Laws. The Contractor, its agents, and employees shall be bound by and comply with
applicable provisions of the Labor Code and Federal, State, and local laws related to labor.
The Contractor shall strictly adhere to the provisions of the Labor Code regarding minimum
wages; the 8-hour day and 40-hour week; overtime; Saturday, Sunday, and holiday work; and nondiscrimination because of race, color, national origin, sex, or religion. The Contractor shall
forfeit to the Agency the penalties prescribed in the Labor Code for violations.
In accordance with the Labor Code, the Board has on file and will publish a schedule of prevailing
wage rates for the types of work to be done under the Contract. The Contractor shall not pay less than these rates.
Each worker shall be paid subsistence and travel as required by the collective bargaining agreement on file with the State of California Department of Industrial Relations.
The Contractor’s attention is directed to Section 1776 of the Labor Code which imposes responsibility upon the Contractor for the maintenance, certification, and availability for inspection
of such records for all persons employed by the Contractor or Subcontractor in connection with
the project. The Contractor shall agree through the Contract to comply with this Section and the remaining provisions of the Labor Code.
7-3 LIABILITY INSURANCE. Insurance shall be required as specified in section 10 of the Public Works Contract.
The cost of this insurance shall be included in the Contractor’s Bid.
7-4 WORKERS’ COMPENSATION INSURANCE. Before execution of the Contract by the
Board, the Contractor shall file with the Engineer the following signed certification:
“I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which
require every employer to be insured against liability for workers’ compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and I
will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work
of this contract.”
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 102 of 192
The Contractor shall also comply with Section 3800 of the Labor Code by securing, paying for, and maintaining in full force and effect for the duration of the contract, complete Workers’
Compensation Insurance, and shall furnish a Certificate of Insurance to the Engineer before
execution of the Contract. The Agency, its officers, or employees, will not be responsible for any claims in law or equity occasioned by failure of the Contractor to comply with this paragraph.
All compensation insurance policies shall bear an endorsement or shall have attached a rider whereby it is provided that, in the event of expiration or proposed cancellation of such policies for
any reason whatsoever, the Agency shall be notified by registered mail not less than 30 days
before expiration or cancellation is effective.
All insurance is to be placed with insurers that are admitted and authorized to conduct business
in the state of California and are listed in the official publication of the Department of Insurance of the State of California. Policies issued by the State Compensation Fund meet the requirement for
workers' compensation insurance.
7-5 PERMITS. Except as specified herein the Contractor will obtain, at no cost to the
Contractor all City of Carlsbad encroachment, right-of-way, grading and building permits
necessary to perform work for this contract on Agency property, streets, or other rights-of-way. Contractor shall not begin work until all permits incidental to the work are obtained.
The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits for the disposal of all materials removed from
the project. The cost of said permit(s) shall be included in the price bid for the appropriate bid item and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. The Contractor shall obtain and
pay for all costs incurred for permits necessitated by its operations such as, but not limited to, those permits required for night work, overload, blasting, and demolition. For private contracts, the Contractor shall obtain all permits incidental to the Work or made necessary by its operations,
and pay all costs incurred by the permit requirements.
The Contractor shall pay all business taxes or license fees that are required for the work.
7-6 THE CONTRACTOR’S REPRESENTATIVE. Before starting work, the Contractor
shall designate in writing a representative who shall have complete authority to act for it and
submit qualifications demonstrating as such. The qualifications for the Contractor’s Representative shall include at a minimum:
a. Submit resume and complete qualifications form demonstrating 5 years’ experience as superintendent of potable water projects, with at least five projects with contract values
specific to potable water improvements over $500,000.
b. Completion of OSHA 30-hour Construction Training Course. Submit certification as proof.
The City reserves the right to disqualify bidders if the required technical ability and experience
for the Contractor’s Representative is not established.
In the event that the Contractor would like to change the Contractor’s Representative through the
course of Project completion, Contractor shall notify the Agency at least two weeks prior and submit the same paperwork for the Engineer’s review demonstrating the proposed Contractor’s
Representative meets the minimum requirements of the position. Engineer will review
qualifications of proposed Contractor’s Representative within 5 working days of receipt. In the event of a change in Contractor’s Representative, CMWD reserves the right to suspend work, at
the Contractor’s cost, until a qualified Contractor’s Representative is assigned to the Project.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 103 of 192
An alternative representative may be designated as well. Prior to an alternative being designated, the proposed alternative must also submit paperwork for Agency’s review, demonstrating that the
proposed alternative satisfies the minimum qualifications. The Agency will review the
qualifications within five working days of receipt.
The representative or alternate shall be present at the Work site whenever work is in progress or whenever actions of the elements necessitate its presence to take measures necessary to protect the Work, persons, or property. Any order or communication given to this representative shall be deemed delivered to the Contractor. A joint venture shall designate only one representative and alternate. In the absence of the Contractor or its representative, instructions or directions may be given by the Engineer to the superintendent or person in charge of the specific work to which the order applies. Such order shall be complied with promptly and referred to the Contractor or its representative.
In order to communicate with the Agency, the Contractor’s representative, superintendent, or
person in charge of specific work shall be able to speak, read, and write the English language.
No change in Contractor’s Representative will be allowed without Agency’s review of
qualifications of proposed Contractor’s Representative. In the event of a change in Contractor’s Representative, the minimum qualifications for Contractor’s Representative must still be satisfied.
The qualifications shall be submitted for review two weeks prior to the proposed change in
personnel.
In order to communicate with the Agency, the Contractor’s representative, superintendent, or
person in charge of specific work shall be able to speak, read, and write the English language.
7-7 COOPERATION AND COLLATERAL WORK. The Contractor shall be responsible for
ascertaining the nature and extent of any simultaneous, collateral, and essential work by others. The Agency, its workers and contractors and others, shall have the right to operate within or
adjacent to the Work site during the performance of such work.
The Agency, the Contractor, and each of such workers, contractors and others, shall coordinate
their operations and cooperate to minimize interference.
The Contractor shall include in its Bid all costs involved as a result of coordinating its work with
others. the Contractor will not be entitled to additional compensation from the Agency for damages
resulting from such simultaneous, collateral, and essential work. If necessary to avoid or minimize such damage or delay, the Contractor shall redeploy its work force to other parts of the Work.
Should the Contractor be delayed by the Agency, and such delay could not have been reasonably foreseen or prevented by the Contractor, the Engineer will determine the extent of the delay, the
effect on the project, and any extension of time.
7-7.1 Coordination. The Contractor shall coordinate and cooperate with all the utility companies
during the relocation or construction of their lines. The Contractor may be granted a time extension if, in the opinion of the Engineer, a delay is caused by the utility company. No additional
compensation will be made to the Contractor for any such delay.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 104 of 192
7-8 PROJECT SITE MAINTENANCE.
7-8.1 Cleanup and Dust Control. Throughout all phases of construction, including suspension
of work, and until the final acceptance, the Contractor shall keep the site clean and free from rubbish and debris. The Contractor shall also abate dust nuisance by cleaning, sweeping and sprinkling with water, or other means as necessary. The use of water resulting in mud on public
streets will not be permitted as a substitute for sweeping or other methods.
When required by the Plans or Specifications, the Contractor shall furnish and operate a self-
loading motor sweeper with spray nozzles at least once each working day for the purpose of keeping paved areas acceptably clean wherever construction, including restoration, is
incomplete.
Materials and equipment shall be removed from the site as soon as they are no longer necessary.
Before the final inspection, the site shall be cleared of equipment, unused materials, and rubbish
so as to present a satisfactory clean and neat appearance. All cleanup costs shall be included in the Contractor’s Bid.
Care shall be taken to prevent spillage on haul routes. Any such spillage shall be removed immediately and the area cleaned.
Excess excavation material from catch basins or similar structures shall be removed from the site immediately. Sufficient material may remain for use as backfill if permitted by the Specifications.
Forms and form lumber shall be removed from the site as soon as practicable after stripping.
Failure of the Contractor to comply with the Engineer’s cleanup orders may result in an order to
suspend work until the condition is corrected. No additional compensation will be allowed as a result of such suspension.
Cleanup and dust control required herein shall also be executed on weekends and other non-working days when needed to preserve the health safety or welfare of the public. The
Contractor shall conduct effective cleanup and dust control throughout the duration of the
Contract. The Engineer may require increased levels of cleanup and dust control that, in his/her sole discretion, are necessary to preserve the health, safety and welfare of the public.
Cleanup and dust control shall be considered incidental to the items of work that they are
associated with and no additional payment will be made therefore.
7-8.2 Air Pollution Control. The Contractor shall not discharge smoke, dust, or any other air
contaminants into the atmosphere in such quantity as will violate the regulations of any legally constituted authority.
7-8.3 Vermin Control. At the time of acceptance, structures entirely constructed under the Contract shall be free of rodents, insects, vermin, and pests. Necessary extermination work shall
be arranged and paid for by the Contractor as part of the Work within the Contract time, and shall be performed by a licensed exterminator in accordance with requirements of governing authorities. The Contractor shall be liable for injury to persons or property and responsible for the
elimination of offensive odors resulting from extermination operations.
7-8.4 Sanitation. The Contractor shall provide and maintain enclosed toilets for the use of
employees engaged in the Work. These accommodations shall be maintained in a neat and
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 105 of 192
sanitary condition. They shall also comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, and regulations pertaining to public health and sanitation of dwellings and camps.
Wastewater shall not be interrupted. Should the Contractor disrupt existing sewer facilities, sewage shall be conveyed in closed conduits and disposed of in a sanitary sewer system. Sewage
shall not be permitted to flow in trenches or be covered by backfill.
7-8.5 Temporary Light, Power, and Water. The Contractor shall furnish, install, maintain, and
remove all temporary light, power, and water at its own expense. These include piping, wiring,
lamps, and other equipment necessary for the Work. The Contractor shall not draw water from any fire hydrant (except to extinguish a fire), without obtaining permission from the water agency
concerned. The Contractor shall obtain a construction meter for water used for the construction,
plant establishment, maintenance, cleanup, testing and all other work requiring water related to this contract. The Contractor shall contact the appropriate water agency for requirements. The
Contractor shall pay all costs of temporary light, power and water including hookup, service, meter and any, and all, other charges, deposits and/or fees therefore. Said costs shall be considered incidental to the items of work that they are associated with and no additional payment will be
made therefore.
7-8.6 Water Pollution Control. The Contractor shall exercise every reasonable precaution to
protect channels, storm drains, and bodies of water from pollution. It shall conduct and schedule operations so as to minimize or avoid muddying and silting of said channels, drains, and waters.
Water pollution control work shall consist of constructing those facilities which may be required to
provide prevention, control, and abatement of water pollution.
The Contractor shall adhere to, the requirements of the State Water Resources Control Board
(SWRCB) and shall perform all work in accordance with Order No. 2009-0009-DWQ for Waste Discharges of Storm Water Runoff Associated with Construction and Land Disturbance Activities
(Construction General Permit or CGP), and any subsequent amendments, where applicable. The
revised Construction General Permit adopted on September 2, 2009 became effective on July 1, 2010 and applies to construction and land disturbance activities in excess of 1 acre in area,
including linear underground or overhead construction projects (LUPs) such as pipelines and
other utilities as defined in the CGP. The Contractor shall comply with all requirements under the Construction General Permit as they apply to the construction site and maintain an updated Storm
Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) based on site conditions.
The Contractor shall be responsible for the preparation and implementation of the SWPPP and
coordination with the City and the Regional Water Quality Control Board. All costs for preparing and implementing the Storm Water Pollution Prevention and Monitoring Plans and coordination
with the City and the Regional Water Quality Control Board shall be included in the contract lump
sum price bid.
7-8.7 Drainage Control. The Contractor shall maintain drainage within and through the work
areas. Earth dams will not be permitted in paved areas. Temporary dams of sandbags, asphaltic concrete, or other acceptable material will be permitted when necessary. Such dams shall be
removed from the site as soon as their use is no longer necessary.
7-8.8 Noise Control. All internal combustion engines used in the construction shall be equipped
with mufflers in good repair when in use on the project with special attention to the City Noise
Control Ordinance, Carlsbad Municipal Code Chapter 8.48.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 106 of 192
7-9 PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS. The
Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of public and private property adjacent to the Work and shall exercise due caution to avoid damage to such property.
The Contractor shall repair or replace all existing improvements within the right-of-way which are not designated for removal (e.g., curbs, sidewalks, driveways, fences, walls, signs, utility
installations, pavement, structures, etc.) which are damaged or removed as a result of its operations. When a portion of a sprinkler system within the right-of-way must be removed, the remaining lines shall be capped. Repairs and replacements shall be at least equal to existing
improvements and shall match them in finish and dimension.
Maintenance of street and traffic signal systems that are damaged, temporarily removed or
relocated shall be done in conformance with 307-1.5.
Trees, lawns, and shrubbery that are not to be removed shall be protected from damage or injury.
If damaged or removed due to Contractor’s operations, they shall be restored or replaced in as nearly the original condition and location as is reasonably possible. Lawns shall be reseeded and
covered with suitable mulch.
The Contractor shall give reasonable notice to occupants or owners of adjacent property to permit
them to salvage or relocate plants, trees, fences, sprinklers, and other improvements, within the
right-of-way which are designated for removal and would be destroyed because of the Work.
All costs to the Contractor for protecting, removing, and restoring existing improvements shall be included in the Bid.
7-10 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY.
7-10.1 Businesses and Residences. The Contractor shall maintain public access to all
shopping centers, gated communities and residences at all times during construction. If this is not
possible, the Contractor shall submit in writing to the Engineer the locations of impact, reason for closure and alternate access plans, detours, and hours of closures. No work shall begin prior to
being approved by the Engineer and having an approved Traffic Control Plan. 7-10.2 Traffic and Access. The Contractor’s operations shall cause no unnecessary
inconvenience. The access rights of the public shall be considered at all times. Unless otherwise authorized, traffic shall be permitted to pass through the Work, or an approved detour shall be
provided.
Safe and adequate pedestrian and vehicular access shall be provided and maintained to: fire
hydrants; commercial and industrial establishments; churches, schools and parking lots; service
stations and motels; hospitals; police and fire stations; and establishments of similar nature. Access to these facilities shall be continuous and unobstructed unless otherwise approved by the
Engineer.
Safe and adequate pedestrian zones and public transportation stops, as well as pedestrian
crossings of the Work at intervals not exceeding 90 m (300 feet), shall be maintained unless
otherwise approved by the Engineer.
Vehicular access to residential driveways shall be maintained to the property line except when
necessary construction precludes such access for reasonable periods of time. If backfill has been
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 107 of 192
completed to the extent that safe access may be provided, and the street is opened to local traffic, the Contractor shall immediately clear the street and driveways and provide and maintain access.
The Contractor shall cooperate with the various parties involved in the delivery of mail and the collection and removal of trash and garbage to maintain existing schedules for these services.
Grading operations, roadway excavation and fill construction shall be conducted by the Contractor in a manner to provide a reasonably satisfactory surface for traffic. When rough grading is
completed, the roadbed surface shall be brought to a smooth, even condition satisfactory for
traffic.
Unless otherwise authorized, work shall be performed in only one-half the roadway at one time.
One half shall be kept open and unobstructed until the opposite side is ready for use. If one-half a street only is being improved, the other half shall be conditioned and maintained as a detour.
The Contractor shall schedule the work so as to prevent damage by all traffic, including but not limited to mail delivery. The Contractor shall not schedule work so as to conflict with trash pickup.
The trash hauling schedule can be obtained by calling the City’s contracted waste disposal company.
During overlay operations, the Contractors schedule for overlay application shall be designated to provide residents and business owners whose streets are to be overlaid sufficient paved
parking within an 800 foot distance from their homes or businesses.
Seventy-two hours prior to the start of any construction in the public right-of-way that affects
vehicular traffic and/or parking or pedestrian routes, the Contractor shall give written notification
of the impending disruption. For a full street closure, all residences and/or businesses on the affected street or alley shall be notified. For partial street closures, or curb, sidewalk and driveway
repairs, the residences and/or businesses directly affected by the work shall be notified.
The notification shall be hand delivered and shall state the date and time the work will begin and
its anticipated duration. The notification shall list two telephone numbers that may be called to
obtain additional information. One number shall be the Contractor’s permanent office or field office and the other number shall be a 24-hour number answered by someone who is knowledgeable
about the project. At least one of the phone numbers shall be in the (760) area code. An answering machine shall not be connected to either number. The notification shall also give a brief description of the work and simple instructions to the home or business owner on what they need
to do to facilitate the construction. The Contractor shall submit the contents of the draft notification to the Engineer for approval at least 21 calendar days prior to distribution. Notices shall not be
distributed until approved by the Engineer.
For residences, the notification shall be pre-cut in a manner that enables it to be affixed to a
doorknob without adhesives. It shall be a minimum size of 3-1/2 inches by 8-1/2 inches and shall
be brightly colored with contrasting printing. The material shall be equivalent in strength and durability to 65 lb. card stock. The printing on the notice shall be no smaller than 12 point. An
example of such notice is provided in Appendix “A”.
In addition to the notifications, the contractor shall post no access/parking signs 48 hours in
advance of the work being performed. The no access/parking signs shall state the date and time
of parking restriction for a duration not to exceed the time necessary to complete the work at that location. Failure of the contractor to meet the posted date requires re-posting the no parking signs
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 108 of 192
48 hours in advance of the rescheduled work. If the work is delayed or rescheduled the no parking signs shall be removed and re-posted 48 hours in advance of the rescheduled work.
The preparation, materials, printing and distribution of the notifications shall be included in the contract price bid for traffic control and the Contractor will not be entitled to any additional
compensation for printing and distributing these notices.
The contractor shall replace all street markings and striping damaged by construction activities.
The Contractor shall include in its Bid all costs for the above requirements.
7-10.3 Storage of Equipment and Materials in Public Streets. Construction materials shall not
be stored in streets, roads, or highways for more than 5 days after unloading. All materials or equipment not installed or used in construction within 5 days after unloading shall be stored
elsewhere by the Contractor at its expense unless authorized additional storage time.
Construction equipment shall not be stored at the Work site before its actual use on the Work nor
for more than 5 days after it is no longer needed. Time necessary for repair or assembly of equipment may be authorized by the Engineer.
Excavated material, except that which is to be used as backfill in the adjacent trench, shall not be stored in public streets unless otherwise permitted. After placing backfill, all excess material shall
be removed immediately from the site.
If additional space is needed for material storage and staging, the Contractor shall make a
request in writing to the Engineer. Locations will be determined based first on availability to the
City and second on convenience to the Contractor.
7-10.4 Street Closures, Detours, Barricades. The Contractor shall comply with all applicable
State, County, and City requirements for closure of streets. The Contractor shall provide barriers, guards, lights, signs, temporary bridges, flagpersons, and watchpersons. The Contractor shall be
responsible for compliance with additional public safety requirements which may arise. The
Contractor shall furnish and install signs and warning devices and promptly remove them upon completion of the Work.
After obtaining the Engineers approval and at least 5 working days before closing, detouring, partially closing or reopening any street, alley or other public thoroughfare the Contractor shall
notify the following:1) The Engineer.................................................................................... 760-602-2720
2) Carlsbad Fire Department Dispatch................................................. 760-931-2197
3) Carlsbad Police Department Dispatch.............................................. 760-931-21974) Carlsbad Traffic Signals Maintenance (extension 2937).................. 760-438-2980
5) Carlsbad Traffic Signals Operations ................................................ 760-602-2752
6) North County Transit District............................................................ 760-967-28287) Waste Management ......................................................................... 760-929-9400
The Contractor shall comply with their requirements. The Contractor shall obtain the Engineer’s written approval prior to deviating from the requirements of 2) through, and including, 7) above.
The Contractor shall obtain the written approval no less than five working days prior to placing
any traffic control that affects bus stops.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 109 of 192
The Contractor shall secure approval, in advance, from authorities concerned for the use of any bridges proposed by it for public use. Temporary bridges shall be clearly posted as to load limit,
with signs and posting conforming to current requirements covering “signs” as set forth in the
Traffic Manual published by the California Department of Transportation. This manual shall also apply to the street closures, barricades, detours, lights, and other safety devices required.
All costs involved shall be included in the Bid.
Traffic controls shall be in accordance with the plans, The California Manual on Uniform Traffic
Control Devices (FHWA MUTCD 2003 Revision 1, as amended for use in California) and these provisions. If any component in the traffic control system is damaged, displaced, or ceases to
operate or function as specified, from any cause, during the progress of the work, the Contractor
shall immediately repair said component to its original condition or replace said component and shall restore the component to its original location. In the event that the Contractor fails to install
and/or maintain barricades or such other traffic signs, markings, delineation or devices as may be required herein, the Engineer may, at his/her sole option, install the traffic signs, markings, delineation or devices and charge the Contractor twenty dollars ($25.00) per day per traffic sign
or device, or the actual cost of providing such traffic control facility, whichever is the greater.
7-10.4.1 Construction Area Signs and Control Devices. All construction traffic signs and
control devices shall be maintained throughout the duration of work in good order and according to the approved traffic control plan. All construction area signs shall conform to the provisions of
Section 206-7.2 et seq. All temporary reflective pavement markers shall conform to the provisions
of Section 214-5.1.et seq. All temporary reflective channelizers shall conform to the provisions of Section 214-5.2 et seq. All paint for temporary traffic striping, pavement marking, and curb
marking shall conform to the provisions of Section 210-1.6 et seq. except that all temporary paint
shall be rapid dry water borne conforming to Section 210-1.6 for materials and Section 310-5 et seq. For workmanship. Warning and advisory signs, lights and devices installed or placed to
provide traffic control, direction and/or warning shall be furnished, installed and maintained by the
Contractor. Warning and advisory signs, lights and devices shall be promptly removed by the Contractor when no longer required. Warning and advisory signs that remain in place overnight
shall be stationary mounted signs. Stationary signs that warn of non-existent conditions shall be
removed from the traveled way and from the view of motorists in the traveled way or shielded from the view of the traveling public during such periods that their message does not pertain to
existing conditions. Care shall be used in performing excavation for signs in order to protect underground facilities. All excavation required to install stationary construction area signs shall be performed by hand methods without the use of power equipment. Warning and advisory signs
that are used only during working hours may be portable signs. Portable signs shall be removed from the traveled way and shielded from the view of the traveling public during non-working hours.
During the hours of darkness, as defined in Division 1, Section 280, of the California Vehicle
Code, portable signs shall be illuminated or, at the option of the Contractor, shall be in conformance with the provisions in Section 206-7.2 et seq. If illuminated traffic cones rather than
post-type delineators are used during the hours of darkness, they shall be affixed or covered with
reflective cone sleeves as specified in CALTRANS “Standard Specifications”, except the sleeves shall be 7” long. Personal vehicles of the Contractor's employees shall not be parked within the
traveled way, including any Section closed to public traffic. Whenever the Contractor’s vehicles
or equipment are parked on the shoulder within 6’ of a traffic lane, the shoulder area shall be closed with fluorescent traffic cones or portable delineators placed on a taper in advance of the
parked vehicles or equipment and along the edge of the pavement at not less than 25’ intervals
to a point not less than 25’ past the last vehicle or piece of equipment. A minimum of nine (9) cones or portable delineators shall be used for the taper. A W20-1 (Road Work Ahead) or C24
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 110 of 192
(Shoulder Work Ahead) sign shall be mounted, as required herein, on a signpost or telescoping flag tree with flags. The signpost or flag tree shall be placed where directed by the Engineer.
7-10.4.2 Maintaining Traffic. The Contractor’s personnel shall not work closer than 4 feet nor operate equipment within 2 feet from any traffic lane occupied by traffic. For equipment shy of2
feet distance shall be measured from the closest approach of any part of the equipment as it is
operated and/or maneuvered in performing the work. This requirement may be waived when the Engineer has given written authorization to the reduction in clearance that is specific to the time,
duration and location of such waiver, when such reduction is shown on the traffic control plans
included in these contract documents, when such reduction is shown on the traffic control plans prepared by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer or for the work of installing, maintaining
and removing traffic control devices. As a condition of such waiver the Engineer may require the
Contractor to detour traffic, adjust the width of, or realign the adjacent traffic lane, close the adjacent traffic lane or provide barriers.
During the entire construction, a minimum of one paved traffic lanes, not less than 12 feet wide, shall be open for use by public traffic in each direction of travel.
7-10.4.3 Traffic Control System for Lane Closure. A traffic control system consists of closing
traffic lanes or pedestrian walkways in accordance with the details shown on the plans, California
Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (FHWA MUTCD 2003 Revision 1, as amended for use in California) and provisions under "Maintaining Traffic" elsewhere in these Provisions. The
provisions in this section will not relieve the Contractor from its responsibility to provide such
additional devices or take such measures as may be necessary to maintain public safety.
When lanes are closed for only the duration of work periods, all components of the traffic control
system, except portable delineators placed along open trenches or excavation adjacent to the traveled way, shall be removed from the traveled way and shoulder at the end work period. If the
Contractor so elects, said components may be stored at selected central locations, approved by
the Engineer, within the limits of the right-of-way.
7-10.4.4 Traffic Control for Permanent and Temporary Traffic Striping. During traffic stripe
operations, traffic shall be controlled with lane closures, as provided for under "Traffic Control System for Lane Closure" of these Supplemental Provisions or by use of an alternative traffic
control plan proposed by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall not start traffic striping operations using an alternative plan until the Contractor has submitted its plan to the Engineer and has received the Engineer's written approval of said plan.
7-10.4.5 Temporary Pavement Delineation. Temporary pavement delineation shall be
furnished, placed, maintained and removed in accordance with the minimum standards specified
in the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (FHWA MUTCD 2003 Revision 1, as amended for use in California) published by CALTRANS. Whenever the work causes obliteration
of pavement delineation, temporary or permanent pavement delineation shall be in place prior to
opening the traveled way to public traffic. Lane line or centerline pavement delineation shall be provided at all times for traveled ways open to public traffic. All work necessary, including any
required lines or marks, to establish the alignment of temporary pavement delineation shall be
performed by the Contractor. When temporary pavement delineation is removed, all lines and marks used to establish the alignment of the temporary pavement delineation shall be removed
by grinding.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 111 of 192
Surfaces to receive temporary pavement delineation shall be dry and free of dirt and loose material. Temporary pavement delineation shall not be applied over existing pavement delineation
or other temporary pavement delineation. Temporary pavement delineation shall be maintained
until superseded or replaced with permanent pavement delineation.
Temporary pavement delineation shall be removed when, as determined by the Engineer, the
temporary pavement delineation conflicts with the permanent pavement delineation or with a new traffic pattern for the area and is no longer required for the direction of public traffic. When
temporary pavement delineation is required to be removed, all lines and marks used to establish
the alignment of the temporary pavement delineation shall be removed.
7-10.4.6 Preparation of New, or Modifications and Additions to Existing, Traffic Control Plan Sheets. If no traffic control plans (TCP) or Traffic Control Staging plans (TCP) are included in the project plans, or if the Contractor elects to modify TCP included in the project plans, the
Contractor shall have such new or modified TCP prepared and submitted as a part of the Work for any and all construction activities that are located within the traveled way. The Contractor shall have TCP prepared and submitted as a part of the Work for any construction activities that are a
part of this project that are not included in the project plans. The Contractor must submit the TCP for the Engineer’s review in conformance with the requirements of Section 2-5.3, et seq. and
obtain the Engineer’s approval of the TCP prior to implementing them. The minimum 20-day
review period specified in Section 2-5.3.1 for shop drawings and submittals shall pertain to each submittal of TCP, new, modified or added to, for the Engineer’s review. New or revised TCP
submittals shall include all TCP needed for the entire duration of the Work. Each phase of the
TCP shall be shown in sufficient scale and detail to show the lane widths, transition lengths, curve radii, stationing of features affecting the traffic control plan and the methodology proposed to
transition to the subsequent TCP phase. When the vertical alignment of the traveled surface
differs from the finished pavement elevation vertical curves must also be shown. Such modifications, supplements and/or new design of TCP shall meet the requirements of the
Engineer and the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (FHWA MUTCD 2003
Revision 1, as amended for use in California as published by CALTRANS. Such modification, addition, supplement, and/or new design of TCP shall be prepared by a registered professional
engineer appropriately registered in the State of California. The Engineer shall be the sole judge
of the suitability and quality of any such modifications, supplements, and/or new designs to TCP. The Engineer may approve any such modifications, supplements, and/or new designs to the TCP
when, in the Engineer’s sole opinion, such modifications, supplements, and/or new designs to the TCP prepared by the registered professional engineer retained by the Contractor will be beneficial to the best interests of the Agency. Such modification, addition, supplement, and/or new design
shall not be implemented and no work shall be commenced that is contingent on such approval until the changed TCP are approved by the Engineer. The preparation of such modification,
addition, supplement, and/or new designs of TCP shall not presuppose their approval or obligate
the Agency in any fashion. Submittal and review requirements for such modifications, supplements, and/or new designs to TCP shall conform to the requirements of Section 2-5.3 Shop
Drawings and Submittals.
7-10.4.7 Payment. The Contractor shall prepare and implement traffic control plans and shall
furnish all labor and materials to perform, install, maintain, replace and remove all traffic control
as incidentals to the work with which they are associated and no other compensation will be allowed therefore.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 112 of 192
7-10.4 Safety.
7-10.4.1 Safety Orders. The Contractor shall have at the Work site, copies or suitable extracts
of: Construction Safety Orders, Tunnel Safety Orders and General Industry Safety Orders issued by the State Division of Industrial Safety. The Contractor shall comply with provisions of these
and all other applicable laws, ordinances, and regulations.
Before excavating any trench 5 feet or more in depth, the Contractor shall submit a detailed plan
to the Agency showing the design of shoring, bracing, sloping, or other provisions to be made for
the workers’ protection from the hazard of caving ground during the excavation of such trench. If the plan varies from the shoring system standards, the plan shall be prepared by a registered
Civil Engineer. No excavation shall start until the Engineer has accepted the plan and the
Contractor has obtained a permit from the State Division of Industrial Safety. A copy of the permit shall be submitted to the Engineer.
Payment for performing all work necessary to provide safety measures shall be included in the prices bid for other items of work except where separate bid items for excavation safety are
provided, or required by law.
7-10.4.2 Use of Explosives. Explosives may be used only when authorized in writing by the
Engineer, or as otherwise stated in the Specifications. Explosives shall be handled, used, and stored in accordance with all applicable regulations.
The Engineer’s approval of the use of explosives shall not relieve the Contractor from liability for claims caused by blasting operations.
7-10.4.3 Special Hazardous Substances and Processes. Materials that contain hazardous substances or mixtures may be required on the Work. A Material Safety Data Sheet as described
in Section 5194 of the California Code of Regulations shall be requested by the Contractor from
the manufacturer of any hazardous products used.
Material usage shall be accomplished with strict adherence to California Division of Industrial
Safety requirements and all manufacturer warnings and application instructions listed on the Material Safety Data Sheet and on the product container label.
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer if a specified product cannot be used under safe conditions.
7-10.4.4 Confined Spaces.
(a) Confined Space Entry Program. The Contractor shall be responsible for implementing, administering and maintaining a confined space entry program (CSEP) in accordance with
Sections 5156, 5157 and 5158, Title 8, CCR.
Prior to starting the Work, the Contractor shall prepare and submit its comprehensive CSEP to
the Engineer. The CSEP shall address all potential physical and environmental hazards and
contain procedures for safe entry into confined spaces, including, but not limited to the following:
1. Training of personnel
2. Purging and cleaning the space of materials and residue3. Potential isolation and control of energy and material inflow
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 113 of 192
4. Controlled access to the space5. Atmospheric testing of the space
6. Ventilation of the space
7. Special hazards consideration8. Personal protective equipment
9. Rescue plan provisions
The Contractor’s submittal shall include the names of its personnel, including subcontractor
personnel, assigned to the project who will have CSEP responsibilities, their CSEP training, and
their specific assignment and responsibility in carrying out the CSEP.
(b) Permit-Required Confined Spaces. Entry into permit-required confined spaces as defined in
Section 5157, Title 8, CCR may be required as a part of the Work. All manholes, tanks, vaults, pipelines, excavations, or other enclosed or partially enclosed spaces shall be considered permit-
required confined spaces until the pre-entry procedures demonstrate otherwise. The Contractor shall implement a permit space program prior to performing any work in a permit-required confined space. A copy of the permit shall be available at all times for review by Contractor and
Agency personnel at the Work site.
(c) Payment. Payment for implementing, administering, and providing all equipment and
personnel to perform the CSEP shall be included in the bid items for which the CSEP is required.
7-10.4.5 Safety and Protection of Workers and Public. The Contractor shall take all necessary
precautions for the safety of employees on the work and shall comply with all applicable provisions of Federal, State and Municipal safety laws and building codes to prevent accidents or injury to
persons on, about, or adjacent to the premises where the work is being performed. The Contractor
shall erect and properly maintain at all times, as required by the conditions and progress of the work, all necessary safeguards for the protection of workers and public, and shall use danger
signs warning against hazards created by such features of construction as protruding nails, hoists,
well holes, and falling materials.
7-11 PATENT FEES OR ROYALTIES. The Contractor shall absorb in its Bid the patent fees
or royalties on any patented article or process furnished or used in the Work. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold the Agency harmless from any legal action that may be brought for
infringement of patents.
7-12 ADVERTISING. The names, addresses and specialties of Contractors, Subcontractors,
architects, or engineers may be displayed on removable signs. The size and location shall be
subject to the Engineer’s approval.
Commercial advertising matter shall not be attached to or painted on the surfaces of buildings,
fences, canopies, or barricades.
7-13 LAWS TO BE OBSERVED. The Contractor shall keep fully informed of State and
National laws and County and Municipal ordinances and regulations which in any manner affect those employed in the Work or the materials used in the Work or in any way affect the conduct of
the Work. The Contractor shall at all times observe and comply with such laws, ordinances, and
regulations. Municipal ordinances that affect this work include Chapter 11.06. Excavation and Grading. If this notice specifies locations or possible materials, such as borrow pits or gravel beds,
for use in the proposed construction project which would be subject to Section 1601 or Section
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 114 of 192
1603 of the Fish and Game Code, the conditions established pursuant to Section 1601 et seq. of the Fish and Game Code shall become conditions of the contract.
7-14 ANTITRUST CLAIMS. Section 7103.5 of the Public Contract Code provides:
“In entering into a public works contract or a subcontract to supply goods, services,
or materials pursuant to a public works contract, the contractor or subcontractor offers and agrees to assign to the awarding body all rights, title, and interest in and to all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C.
Sec 15) or Cartwright Act (Chapter 2 [commencing with Section 16700] of Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business and Professions Code), arising from purchases of
goods, services, or materials pursuant to the public works contract or subcontract.
The assignment shall be made and become effective at the time the awarding body tenders final payment to the contractor, without further acknowledgment of the
parties.”
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 115 of 192
SECTION 8 – FACILITIES FOR AGENCY PERSONNEL
8-1 GENERAL.No office space is required for Agency personnel. However, Contractor is required to maintain a
trailer and laydown area within the general vicinity of the Project.
The Contractor shall provide a field office for the Contractor’s Representative and contractual
documents to be located. The field office shall include a bathroom and be large enough to
accommodate a sit-down meeting of 12 people.
All facilities shall conform to the applicable codes, ordinances, and regulations of the local jurisdiction and of the State of California, and shall conform to current practice. The interior shall be paneled or suitably lined to provide a facility of good appearance.
A Class “A” Field Office in accordance with Section 8-2.1 shall be provided at any offsite plant facility furnishing pipe subject to Agency inspection during manufacture. A Field Laboratory in
accordance with Section 8-3.1 shall be provided at any offsite or project site plant facility furnishing Portland cement concrete or asphalt paving material. Any other facilities for Agency personnel
shall be provided only when required by the Specifications.
The Contractor shall provide janitorial and other maintenance services in all types of facilities
provided. Such services shall include the supply of the appropriate paper products and
dispensers. Trash receptacles shall be provided and emptied by the Contractor at weekly intervals or sooner as required. The trash shall be removed from the project site.
All costs to furnish, maintain, service, and remove the specified facilities at the project site shall be included in the price bid for such facilities. If no bid item is provided in the proposal, costs shall
be included in other items for which bids are entered.
The first progress payment will not be approved until all facilities are in place and fully comply with
the Specifications.
8-2 FIELD OFFICE FACILITIES.
8-2.1 Class “A” Field Office. Contractor shall furnish the Engineer a "Class A" Field Office. The field office shall be for the exclusive use of the Engineer and such other individuals that the Engineer
may designate. The field office shall be a separate structure from any other office facility. The
Contractor shall maintain the field office throughout the entire duration of the contract unless the Engineer shall otherwise direct. This office shall have a minimum floor space of 600 ft2. All doors
and windows shall be provided with screens.
Furniture shall be provided as follows: one plan table, one standard 5 feet long double-pedestal
desk with a drawer suitable for holding files, two chairs, one drafting stool, and one plan rack.
Electric power shall be provided to include a minimum of four duplex convenience outlets. The
office shall be illuminated at the tables and desk. An outdoor lighting fixture with a 300-watt bulb shall be installed.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 116 of 192
Heating and air conditioning of sufficient capacity shall be provided at no expense to the Agency. The Contractor shall provide drinking water within the office and integral sanitary facilities directly
adjoining. Sanitary facilities shall include a toilet and wash basin with hot and cold running water.
Extended area, non-coin-operated telephone service shall be provided within the office area. The
installation shall include sufficient extension cord to serve the plan table and desk.
Additionally the "Class A" Field Office shall be provided with: one (1) additional standard 5’ double
pedestal desk with two chairs, one (1) electrostatic copier and supplies, copier shall be Xerox Model
Document Centre 545, or equal, one (1) FAX machine, Canon Model Faxphone B640 Bubble Jet Facsimile, or equal, one (1) refrigerator, one (1) microwave oven, and one (1) additional plan rack
shall be provided. Water cooler to have hot and chilled water. The integral sanitary facilities may be
separate enclosed toilets per Section 7-8.4. Furnishings are subject to agency approval. The field office shall be located at a site satisfactory to the Engineer and within or immediately adjacent to the
limits of work. Access and three parking spaces for the exclusive use of the Engineer and his/her designees that are convenient and satisfactory to the Engineer shall be provided by the Contractor. The field office shall have a 24" by 36" sign affixed near the entry door. The sign text shall be
proportioned as shown below. The Contractor shall affix a City seal to the sign in a centered location. The City seal will be supplied by the Engineer.
CITY OF CARLSBAD
ENGINEERING INSPECTION
8-2.2 Class “B” Field Office. This office shall be the same as class “A” except that integrated sanitary facilities and air conditioning are not required. A chemical toilet facility shall be provided
adjacent to the office.
8-2.3 Class “C” Field Office. The office shall be of suitable proportions with 120 ft2 of floor
area. It shall be equipped with one 3 by 5 foot table, four chairs and one plan rack. It shall be
adequately heated, ventilated, and lighted and two duplex convenience outlets shall be provided. Air conditioning, telephones, and sanitary facilities are not required.
8-3 FIELD LABORATORIES.
8-3.1 Offsite at Manufacturing Plant. Field laboratories shall conform to the requirements for
a Class “C” Field Office specified in Section 8-2.3 except for the following:
1. Telephone service per Section 8-2.1.
2. Chair.3. Work table, 4 by 10 feet, 3 feet high.
4. Sieves per Section 203-6.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 117 of 192
5. Scales and weights.6. Burner plate for heating supplies.
7. Thermometer, with 90 to 260°C (200 to 400°F) degree range (Asphalt Plants only).
8. Air meter for all concrete in accordance with ASTM C 231 of the type that indicates percentage of air directly (Precast Concrete Plants only).
All sampling and testing equipment shall be maintained in satisfactory operating condition by Contractor or plant owner. Laboratories shall be located immediately adjacent to and with full view
of batching and loading operations.
8-3.2 At Project Site. Field laboratories shall be in accordance with Section 8-3.1, except that
sieves, scales, weights, burner plates, sampling devices, pans, and thermometers will be
furnished by the Agency at no expense to the Contractor. If air entraining agents are being used in the Concrete on the project, an air meter of the type described in Section 8-3.1 shall be
furnished by the Contractor.
8-4 BATHHOUSE FACILITIES. When the Plans or Specifications require bathhouse
facilities, the following shall be provided:
1. One lavatory with hot and cold water.
2. One toilet in a stall.
3. One 1 m (3 feet) trough-type urinal.4. One enclosed shower at least 3 by 3 feet with hot and cold water.
5. One bench, 2 m (6 feet) long.6. Soap dispensers.7. Toilet paper holders.
8. Paper towel cabinet.9. Wastepaper receptacle.
These facilities shall be serviced and provided with necessary sanitary supplies.
These facilities shall be for the exclusive use of Agency personnel. However, a separate building
need not be provided for this purpose if such facilities are located in a separate room in a building which includes other facilities.
8-5 REMOVAL OF FACILITIES. Field offices, laboratories, and bathhouse facilities at the project site shall be removed upon completion of the Work. Buildings and equipment furnished by
the Contractor at the project site under the provisions of this section are the property of the
Contractor.
8-6 BASIS OF PAYMENT. All costs incurred in furnishing, maintaining, servicing, and
removing field offices laboratories, or bathhouse facilities required at the project site shall be included in the bid item for furnishing such facilities. If such facilities are required by the Plans or Specifications and no bid item is provided in the proposal, the costs shall be included in other
items for which bids are entered. Such costs incurred in connection with offices and laboratories at plants shall be borne by the plant owners. Payment for field office will be made at the monthly
price bid and will include full compensation for installing and removing the field office, relocating it as
may be necessary to facilitate the project, obtaining all permits, property rental, providing utilities including, but not limited to, high speed internet service, electrical, telephone, potable water and
sanitary facilities, and maintenance. The monthly rate will be paid for each full calendar month
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 118 of 192
throughout the duration of the contract that the field office, complete with all facilities and utilities, is available to the Engineer and on the project excepting when the Engineer has ordered that the field
office be removed from the project.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 119 of 192
SECTION 9 – MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
9-1 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES FOR UNIT PRICE WORK.
9-1.1 General. Unless otherwise specified, quantities of work shall be determined from
measurements or dimensions in horizontal planes. However, linear quantities of pipe, piling,
fencing and timber shall be considered as being the true length measured along longitudinal axis.
Unless otherwise provided in Specifications, volumetric quantities shall be the product of the
mean area of vertical or horizontal sections and the intervening horizontal or vertical dimension. The planimeter shall be considered an instrument of precision adapted to measurement of all
areas.
9-1.2 Methods of Measurement. Materials and items of work which are to be paid for on basis
of measurement shall be measured in accordance with methods stipulated in the particular sections involved.
9-1.3 Certified Weights. When payment is to be made on the basis of weight, the weighing shall be done on certified platform scales or, when approved by the Engineer, on a completely
automated weighing and recording system. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with
duplicate licensed weighmaster’s certificates showing actual net weights. The Agency will accept the certificates as evidence of weights delivered.
9-1.4 Units of Measurement. The system of measure for this contract shall be the U.S. Standard Measures.
9-2 LUMP SUM WORK. Items for which quantities are indicated “Lump Sum”, “L.S.”, or “Job”, shall be paid for at the price indicated in the Bid. Such payment shall be full compensation
for the items of work and all work appurtenant thereto.
When required by the Specifications or requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit to
the Engineer within 15 days after award of Contract, a detailed schedule in triplicate, to be used
only as a basis for determining progress payments on a lump sum contract or designated lump sum bid item. This schedule shall equal the lump sum bid and shall be in such form and sufficiently
detailed as to satisfy the Engineer that it correctly represents a reasonable apportionment of the
lump sum.
9-3 PAYMENT
9-3.1 General. The quantities listed in the Bid schedule will not govern final payment. Payment
to the Contractor will be made only for actual quantities of Contract items constructed in
accordance with the Plans and Specifications. Upon completion of construction, if the actual quantities show either an increase or decrease from the quantities given in the Bid schedule, the
Contract Unit Prices will prevail subject to the provisions of Section 3-2.2.1.
The unit and lump sum prices to be paid shall be full compensation for the items of work and all
appurtenant work, including furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals.
Payment will not be made for materials wasted or disposed of in a manner not called for under
the Contract. This includes rejected material not unloaded from vehicles, material rejected after it
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 120 of 192
has been placed, and material placed outside of the Plan lines. No compensation will be allowed for disposing of rejected or excess material.
Payment for work performed or materials furnished under an Assessment Act Contract will be made as provided in particular proceedings or legislative act under which such contract was
awarded.
Whenever any portion of the Work is performed by the Agency at the Contractor’s request, the
cost thereof shall be charged against the Contractor, and may be deducted from any amount due
or becoming due from the Agency.
Whenever immediate action is required to prevent injury, death, or property damage, and
precautions which are the Contractor’s responsibility have not been taken and are not reasonably expected to be taken, the Agency may, after reasonable attempt to notify the Contractor, cause
such precautions to be taken and shall charge the cost thereof against the Contractor, or may deduct such cost from any amount due or becoming due from the Agency. Agency action or inaction under such circumstances shall not be construed as relieving the Contractor or its Surety
from liability.
Payment shall not relieve the Contractor from its obligations under the Contract; nor shall such
payment be construed to be acceptance of any of the Work. Payment shall not be construed as the transfer of ownership of any equipment or materials to the Agency. Responsibility of
ownership shall remain with the Contractor who shall be obligated to store any fully or partially
completed work or structure for which payment has been made; or replace any materials or equipment required to be provided under the Contract which may be damaged, lost, stolen or
otherwise degraded in any way prior to acceptance of the Work, except as provided in Section 6-
10.
Guarantee periods shall not be affected by any payment but shall commence on the date of
recordation of the “Notice of Completion.”
If, within the time fixed by law, a properly executed notice to stop payment is filed with the Agency,
due to the Contractor’s failure to pay for labor or materials used in the Work, all money due for such labor or materials will be withheld from payment to the Contractor in accordance with
applicable laws.
At the expiration of 35 days from the date of acceptance of the Work by the Board, or as prescribed
by law, the amount deducted from the final estimate and retained by the Agency will be paid to the Contractor except such amounts as are required by law to be withheld by properly executed
and filed notices to stop payment, or as may be authorized by the Contract to be further retained.
9-3.2 Partial and Final Payment. The Engineer will, after award of Contract, establish a closure
date for the purpose of making monthly progress payments. The Contractor may request in writing
that such monthly closure date be changed. The Engineer may approve such request when it is compatible with the Agency’s payment procedure.
Each month, the Engineer will make an approximate measurement of the work performed to the closure date as basis for making monthly progress payments. The estimated value will be based
on contract unit prices, completed change order work and as provided for in Section 9-2 of these
General Provisions. Progress payments shall be made no later than thirty (30) calendar days after the closure date. Five (5) working days following the closure date, the Engineer shall complete
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 121 of 192
the detailed progress pay estimate and submit it to the Contractor for the Contractor’s information. Should the Contractor assert that additional payment is due, the Contractor shall within ten (10)
days of receipt of the progress estimate, submit a supplemental payment request to the Engineer
with adequate justification supporting the amount of supplemental payment request. Upon receipt of the supplemental payment request, the Engineer shall, as soon as practicable after receipt,
determine whether the supplemental payment request is a proper payment request. If the
Engineer determines that the supplemental payment request is not proper, then the request shall be returned to the Contractor as soon as practicable, but not later than seven (7) days after
receipt. The returned request shall be accompanied by a document setting forth in writing the
reasons why the supplemental payment request was not proper. In conformance with Public Contract Code Section 20104.50, the City shall make payments within thirty (30) days after receipt
of an undisputed and properly submitted supplemental payment request from the Contractor. If
payment of the undisputed supplemental payment request is not made within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Engineer, then the City shall pay interest to the Contractor equivalent to the legal
rate set forth in subdivision (a) of Section 685.010 of the Code of Civil Procedure.
From each progress estimate, 10 percent will be deducted and retained by the Agency, and the
remainder less the amount of all previous payments will be paid. After 50 percent of the Work has been completed and if progress on the Work is satisfactory, the deduction to be made from
remaining progress estimates and from the final estimate may be limited to $500 or 10 percent of
the first half of total Contract amount, whichever is greater.
No progress payment made to the Contractor or its sureties will constitute a waiver of the
liquidated damages under 6-9.
As provided in Section 22300 of the California Public Contract Code, the Contractor may
substitute securities for any monies withheld by the Agency to ensure performance under the Contract.
After final inspection, the Engineer will make a Final Payment Estimate and process a corresponding payment. This estimate will be in writing and shall be for the total amount owed
the Contractor as determined by the Engineer and shall be itemized by the contract bid item and
change order item with quantities and payment amounts and shall show all deductions made or to be made for prior payments and amounts to be deducted under provisions of the contract.
All prior estimates and progress payments shall be subject to correction in the Final Payment Estimate.
The Contractor shall have 30 calendar days from receipt of the Final Payment Estimate to make written statement disputing any bid item or change order item quantity or payment amount. The
Contractor shall provide all documentation at the time of submitting the statement supporting its
position. Should the Contractor fail to submit the statement and supporting documentation within the time specified, the Contractor acknowledges that full and final payment has been made for all
contract bid items and change order items.
If the Contractor submits a written statement with documentation in the aforementioned time, the
Engineer will review the disputed item within 30 calendar days and make any appropriate
adjustments on the Final Payment. Remaining disputed quantities or amounts not approved by the Engineer will be subject to resolution as specified in Section 3-5, Disputed Work.
The written statement filed by the Contractor shall be in sufficient detail to enable the Engineer to ascertain the basis and amount of said disputed items. The Engineer will consider the merits of
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 122 of 192
the Contractor’s claims. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish within a reasonable time such further information and details as may be required by the Engineer to determine the
facts or contentions involved in its claims. Failure to submit such information and details will be
sufficient cause for denying payment for the disputed items.
9-3.2.1Payment for Claims. Except for those final payment items disputed in the written
statement required in Section 9-3.2 all claims of any dollar amount shall be submitted in a written statement by the Contractor no later than the date of receipt of the final payment estimate. Those
final payment items disputed in the written statement required in Section 9-3.2 shall be submitted
no later than 30 days after receipt of the Final Payment estimate. No claim will be considered that was not included in this written statement, nor will any claim be allowed for which written notice
or protest is required under any provision of this contract including Sections 3-4 Changed
Conditions, 3-5 Disputed Work, 6-6.3 Payment for Delays to Contractor, 6-6.4 Written Notice and Report, or 6-7.3 Contract Time Accounting, unless the Contractor has complied with notice or
protest requirements.
The claims filed by the Contractor shall be in sufficient detail to enable the Engineer to ascertain
the basis and amount of said claims. The Engineer will consider and determine the Contractor’s claims and it will be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish within a reasonable time such
further information and details as may be required by the Engineer to determine the facts or
contentions involved in its claims. Failure to submit such information and details will be sufficient cause for denying the claims.
Payment for claims shall be processed within 30 calendar days of their resolution for those claims approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall proceed with informal dispute resolution under
Section 3-5, Disputed Work, for those claims remaining in dispute.
9-3.3 Delivered Materials. When provided for in the Specifications, and subject to the limitation
and conditions therein, the cost of materials and equipment delivered but not incorporated into
the Work will be included in the progress estimate.
9-3.3.1Delivered Materials. The cost of materials and equipment delivered but not incorporated
into the work will not be included in the progress estimate.
9-3.4 Mobilization. When a bid item is included in the Proposal form for mobilization and subject to the conditions and limitations in the Specifications, the costs of work in advance of construction operations and not directly attributable to any specific bid item will be included in the progress
estimate. When no such bid item is provided, payment for such costs will be considered to be included in the other items of work.
9-3.4.1Mobilization and Preparatory Work. The Contract lump-sum price paid for mobilization shall not exceed Seven thousand dollars dollars ($7,000.00) Payment for mobilization,
preparatory Work and Demobilization will be made at the stipulated lump-sum price bid therefore
in the bid schedule, and includes full compensation for furnishing all insurance, bonds, licenses, labor, materials, utilities, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in
mobilization and preparatory work and operations, including, but not limited to, those necessary
for the movement of personnel, equipment, supplies, and incidental to preparing to conduct work on and off the project site and other offsite facilities necessary for work on the project; for all other
facilities, sureties, work and operations which must be performed or costs incurred prior to
beginning work on various contract items on or off the project site, excepting those specifically paid for under separate sections of these specifications. The Contractor hereby agrees that the
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 123 of 192
stipulated lump sum amount is sufficient for Mobilization and Preparatory Work, as described in this section, and that the Contractor shall have no right to additional compensation for Mobilization
and Preparatory Work.
Progress payments for Mobilization and Preparatory Work will be made as follows:
For the first progress payment (after the issuance of the Notice to Proceed), forty percent (40%) of the amount bid for Mobilization And Preparatory Work will be allowed. For the second progress
payment, an additional sixty percent (60%) of the amount bid for mobilization and preparatory
work will be allowed therefore.
9-3.4.1Mobilization and Preparatory Work. Payment for mobilization and preparatory Work will
be included in the various items of work and no other payment will be made.
9-4 BID ITEMS. Payment for each Bid Item shall be made at the quantity and type as listed
in the Contractor's Proposal. All work shown or mentioned on the plans, in the Contract Documents, General Provisions, or Technical Provisions/Specifications shall be considered as
included in the Bid Items. Contractor must protect existing utilities, improvements, landscaping,
irrigation systems, and vegetation in place. If damaged during the work, Contractor is responsible to repair or replace any utilities, improvements, landscaping, irrigation systems, and vegetation at
his expense.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 124 of 192
SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 125 of 192
SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONSTO
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKSCONSTRUCTION
SECTION 200 - ROCK MATERIALS
200-1 ROCK PRODUCTSAdd the following section:200-1.2.2 Permeable Material. Permeable material shall consist of hard, durable, clean sand, gravel, or crushed stone, and shall be free from organic material, clay balls, or other deleterious substances. Class 1 and Class 2 permeable material shall have a Durability Index of not less than 40. Class 2 Permeable material shall have a Sand Equivalent value of not less than 75. Class 1 permeable material shall conform to the requirements in this section and Table 200-1.2.2(A). Class 2 permeable material shall conform to the requirements in this section and Table 200-1.2.2(B). When permeable material is required and the class or kind is not specified, Class 1 permeable material shall be used. The alternative gradings within Class 1 permeable material are identified by types. Unless otherwise shown on the plans the Contractor will be permitted to furnish and place any one of the types provided for this class. The percentage composition by mass of permeable material in place shall conform to the gradings in Tables 200-1.2.2(A) and 200-1.2.2(B).
TABLE 200-1.2.2(A)CLASS 1 PERMEABLE MATERIAL
Percentage PassingSieve Sizes Type A Type B
50-mm (2”)---100
37.5-mm (11/2”)---95-10019-mm (3/4”)100 50-100
12.5-mm (1/2”) 95-100 ---
9.5-mm (3/8”)70-100 15-55
4.75-mm (No. 4)0-55 0-252.36-mm (No. 8)0-10 0-5
75-µm (no. 200)0-3 0-3
TABLE 200-1.2.2(B)CLASS 2 PERMEABLE MATERIAL
Sieve Sizes Percentage Passing
25-mm (1”)100
19-mm (3/4”)90-100
9.5-mm (3/8”)40-1004.75-mm (No. 4)25-40
2.36-mm (No. 8)18-33
600-µm (No. 30)5-15
300-µm (No. 50)0-775-µm (no. 200)0-3
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 126 of 192
200-2 UNTREATED BASE MATERIALS
200-2.1 General. Add the following: Aggregate base shall be Class 2 Aggregate Base per Caltrans Standard Specification, July 1999, Section 26: Aggregate Bases, Subsection 26-1.02A
Class 2 Aggregate Base and as specified herein.
Add the following section:
200-2.7 Class 2 Aggregate Base. Aggregate for Class 2 aggregate base shall be free from
organic matter and other deleterious substances, and shall be of such nature that it can be compacted readily under watering and rolling to form a firm, stable base. Aggregate may include
material processed from reclaimed asphalt concrete, portland cement concrete, lean concrete
base, cement treated base or a combination of any of these materials.
Aggregate shall conform to the grading and quality requirements shown in the following tables. At
the option of the Contractor, the grading for either the 11/2-inch maximum or 3/4 inch maximum shall be used, except that once a grading is selected it shall not be changed without the Engineer's
written approval.
AGGREGATE GRADING REQUIREMENTS
Percentage Passing
11/2" Maximum 3/4" Maximum
___________________ _____________________Operating OperatingSieve Sizes Range Range2" ................................. 100 —11/2" ............................. 90-100 —1" ................................. —1003/4" ............................... 50-85 90-100No. 4 ............................ 25-45 35-60No. 30........................... 10-25 10-30No. 200 ........................ 2-9 2-9
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
OperatingTestsRangeResistance (R-value) 78 Min.Sand Equivalent 25 Min.Durability Index 35 Min.
The aggregate shall not be treated with lime, cement or other chemical material before the
Durability Index test is performed.
If the results of either or both the aggregate grading and Sand Equivalent tests do not meet the
requirements specified for “Operating Range” but meet the “Contract Compliance” requirements,
placement of the aggregate base may be continued for the remainder of that day. However, another day's work may not be started until tests, or other information, indicate to the satisfaction
of the Engineer that the next material to be used in the work will comply with the requirements
specified for “Operating Range.”
If the results of either or both the aggregate grading and Sand Equivalent tests do not meet the requirements specified for “Contract Compliance,” the aggregate base which is represented by these tests shall be removed. However, if requested by the Contractor and approved by the
Engineer, the aggregate base may remain in place and the Contractor shall pay to the City $2.25 per cubic yard for such aggregate base left in place. The City may deduct this amount from any moneys due, or that may become due, the Contractor under the contract. If both the aggregate
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 127 of 192
grading and Sand Equivalent do not conform to the “Contract Compliance” requirements, only one adjustment shall apply.
No single aggregate grading or Sand Equivalent test shall represent more than 500 cubic yards or one day's production, whichever is smaller.
SECTION 201 - CONCRETE, MORTAR, AND RELATED MATERIALS
201-1 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE
TABLE 201-1.1.2(A) Modify as follows:
TABLE 201-1.1.2(A) (3)
PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE
Type of Construction Concrete Maximum
Class Slump mm (Inches)
All Concrete Used Within the Right-of-Way 330-C-23 (560-C-3250) (1)
(2)
Trench Backfill Slurry 115-E-3(190-E-400)200 (8”)
Street Light Foundations and Survey Monuments 330-C-23 (560-C-3250)100 (4”)
Traffic Signal Foundations 350-C-27(590-C-3750)100 (4”)
Concreted-Rock Erosion Protection 310-C-17(520-C-2500P)per Table 300-11.3.1
(1) Except that concrete required to be of higher strength by Table 201-1.1.2(A) SSPWC
shall be as per Table 201-1.1.2(A) SSPWC.
(2) As per Table 201-1.1.2(A) SSPWC.(3) Portions of Table 201-1.1.2(A) of the Standard Specifications for Public Works
Construction not shown herein as changed are not affected by this table.
201-1.2 Materials.
201-1.2.4(a) Integral Colored Concrete. Add the following: Integral color shall consist of colored admixtures developed for use in ready mixed concrete. The product shall be made of the
highest quality pigments, as well as other ingredients designed to enhance the color and improve the pigment dispersion, workability and finishing performance of the concrete. Integral color pigments shall meet or exceed ASTM-C-979. The coloring method shall be designed for concrete
flatwork applications (salt finished, broom finishes, rotary finishes), as well as vertical surfaces, and other types of architectural concrete. Pigment shall be a permanent coloration, uniform
throughout the concrete surface and interior, and shall be highly UV and fade resistant.
Integral colored concrete shall be cured with QC Color Cure color matched to the concrete (see
product information bulletin). Provide sample panel submittals of all colors to be used in the
installation on identical surfaces for approval by Resident Engineer. Contractor shall provide a maintenance schedule for integral colored concrete.
Admixture for all integral colored concrete paving in medians and other integral colored concrete shall be the following:
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 128 of 192
Color: Match existing
Curing: Scofield Colorcure Concrete Sealer (or approved equal). See Section 201 of these
Supplemental Provisions for Concrete Curing Materials.
Manufacturer: Scofield Chromix Admixtures for color-conditioned concrete, or approved equal
L.M. Scofield Company6533 Bandini Boulevard
Los Angeles, CA 90040
1-800-800-9900
Admixture products and procedures for installation shall be in strict accordance with the
manufacturer’s specifications and recommendations, and those published by the American Concrete Institute (ACI) and the Portland Cement Association (PCA).
201-1.2.4 Chemical Admixtures. (e) Air-Entraining Admixtures. Substitute the following: The air content shall not deviate from the percentage specified or permitted by more than 1-1/2
percentage points. The air content of freshly mixed concrete will be determined by California Test Method No. 504.
Add the following:201-1.6 Finish: Random stone stamped pattern with heavy sandblast to match existing median
paving.
Add the following:
201-1.7 Miscellaneous Concrete Finishing Products.
201-1.7.1 Water Base Penetrating Sealer for Integral Colored Concrete. (Scofield Colorcure
Concrete Sealer or approved equal)
Water base penetrating sealer shall be a sealer designed for the protection of imprinted and
natural concrete.
Water base penetrating sealer shall be a sealer designed for the protection of imprinted, colored
and natural concrete, and other masonry surfaces to preserve the natural appearance of the masonry without darkening or adding gloss to the surface. It shall preserve the natural slip resistance of the concrete, etc. Sealer shall repel spills and soils, minimizing staining and
maintenance.
Seal shall leave no visible material on the surface and shall be absorbed and locked into the pores
of the masonry, repelling liquids and soils but leaving the top surface natural in appearance. Install per manufacturer’s directions. Seal shall be compatible with the surfaces and materials which it
is applied. Concrete sealer shall conform to the following specifications:
Color: Clear, non-yellowingOdor: Mild
Flash Point: None (C.O.C. method)
Specific Grav.:1.03Density: 8.6 pounds per gallon
Drying Time: 30 minutes to 60 minutes
Cure Time: 24 to 48 hoursVOC Content: None (0 g/l) excluding water
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 129 of 192
Polymer Type:Proprietary Reactive Resin SystemCoverages (approximate):
Smooth Concrete: 300 to 400 square feet per gallon
Rough Concrete: 200 to 300 square feet per gallonNote: Coverages vary depending on porosity and condition of surface and method of
application.
Method of: Airless sprayer.Application
Manufacturer: Scofield Chromix Admixtures for color-conditioned concrete, or approved equal
L.M. Scofield Company6533 Bandini Boulevard
Los Angeles, CA 90040
1-800-800-9900
All materials shall be furnished, prepared, applied, cured, and stored according to the product manufacturer’s direction.
201-1.2.4 Chemical Admixtures. (e) Air-entraining Admixtures. Substitute the following: The air content shall not deviate from the percentage specified or permitted by more than 1-1/2
percentage points. The air content of freshly mixed concrete will be determined by California Test
Method No. 504.
201-3 EXPANSION JOINT FILLER AND JOINT SEALANTS
201-3.4 Type “A” Sealant (Two-Part Polyurethane Sealant). Add the following:
All finished concrete surfaces shall have a ½” continuous expansion joint at locations indicated on the plans and notes and shall be located either parallel to perpendicular to the curb line. When
not otherwise indicated, all expansion joints located adjacent to colored concrete shall be sealant
Type “A” and colored to match the color of the concrete surface.
Contractor shall provide joint sealants that have been produced and installed to establish and to
maintain watertight and airtight continuous seals without causing staining or deterioration of joint substrates.
Contractor shall submit product data from the manufacturer of each joint sealant product required, including instructions for joint preparation and joint sealer application. Contractor shall also submit
samples for initial selection purposes in form of manufacturer’s standard bead samples, consisting
of strips of actual products showing full range of colors available, for each product exposed to view. Samples shall be submitted to Engineer. Submit complete schedule of type (and location
where type is to be used) of each sealant.
Contractor shall engage an experienced installer who has completed joint sealant applications
similar in material, design and extent to that indicated for Project that have resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance.
Provide joint sealants, joint fillers, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant
manufacturer based on testing and field experience.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 130 of 192
Provide color selections made by Engineer from manufacturer’s full range of standard colors for products of type indicated. Sealant color parallel to curbline shall match color of Paving Treatment
Type “A” as specified in Section 201-1.2.4(a) of these Special Provisions.
Joint sealants shall be multi-component polyurethane sealant. Except as otherwise indicated,
provide manufacturer’s standard, non-modified, 2-or-more-part, polyurethane-based, elastomeric
sealant; complying with either ASTM-C-920-87, Type M, Grade P, Class 25, or FS TT-S 0227E Class A, non-sag, Type II.
Acceptable Products: “Sonneborn NPII”; Sonneborn Building Products Division; “Scofield Lithoseal Trafficalk 3-G”, L.M. Scofield Company; or equivalent, as approved by the Engineer.
Provide sealant backings of material and type that are nonstaining; are compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated
by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing.
Plastic foam joint fillers shall be preformed, compressible, resilient, nonstaining, nonwaxing,
nonextruding strips of flexible plastic foam either open-cell polyurethane foam or closed-cell polyethylene foam, subject to approval of sealant manufacturer, for cold-applied sealants only.
Polystyrene foam is not acceptable.
201-3.7 Type “D” Joint Sealant. Add the following: Hot-melt rubberized asphalt shall be in solid
form at room temperature and fluid at an application temperature of 190°C (375°F) to 205°C
(400°F). Fumes from the material shall be non-toxic. Sealant shall be suitable for use in both asphalt concrete and portland cement concrete. Performance characteristics of the cured hot-
melt rubberized asphalt shall be as per Table 201-3.7(A).
TABLE 201-3.7(A)CURED HOT-MELT RUBBERIZED ASPHALT
SECTION 203 - BITUMINOUS MATERIALS
203-6 ASPHALT CONCRETE.
ADD the following:
203-6.2.1 Acceptance. Wet Mix or Core sampled asphalt concrete will be considered in conformance with the mix design when the Asphalt Binder content is within +/-0.5% of the design
Property Measuring Standard (ASTM Designation)Results Conditions
Cone Penetration ASTM D 3407, Sec. 5 3.5 mm, max.25°C, 150 g, 5 s
Flow, 60°C ASTM D 3407, Sec. 6 5 mm, max.Resilience ,ASTM D 3407, Sec. 8 25%, min. 25°C
Softening Point,ASTM D 36 82 °C, min.Ductility, ASTM D 113 300 mm, min.25°C, 50 mm/min
Flash Point, COC, °C ASTM D 92 288 °C, min.Viscosity, Brookfield Thermosel,ASTM D 4402 2.5-3.5 Pa·s No. 27 Spindle, 20 rpm, 190°C,
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 131 of 192
mix and the gradation conforms to the grading as shown in Table 203-6.4.3 (A). Deviations in gradation may be considered in conformance with the mix design provided the stability of the
completed mix complies with the requirements for Stabilometer Value per Table 203-6.4.3 (A)
Plant inspected asphalt concrete will be considered in conformance with the mix design when
visually inspected and the combined gradation of the Bin samples show conformance to the
grading as shown in Table 203-6.4.3 (A).
203-6.4 Asphalt Concrete Mixtures. Add the following: Conventional Asphalt concrete shall be
class C2-PG64-10-RAP for surface course, and B-PG64-10-RAP for base course. Asphalt concrete shall be class D2-PG70-10 for dikes and class E-PG70-10 ditches.
203-6.4.3 Composition and Grading. Add the following: Evaluation of asphalt concrete shall be determined from samples of asphalt concrete taken after completion of all processing (Wet Mix)
or by core sample analysis of the in-place asphalt concrete or by direct central plant inspection that confirms the production of a particular mix design and verifies using samples of aggregate taken before the addition of asphalt and mineral filler (Bin). All samples shall be taken in
accordance with Calif. Test 125.
When Wet Mix or Core samples of asphalt concrete are to be used for evaluation, sufficient size
samples shall be taken to ensure representative and adequate quantity of material for:
1. Asphalt Content and Gradation of Extraction using Calif. Test 382 or ASTM 2172, and
Calif. Test 202.
2. Stability using:
a. Hveem stability Value using Calif. Tests 304 and 366 shall be the average of three
individual Values
or
b. Marshall Stability1 in accordance with the Asphalt Institute's MS-2 fabricated and
tested for traffic volume and shall be the average of three specimens.
1Only use Marshall Stability when the deviation between individual Hveem Stabilometer Values are greater than +/-5.
When using core sample analysis, the samples must be properly prepared to safeguard against influx of outside contaminates and so that the cut surfaces do not influence the test results.
203-6.8 Asphalt Concrete Storage. add the following: Open graded or Gap graded asphalt
concrete stored in excess of 2 hours, and any other asphalt concrete stored in excess of 10 hours,
shall not be used in the work.
203-11 ASPHALT RUBBER HOT MIX (ARHM) WET PROCESS
203-11.3 Composition and Grading. Add the following: Asphalt Rubber Hot Mix shall be Gap Graded class ARHM-GG-C.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 132 of 192
SECTION 204 - LUMBER AND TREATMENT WITH PRESERVATIVES
204-1 LUMBER AND PLYWOOD
TABLE 204-1.2(A) add the following:TABLE 204-1.2(A)
USES GRADES
Headers for bituminous pavement up to 50 mm x 100 mm (2”x4”)Construction grade Redwood or preservative treated construction grade Douglas FirHeaders for bituminous pavement larger than 50 mm x 100 mm (2”x4”)Number 1 grade Redwood, or preservative treated number 1 grade Douglas Fir
SECTION 206 - MISCELLANEOUS METAL ITEMS
Add the following section:206-7 TRAFFIC SIGNS.
206-7.1 Roadside Signs. This work shall consist of furnishing and installing roadside signs in
accordance with details shown on the plans, the California Sign Specifications and these special provisions. Permanent and temporary signs shall be free from blemishes that may affect the
serviceability and detract from the general sign color and appearance when viewing during
daytime and nighttime from a distance of 25 feet. The face of each finished sign shall be uniform, flat, smooth, and free of defects, scratches, wrinkles, gel, hard spots, streaks, extrusion marks,
and air bubbles. The front, back and edges of the sign panels shall be free of router chatter marks,
burns, sharp edges, loose rivets, delaminated skins, excessive adhesive overspray, and aluminum marks.
206-7.1.2 Sign Identification. The following notation shall be placed on the lower right side of the back of each sign where the notation shall not be blocked by the sign post or frame:
A.PROPERTY OF THE CITY OF CARLSBAD,
B. Name of the sign manufacturer,
C. Month and year of fabrication,D. Type of retroreflective sheeting, and
E. Manufacturer’s identification and lot number of retroreflective sheeting.
The above notation shall be applied directly to the aluminum sign panels in 1/4-inch upper case
letters and numerals by die-stamp and applied by similar method to the fiberglass reinforced
plastic signs. Painting, screening, or engraving of the notation will not be allowed. The notation shall be applied without damaging the finish of the sign.
206-7.1.3 Drawings. Standard signs shall be as per the most recently approved California Sign Specifications. The date of approval shall be the date most closely preceding the date of
manufacture of the sign(s) or the date of the “Notice to Proceed” of this contract, whichever is
most recent.
206-7.1.4 Reflective Sheeting. All advisory signs, warning signs and all regulatory signs shall be fabricated with Type IV prismatic sheeting (High Intensity Prismatic or equivalent) or Type IX
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 133 of 192
prismatic cube lens sheeting (Diamond Grade VIP or equivalent) in accordance to ASTM Designation D4956 and conforming to the requirements of these special provisions.
206-7.1.5 Sign Panel. Sign panels shall be fabricated from sheet aluminum in accordance with ASTM Designation B209. Sheet aluminium shall be pretreated in accordance to ASTM
Designation B449. The surface of sheet aluminum shall be cleaned, deoxidized, and coated with
a light and tightly adherent chromate conversion coating free of powdery residue. The conversion coating shall be Class 2 with a mass between 10 milligrams per square foot. Following the
cleaning and coating process, the sheet aluminum shall be protected from exposure to grease,
oils, dust, and contaminants. Sheet aluminum shall be free of buckles, warps, dents, cockles, burrs, and defects resulting from fabrication.
206-7.1.6 Mounting Traffic Signs. Traffic signs shall be installed on 10-gage or 12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing posts as shown on San Diego Regional Standard drawing M-45 or,
when the sign area exceeds the maximum area allowed for on that drawing, on multiple 10-gage or 12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing posts. The number of posts shall be determined by the parameters in SDRS drawing M-45 or as approved by the Engineer. Traffic signs will be
provided with back braces and mounting blocks as approved by the Engineer consisting of 10-gage or 12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing when multiple posts are used.
206-7.1.6 Traffic Sign Posts. Posts shall be constructed of 10-gage or 12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing posts as shown on San Diego Regional Standard drawing M-45.
206-7.2 Temporary Traffic Signs. Temporary traffic signs shall consist of all signs used for the direction, warning, and regulation of vehicle (including bicycle) and pedestrian traffic during the
Contractor’s performance of the Work. Temporary traffic signs include both stationary and
portable signs.
206-7.2.1 General. This work shall consist of furnishing and installing temporary signs in
accordance with details shown on the plans, the California Sign Specifications and these special provisions. Permanent and temporary signs shall be free from blemishes that may affect the
serviceability and detract from the general sign color and appearance when viewing during
daytime and nighttime from a distance of 25 feet. The face of each finished sign shall be uniform, flat, smooth, and free of defects, scratches, wrinkles, gel, hard spots, streaks, extrusion marks,
and air bubbles. The front, back and edges of the sign panels shall be free of router chatter marks, burns, sharp edges, loose rivets, delaminated skins, excessive adhesive overspray, and aluminum marks.
206-7.2.2 Drawings. Standard signs shall be as per the most recently approved California Sign
Specifications. The date of approval shall be the date most closely preceding the date of
manufacture of the sign(s) or the date of the “Notice to Proceed” of this contract, whichever is most recent.
206-7.2.3 Reflective Sheeting. All advisory signs, warning signs and all regulatory signs shall be fabricated with Type IV prismatic sheeting (High Intensity Prismatic or equivalent) or Type IX
prismatic cube lens sheeting (Diamond Grade VIP or equivalent) in accordance to ASTM
Designation D4956 and conforming to the requirements of these special provisions.
206-7.2.4 Sign Panel. Sign panels shall be fabricated from sheet aluminum in accordance with
ASTM Designation B209. Sheet aluminium shall be pretreated in accordance to ASTM Designation B449. The surface of sheet aluminum shall be cleaned, deoxidized, and coated with
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 134 of 192
a light and tightly adherent chromate conversion coating free of powdery residue. The conversion coating shall be Class 2 with a mass between 10 milligrams per square foot. Following the
cleaning and coating process, the sheet aluminum shall be protected from exposure to grease,
oils, dust, and contaminants. Sheet aluminum shall be free of buckles, warps, dents, cockles, burrs, and defects resulting from fabrication.
206-7.2.5 Stationary Mounted Temporary Traffic Signs. Stationary mounted temporary traffic signs shall be installed on 10-gage and 12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing posts in the
same manner shown on the State of California, Department of Transportation Standard Plans
RS1, RS2, RS3 and RS4 for installation of roadside signs, except as follows:a) Wood posts shall not be used.
b) Back braces and blocks for sign panels will not be required.
c) The height to the bottom of the sign panel above the edge of traveled way shall be at least 2.1 m (7’).
d) Unless otherwise shown on the plans traffic sign posts shall conform in materials and installation to SDRS drawing M-45 and shall have one post provided for each 0.48 m2 (5 ft2)of sign area, or the signs may be installed on existing lighting standards when
approved by the Engineer.e) Sign panels mounted on temporary traffic sign posts shall conform to the requirements
of these special provisions.
206-7.2.6 Temporary Traffic Sign Posts. Posts shall be 10-gage or 12-gage cold-rolled steel
perforated tubing used for the support and stabilization of stationary mounted temporary signs.
Post size and number of posts shall be as shown on the plans, except that when stationary mounted signs are installed and the type of sign installation is not shown on the plans, post size
and the number of posts will be determined by the Engineer. Sign panels for stationary mounted
signs shall consist of reflective sheeting applied to a sign substrate.
206-7.2.7 Portable Temporary Traffic Signs. Each portable temporary traffic sign shall consist
of a base, standard or framework and a sign panel. The units shall be capable of being delivered to the site of use and placed in immediate operation. Sign panels for portable signs shall conform
to the requirements of these special provisions, or shall be cotton drill fabric, flexible industrial
nylon fabric, or other approved fabric. Fabric signs shall not be used during the hours of darkness. Size, color, and legend requirements for portable signs shall be as described for stationary
mounted sign panels in section 206-7.2 of these special provisions. The height to the bottom of the sign panel above the edge of traveled way shall be at least 0.3-m (12”). All parts of the sign standard or framework shall be finished with 2 applications of orange enamel which will match
the color of the sign panel background. Testing of paint will not be required.
Add the following section:206-8 LIGHT GAGE STEEL TUBING AND CONNECTORS.
Add the following section:
206-8.1 General. This Section pertains to 10-gage and 12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing used for the support and stabilization of signs. All shapes shall have a galvanized finish and shall be cold-roll-formed steel conforming to ASTM Designation A-446, Grade A. Galvanizing shall
conform to ASTM A-525, Designation G-90. Galvanizing shall be performed after all forming and punching operations have been completed. Cold-rolled steel perforated tubing shall be perforated
on all four faces with 11mm (7/16”) holes on 25 mm (1”) centers.
Add the following section:
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 135 of 192
206-8.2 Tolerances. Wall thickness tolerance shall not exceed +0.28 mm, -0.13 mm (+0.011”, -0.005”). Convexity and concavity measured in the center of the flat side shall not exceed a
tolerance of +0.25 mm (+0.010”) applied to the specific size determined at the corner.
Straightness tolerance variation shall not exceed 1.6 mm in 1 m (1/16 “ in 3’). Tolerance for corner radius is 4.0mm (5/32”), plus or minus 0.40 mm (1/64“). Weld flash on corner-welded square
tubing shall permit 3.60 mm (9/64”) radius gage to be placed in the corner. Using 10-gage or
12-gage square tube, consecutive size tubes shall telescope freely for 3.1m (10’). Tolerance on hole size is plus or minus 0.40 mm (1/64“) on a size. Tolerance on hole spacing is plus or minus
3.2 mm in 6.1 m (1/8” in 20’). In addition, for the following specific sizes of light gage steel tubing,
dimensional tolerances shall not exceed those listed in tables 206-8.2 (A) and 206-8.2(B).
TABLE 206-8.2(A)LIGHT GAGE STEEL TUBING SIZE TOLERANCE
Nominal Outsidemm Dimensions(inches)Outside Tolerance for mm All Sides at Corners(inches)
25 x 25 (1 x 1)0.13 0.005
32 x 32 (11/4 x 11/4)0.15 0.006
38 x 38 (11/2 x 11/2)0.15 0.006
44 x 44 (13/4 x 13/4)0.20 0.008
51 x 51 (2 x 2)0.20 0.008
56 x 56 (23/16 x 23/16)0.25 0.010
57 x 57 (21/4 x 21/4)0.25 0.010
64 x 64 (21/2 x 21/2)0.25 0.010
51 x 76 (2 x 3)0.25 0.010
TABLE 206-8.2(B)LIGHT GAGE STEEL TUBING SQUARENESS OF SIDES AND TWIST
Nominal Outsidemm Dimension(Inches)Squarmmeness(1)
(Inches)Twist Permissiblemm(2) in 900 mm (3”)(Inches)(2)
25 x 25 (1 x 1)0.15 0.006 1.3 0.050
32 x 32 (1-1/4 x 1-1/4)0.18 0.007 1.3 0.050
38 x 38 (1-1/2 x 1-1/2)0.20 0.009 1.3 0.050
44 x 44 (1-3/4 x 1-3/4)0.25 0.010 1.6 0.062
51 x 51 (2 x 2)0.30 0.012 1.6 0.062
56 x 56 (2-3/16 x 2-3/16)0.36 0.014 1.6 0.062
57 x 57 (2-1/4 x 2-1/4)0.36 1.014 1.6 0.062
64 x 64 (2-1/2 x 2-1/2)0.38 0.015 1.9 0.075
51 x 76 (2 x 3)0.46 0.018 1.9 0.075
(1)Tubing may have its sides failing to be 90 degrees to each other by the tolerance listed.(2)Twist is measured by holding down the edge of one end of a square tube on a surface plate with the bottom side of the tube parallel to the surface plate, and noting the height that either corner on the opposite end of the bottom side is above the surface plate.
Add the following section:206-8.3 Fasteners. Fasteners used to assemble cold-rolled steel perforated tubing shall be steel “pull-through” electrogalvanized rivets with 9.5 mm (3/8”) diameter shank, 22 mm (7/8”) diameter head, and a grip range of from 5 mm (0.200”) to 0.90 mm (0.356”). The fasteners shall conform to ASTM B-633, Type III
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 136 of 192
Add the following section:206-9 PORTABLE CHANGEABLE MESSAGE SIGNAdd the following section:
206-9.1 General. Each portable changeable message sign (PCMS) unit shall consist of a controller unit, a power supply, and a structural support system all mounted on a trailer.
The PCMS unit shall be assembled to form a complete self-contained portable changeable
message sign, which can be delivered to the site of the work and placed in immediate operation. The complete PCMS unit shall be capable of operating in an ambient air temperature range of -
20ºC (-4ºF) to +70ºC (158ºF) and shall not be affected by unauthorized mobile radio
transmissions.
The trailer shall be equipped so that it can be leveled and plumbed. Full operation height shall be
with the bottom of the sign at least 2.1 m (7') above the ground and the top no more than 4.4 m (14.5') above the ground. After initial placement, PCMS shall be moved from location to location
as directed by the Engineer
Add the following section:
206-9.2 Message Board. The message displayed on the PCMS shall be visible from a distance of 460 m (1500') and shall be legible from a distance of 230 m (750'), at noon on a cloudless day, by persons with vision corrected to 20/20. The sign panel shall be 3-line matrix and shall display
not less than 7 characters per line. Sign messages to be displayed shall be as approved by the Engineer. The sign face shall be flat black and shall be protected from glare of the sun by a
method which does not interfere with the clarity of the sign message. The sign shall be raised and
lowered by means of a power driven lifting mechanism. The matrix sign shall be capable of complete alphanumeric selection.
Lamp matrix type signs shall be equipped with an automatic dimming operational mode that automatically compensates for the influence of a temporary light source or other abnormal lighting
conditions. The sign shall have manual dimming operation modes of 3 or more different lamp
intensities.
Matrix signs not utilizing lamps shall be either internally or externally illuminated at night.
The controller shall be an all solid-state unit containing all the necessary circuitry for the storage of at least 5 pre-programmed messages. The controller shall be installed in a location allowing
the operator to perform all functions from one position. A keyboard entry system shall be provided to allow an operator to generate an infinite number of additional messages over the pre-programmed stored messages. The keyboard shall be equipped with a security lockout feature to
prevent unauthorized use of the controller. The controller shall contain a nonvolatile memory to hold the keyboard created messages in memory during periods when the power is not activated.
The controller shall provide for a variable message display rate which allows the operator to match
the information display to the speed of the approaching traffic. The flashing off time shall be operator adjustable within the control cabinet.
Add the following section:206-9.3 Operation and Maintenance. PCMS shall be furnished, placed, operated, and
maintained at locations shown on the plans, specified herein, or designated by the Engineer. The
PCMS will be diligently maintained and repaired by the Contractor throughout the project in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. When ownership is transferred to the City
(at the end of the job), it must be demonstrated to be in good working condition, and meet the
provisions of these specifications, including current registration.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 137 of 192
Add the following section:
206-9.4 Measurement and Payment. The contract unit price PCMS shall include full
compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in furnishing, placing, operating, maintaining, repairing, replacing,
transporting from location to location, and delivery of the signs to the City at the completion of the
construction, in good working order, and as directed by the Engineer, and no other compensation will be made.
SECTION 207 - PIPE
207-2 REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE.
207-2.5 Joints. Add the following: When watertight joints are indicated on the plans they shall be
of the rubber-gasketed type meeting the requirements of ASTM Standard Specification designations C 361-95 and C 443-94.
Pipe designated in the plans as “pressure pipe” or with a 100-year hydraulic grade line at or above the soffit shall be bell and groove spigot joint with “O” rings conforming to ASTM C-443 and C-
361 for the limits shown on the plans.
207-9 IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
207-9.2.2 Pipe Joints Unless otherwise shown on the Plans, all joints shall be the push-on type
joint. Joints and accessories shall conform to the requirements and dimensions specified in ANSI A21.11, AWWA C111. Rubber gasket material shall conform to 208-1.2 and AWWA C111 and ANSI A21.11-90.
207-9.2.3 Fittings. Add the following: Ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be manufactured in
accordance with ANSI 21.50, AWWA C150 and ANSI 21.51, AWWA C151, and shall be of the
size and thickness classes shown on the Plans. Unless otherwise specified, size 4-inches through 6-inches DIP shall be thickness Class 52, while size 8-inches and larger shall be thickness Class
50.
207-9.2.4 Lining and Coating. Replace with the following: Unless otherwise specified, all iron
pipe and fittings shall be lined with double thickness, cement motor lining with cement conforming
to ASTM C150 Type II, AWWA C104/A21.4.90 and outside coating of bituminous coating a minimum of 2 mils. thick in accordance with AWWA C151 or C100.
207-10 STEEL PIPEadd the following:
207-10.1 General Fabricated Steel Pipe and Fittings shall conform in all respects to Carlsbad
Municipal Water District Rules and Regulations for Construction of (Potable or Reclaimed) Water Mains, latest edition.
207-10.1.2 Submittals. The Contractor shall furnish submittals in accordance with Section 2-5.3, Submittals Shop Drawings. Submittals are required for the following:
Shop Drawings Layout DrawingsManufacturer’s tests Mill Reports or Plant Test Reports
Fabrication Details Dimensional Checks
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 138 of 192
Protective Coatings Welding Procedures/Certification for Field Welding
Shop Drawings shall be submitted and approved prior to manufacture of pipe.
207-10.1.3 Quality Assurance. Field welders shall be certified under Section IX, Part A of the
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code or in accordance with AWWA C206, Section 3. Welders shall submit a copy of their certification to the District prior to performing any field welding.
Certifications shall be dated within three (3) years of the job to be performed.
The top of all pipe and specials shall be clearly identified by marking the top with “T.O.P.” for easy
identifications in the field. Plainly mark each length of pipe at the bell end to identify the proper
location of the pipe item by reference to the layout schedule.
207-10.1.4 Protective Coatings and Linings. All steel pipe and fittings exposed within a vault or above ground shall be cement-mortar lined in accordance with AWWA C205 and C602 and painted in accordance with CMWD Approved Materials List.
All steel pipe and fittings for underground service shall be cement-mortar lined, taped wrapped
and cement-mortar coated in accordance with AWWA C205, C214 and C602 unless otherwise
specified on the Drawings.
Add the following section:207-25 UNDERGROUND UTILITY MARKING TAPE.
Add the following section:
207-25.1 Detectable Underground Utility Marking Tape: Detectable Underground Utility Marking Tape shall have a minimum 0.13 mm (0.005”) overall thickness, with no less than a 35
gauge (AWG), 0.14 mm aluminum foil core. The foil must be visible from both sides. The layers
shall be laminated together with the extrusion lamination process, not adhesives. No inks or printing shall extend to the edges of the tape. All printing shall be encased to avoid ink rub-off.
Detectable Underground Utility Marking Tape shall conform to the properties listed in Tables 207-
25(A) and 207-25 (B).
TABLE 207-25.1(A)DETECTABLE UNDERGROUND UTILITY MARKING TAPE PROPERTIES
Property Method Value
Thickness ASTM D2103 0114 mm (0.0056”)Tensile strength ASTM D882 4500g/cm (25 lbs/inch) (5,500 PSI)Elongation ASTM D882-88 <50 percent at breakPrintabilityASTM D2578 >50 dynes/square centimeterFlexibilityASTM D671-81 Pliable handInksManufacturing specifications Heat-set Mylex
Message repeat Manufacturing specifications Every 500 mm(20”)Foil Manufacturing specifications Dead soft/annealedTop layer Manufacturing specifications Virgin PETBottom layer Manufacturing specifications Virgin LDPEAdhesivesManufacturing specifications >30 percent, solid 1.5#/RBond strength Boiling H2O at 100 degrees Celsius Five hours without peelColorsAPWA Code See Table 207-25.1 (B)
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 139 of 192
TABLE 207-25.1(B)
DETECTABLE UNDERGROUND UTILITY MARKING TAPE COLORS
Color Utility Marked
Red Electric power, distribution, transmission, and municipal electric systems.
Yellow Gas and oil distribution and transmission, dangerous materials, product and
steam.
Orange Telephone and telegraph systems, police and fire communications, and cable television.
Blue Water systems.
Green Sanitary and storm sewer systems, nonpotable.
Brown Force mains.
Purple Reclaimed water lines.
Add the following section:
207-25.2 Materials Approvals. Detectable Underground Utility Marking Tape shall meet the
requirements of each of the following agency/association publications.A. Department of Transportation, Materials Transportation Bureau, Office of Pipeline Safety.
USAS code for pressure piping B31.8, paragraph 192.321(e).B. National Transportation Safety Board, Washington, DC, Special Study Prevention of Damage to Pipelines. Adopted June 7, 1974. Report NTSB-PSS-73-1.
C. American Petroleum Institute (API). Recommended practice for marking buried liquid petroleum pipelines - APR RP 1109.
D. General Services Administration, Washington, DC, Public Buildings Service Guide
Specification for Mechanical and Electrical Equipment - PBS 4-1501, Amendment 2, Page 501-14, Paragraph 18, Subparagraph 18.1, Clause 18.1.1.
E. Rural Electrification Authority (REA), U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, DC,
National Electrical Safety Code for Underground Construction for remote and immediate hazards.
SECTION 209 - ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
209 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS. Modify as follows: Section 86, “Signals, Lighting and
Electrical Systems”, of the Caltrans Standard Specifications replaces Section 209, “Electrical
Components”, and Section 307, “Street Lighting and Traffic Signals”, of the SSPWC, in all matters pertaining to the specifications for measurement, payment, warranty, materials and methods of construction of street lighting and traffic signals. Section 86 of the Caltrans Standard
Specifications is unmodified excepted as specified herein. For electrical components provided and installed in systems NOT including street lighting and traffic signals, Section 209 SSPWC is
unmodified except as specified in sections other than Section 209, herein.
SECTION 210 - PAINT AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS
210-1 PAINT.
210-1.5 Paint Systems. Add the following to Table 210-1.5(A)
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 140 of 192
TABLE 210-1.5 (A)
Surface to be Painted Pre-reatment / Surface Preparation Primer Finish Coats
Temporary Railing type
(K)
Abrasive Blast Cleaning to a
Roughened, Textured Appearance
None Two coats white Acrylic
Emulsion Paint (1)
(1) acrylic emulsion paint designed for use on exterior masonry. This paint shall comply in all respects to Federal Specification TT-P-19 (latest revision), Paint, Acrylic Emulsion, Exterior. This paint may be tinted by using “universal” or “all purpose” concentrates.
210-1.6 Paint for Traffic Striping, Pavement Marking, and Curb Marking. Modify as follows: Paint for traffic lane lines, turn pocket lines, edge lines, channelizing lines, bike lane lines,
chevrons, and curbs shall be rapid dry water borne conforming to CALTRANS Specification No. PTWB-01. Paint for pavement legends, pavement symbols, pavement arrows, cross walks,
parking stall markings and stop bars shall be alkyd thermoplastic conforming to CALTRANS
Specification No. 8010-19A. Glass beads shall be applied to the surface of the rapid dry water borne paint and the molten thermoplastic material and shall conform to the requirements of
CALTRANS Specification No. 8010-004 (Type II). CALTRANS Specifications for water borne
paint, thermoplastic material and glass beads may be obtained from the CALTRANS Transportation Laboratory, P.O. Box 19128, Sacramento, CA 95819, telephone number (916)
227-7000.
210-3 GALVANIZING.
Add the following section:
210-3.6 Galvanizing for Traffic Signal Facilities. The requirements of this section shall pertain only to the preparation and galvanizing of traffic signal facilities. Galvanizing of products fabricated
from rolled, pressed and forged steel shapes, plates, bars and strip 3.2 mm (1/8") thick or thicker,
shall conform to the specifications of ASTM Designation: A 123, except that complete seal welding of tightly contacting surfaces of these products prior to galvanizing is required only where seal
welding is shown on the plans or specified in these special provisions. Except for pre-galvanized
standard pipe, galvanizing of material 3.2 mm (1/8") thick or thicker shall be performed after fabrication into the largest practical sections.
At the option of the Contractor, material thinner than 3.2 mm (1/8") shall be galvanized either before fabrication in conformance with the requirements of ASTM Designation: A 525M, Coating
Designation Z600, or after fabrication in conformance with the requirements of ASTM
Designation: A 123, except that the weight of zinc coating shall average not less than 365 g per square meter (1.2 oz. per ft2) of actual surface area with no individual specimen having a coating
weight of less than 305 g per square meter (1.0 oz. per ft2).
Galvanizing of standard pipe shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation: A 53.
Galvanizing will not be required for stainless steel, monel metal and similar corrosion resistant parts.
Fabrication shall include all operations such as shearing, cutting, punching, forming, drilling, milling, bending, welding and riveting. All welded areas shall be thoroughly cleaned prior to
galvanizing to remove all slab or other material that would interfere with the adherence of the zinc.
When it is necessary to straighten any sections after galvanizing, the work shall be performed without damage to the zinc coating.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 141 of 192
Galvanizing of iron and steel hardware and nuts and bolts, when specified or shown on the plans, shall conform to the specifications of ASTM Designation: A 153, except whenever threaded studs,
bolts, nuts, and washers are specified to conform to ASTM Designation: A 307, A 325, A 325M,
A 449, A 563, A 563M, or F 436 and zinc coating is required, they shall be hot-dip zinc coated or mechanically zinc coated in accordance with the requirements of the ASTM Designations. Unless
otherwise specified, galvanizing shall be performed after fabrication. Components of bolted
assemblies shall be galvanized separately before assembly. Tapping of nuts or other internally threaded parts to be used with zinc coated bolts, anchor bars or studs shall be done after
galvanizing and shall conform to the requirements for thread dimensions and overtapping
allowances in ASTM Designation: A 563 or A 563M. When specified, painting of zinc coated surfaces shall be in accordance with the procedures in Section 210.1 "Paint". Galvanized surfaces
that are abraded or damaged at any time after the application of the zinc coating shall be repaired
by thoroughly wire brushing the damaged areas and removing all loose and cracked coating, after which the cleaned areas shall be painted with two applications of unthinned zinc-rich primer
(organic vehicle type) conforming to the provisions in Section 210-3.5, "Repair of Damaged Zinc Coating." Aerosol cans shall not be used.
SECTION 212 - LANDSCAPE AND IRRIGATION MATERIALS
212-1 LANDSCAPE MATERIALS.
212-1.2.3 Commercial Fertilizer. add the following: Preplant fertilizer shall be granular commercial fertilizer 7-7-7 or approved equal. Postplant fertilizer shall be 12-4-6 or approved
equal with Ca, Fe, Zn, and Mn and with the majority of nitrogen in nonammoniac form to prevent acidification of soil. Planting tablets shall be compressed fertilizer tablets with a 20-10-5 analysis.
212-1.2.4 Organic Soil Amendment. Add the following: For all types of Organic Soil Amendment mulch materials produced from pine trees grown in Alameda, Monterey, Santa Clara, Santa Cruz
or San Mateo Counties shall not be used in the Work. Type 1A Organic Soil Amendment shall
conform to the requirements for type 1 Organic Soil Amendment except as modified hereinafter. Type 1A Organic Soil Amendment shall be a wood or rice residual product derived from the bark
of pine, white fir, or red fir or cedar or redwood shavings or rice hulls. Type 1A Organic Soil
Amendment shall be manufactured from clean wood, free from clods coarse objects and rocks and shall conform to the properties shown in Table 212-1.2.4(B):
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 142 of 192
Table 212-1.2.4(B)SOIL AMENDMENT PROPERTIES
Property Minimum Maximum
Dry Weight Nitrogen (1)(1)
Dry Weight Passing 25 mm (1”) Sieve 100%100%
Dry Weight Passing #4 Sieve 95%100%
Dry Weight Passing #16 Sieve 45%65%
Dry Weight Passing #30 Sieve 30%40%
Dry Weight Passing #50 Sieve 0%10%
Dry Weight Passing #100 Sieve 0%2%
Salinity (1)(1)
Iron ( Dilute acid soluble on dry weight basis)0.08%---
Ash (dry weight basis)0%6.0%
pH 6.0 7.0
Wettability (1)(1)
(1) (As Required by Table 212-1.2.4(A) SSPWC)
For all types of Organic Soil Amendment the Contractor shall supply the Engineer a sample of the proposed amendment accompanied by an analytical analysis from a qualified agricultural laboratory certifying compliance to the requirements herein. Qualified agricultural laboratories
shall have an on-going quality assurance program that fulfills the requirements of the most recent version of the “Western States Laboratory Proficiency Testing Program Soil and Plant Analytical
Methods”. Certificates of compliance shall contain a statement attesting that the organic soil
amendment meets the requirements of these specifications and that the testing agricultural laboratory does fulfill the requirements of “Western States Laboratory Proficiency Testing
Program Soil and Plant Analytical Methods”. Said submittal shall be in accordance with Section
2-5.3.3.
212-1.2.5 Mulch for Hydraulic Method Seed Lawn Planting. Add the following: The terms
Hydroseeding and Hydroseed shall be synonymous with Hydraulic for the purposes of Section 212. Disturbed Areas, Southern Willow Scrub and Riparian Scrub and Upland Transition Zone
planting areas shall be mulched, fertilized and seeded using method B. Mulch shall be
manufactured from virgin wood cellulose fiber mulch and shall not contain growth or germination inhibitors. When mixed with water, the mulch shall remain in uniform suspension and when
blended with the seed, fertilizer, and other approved additives, shall form a homogeneous slurry. When applied, the fibers shall form a moisture absorbing membrane with adequate percolation properties sufficient to allow one hundred percent of water applied at the rate of 3.1 liters per
minute per square meter (0.075 gallons per minute per square foot) onto a surface inclined at a 2:1 (horizontal: vertical) slope to pass through the membrane. A non-phyto-toxic wetting agent
shall be added to the slurry mixture. A water soluble, non-toxic green dye shall be added in
sufficient quantity to clearly delineate the planted areas. When required, binder shall be added to the slurry mixture and shall be “CPA 4000”, “AZTAC”, “Ecology Control”, “M-Binder”, or approved
equal.
Add the following section:
212-1.2.5.1 Disturbed Area Mulch Fertilizer and Additives. In addition to the seed mix shown in
the table for Disturbed Areas the slurry mixture shall be applied at the rates shown in Table 212-1.2.5.1(A)
Table 212-1.2.5.1(A)
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 143 of 192
DISTURBED AREA MULCH FERTILIZER AND ADDITIVES
Component Application Rategrams per sq. meter (pounds per acre)
Virgin Wood Cellulose Fiber Mulch 225 (2000)
Binder (1)7 (60)
Fertilizer (16-20-0) Ammonium
Phosphate Sulfate, Plus 15% Soil Sulfur
35 (300)
Wetting Agent Per Mfg.Recommendation
Green Colorant Per Mfg.Recommendation
(1) Required to be incorporated only when applied between the months of Nov. through Feb.
Add the following section:
212-1.2.6 Herbicides and Pesticides. Shall be used in their appropriate applications with strict
adherence to manufacturer’s specifications and instructions. Postemergent herbicide for all areas shall be Glyphosate, N-(phosphonomethyl) glycine, in the form of its isopropylamine salt such as
Roundup Pro, Diquat, Montar, or approved equal. Preemergent herbicide for shrubs and
groundcover areas planted from flats shall be Treflan, Surflan, Eptan, or approved equal.
Add the following section:212-1.2.7 General Soil Conditioners. Agricultural-grade gypsum shall be a calcium sulfate (CaSO4 H20) product - 94.3 percent. 90 percent shall pass a 50-mesh screen. Control of dust
during application is mandatory.
Iron Sulfate shall be ferrous sulfate in pelletized or granular form containing not less than 20.0
percent iron expressed as metallic iron. Iron Sulfate pellets shall be of size and gradation such that 98 percent is retained on a 10-mesh screen.
Add the following section:212-1.2.8 Stabilizing Emulsion. Stabilizing emulsion shall be a concentrated liquid chemical
that forms a plastic film upon drying and allows water and air to penetrate. The film shall be
nonflammable and shall have an effective life of at least one year. Stabilizing emulsion shall be nontoxic to plant and animal life and nonthinking to concrete or painted surfaces. In the cured
state the stabilizing emulsion shall not be re-emulsifiable. The material shall be registered with,
and licensed by the California, Department of Food and Agriculture, as an “auxiliary soil chemical”. Stabilizing emulsion shall be miscible with water at time of mixing and application.
212-1.3 Seed. Add following: The quantity of pure live seed supplied shall meet or exceed the quantity shown in the specified mixes. Seed shall not contain more than 0.5 percent weed seed
by volume Seed types shall be as specified on the plans and planting legends, and shall be applied at the rates indicated.
All brand-name, patented seed must be received by Contractor in original manufacturer’s bag. Seed shall be received by Contractor in separate containers specifying kind, quantity, purity, and
germination. Contractor shall provide the Engineer with each seed bag label used in the Work.
Add the following section:
shall consist of no less than the seed varieties shown in Table 212-1.3.1 (A).
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 144 of 192
Table 212-1.3.1(A)SEED FOR DISTURBED AREAS
Seed Variety Application Rate
grams per sq. meter (pounds per
acre)
Rose Clover 2.5 20 (1)
Festuca Megalura, Zorro Fescue 2.5 20
Eschscholzia Californica 0.35 3
Achillea Millefolia 0.45 4
Alyssum (Carpet Of Snow)0.35 3
Dimorpholeca 0.25 2
(1) Rose Clover shall be inoculated with a nitrogen fixing bacteria and be applied dry either by
drilling or broadcasting immediately before hydraulic application of the remaining seed mix and
mulch.
Add the following section:
212-1.3.2 Seed for Southern Willow Scrub and Riparian Scrub Areas. Hydroseeding mix for the Southern Willow Scrub and Riparian Scrub area shall consist of no less than the seed varieties
shown in Table 212-1.3.2(A).Table 212-1.3.2(A)SEED FOR SOUTHERN WILLOW SCRUB AND RIPARIAN SCRUB AREAS
Seed Variety Application Rate
grams per sq. meter (pounds per acre)
Ambrosia Psilostachya 0.35 3
Artemesia Douglasiana 0.35 3
Artemesia Dracunculus 0.25 2
Atriplex Patula SSP, Hastata Halberd Leaf Saltbrush 0.25 2
Encelia Californica, California Sunflower 0.25 2
Festuca Megalura, Zorro Fescue 0.25 2
Isocoma Venetus, Coastal Goldenbrush 0.45 4
Leymus Condensatus, Giant Wild Rye 0.45 4
Oenothera Hookerii, Hooker’s Primrose 0.10 1
Add the following section:212-1.3.3 Seed for Riparian Scrub and Upland Transition Zone Areas. Hydroseeding mix for
the Riparian Scrub and Upland Transition Zone area shall consist of not less than the seed
varieties shown in Table 212-1.3.2(A).
Table 212-1.3.3(A)SEED FOR RIPARIAN SCRUB AND UPLAND TRANSITION ZONE AREAS
Seed Variety Application Rategrams per sq. meter (pounds per
acre)
Encelia Californica 0.45 4
Eschscholzia Californica, California Poppy 0.25 2
Festuca Megalura, Zorro Fescue 0.25 2
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 145 of 192
Isocoma Venetus, Coastal Goldenbrush 0.45 4
Leymus Condensatus, Giant Wild Rye 0.45 4
Lotus Scoparius, Deerweed 0.45 4
Lupinus Succulentus, Arroyo Lupine 0.35 3
Phacelia Tanacetifolia 0.25 2
212-1.4.1 General. Add the following: Plants shall be the variety and size shown on the plans or in the special provisions and shall conform to the requirements of these specifications. Contractor
shall notify the Engineer 48 hours before each plant delivery so that the Engineer can inspect the
plants. The scientific and common names of plants herein specified shall conform to the approved names given in “A Checklist of Woody Ornamental Plants in California, Oregon and Washington”
published by the University of California, Division of Agriculture Sciences, Publication 4091
(1979). Each group of plant materials delivered on site shall be labeled clearly as to species and variety. All patented plants (cultivars) required by the plant list shall be delivered with a proper
plant patent attached. The Contractor shall obtain clearance from the County Agricultural Commissioner, as required by law, before planting plants delivered from outside the County in which they are to be planted. Evidence that clearance has been obtained shall be filed with the
Engineer. All plants furnished by the Contractor shall be true to type or name as shown on the plans and shall be tagged identifying the plants by species or variety; however, determination of
plant species or variety will be made by the Engineer and the Engineer’s decision shall be final.
Plants shall be individually tagged or tagged in groups by species or variety. Carpobrotus cuttings need not be tagged. All plants shall comply with Federal and State laws requiring inspection for
plant diseases and infestations. Inspection certificates required by law shall accompany each
shipment of plants, and certificates shall be delivered to the Engineer.
Plants furnished by the Contractor shall be healthy, shapely, and well-rooted, and roots shall show
no evidence of having been restricted or deformed at any time. Plants shall be well-grown, free from insect pests and disease, and shall be grown in nurseries which have been inspected by the
State Department of Food and Agriculture and have complied with the regulations thereof.
The Engineer is the sole judge as to acceptability of each plant. Vigorous, healthy,
well-proportioned plants are the intent of this specification. Plants which are even moderately
“overgrown”, or are showing signs of decline or lack of vigor, are subject to rejection. The size of the plants will be as shown on the plans. Plants larger in size than specified may be used with the
approval of the Engineer, but the use of larger plants will make no change in contract price. If the use of larger plants is approved, soil amendments shall be increased proportionately. All plants not conforming to the requirements herein specified shall be considered defective and such
plants, whether in place or not, shall be marked as rejected, and immediately removed from the site and replaced with new plants by the Contractor at the Contractor’s expense. The Engineer
reserves the right to change the species, variety, and/or sizes of plant material to be furnished,
provided that the cost of such plant changes do not exceed the cost of plants in the original bid, and with the provision that the Contractor shall be notified in writing, at least 60 days before the
planting operation has commenced.
No plant shall be transported to the planting area that is not thoroughly wet throughout the ball of
earth surrounding the roots. Any plant that, in the opinion of the Engineer, has a damaged root
ball or is dry or in a wilted condition when delivered to the planting area will not be accepted, and shall be replaced by the Contractor at the Contractor’s expense. Each plant shall be handled and
packed in the approved manner for that species or variety, and all necessary precautions shall be
taken to ensure that the plants will arrive at the site of the work in proper condition for successful
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 146 of 192
growth. Trucks used for transporting plants shall be equipped with covers to protect plants from windburn.
Root condition of plants furnished by the Contractor in containers will be determined by removal of earth from the roots of not less than 2 plants nor more than 2 percent of the total number of
plants of each species or variety, except when container-grown plants are from several sources,
the roots of not less than 2 plants of each species or variety from each source will be inspected by the Engineer. In case the sample plants inspected are found to be defective, the Agency
reserves the right to reject the entire lot or lots of plants represented by the defective samples.
Any plants rendered unsuitable for planting because of this inspection will be considered as samples and will not be paid for.
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer when plants are to be shipped to the project site. The notification shall be given not less than 10 days prior to the actual shipment date.
Carpobrotus cuttings shall be 250 mm (10”) or more in length and shall not be rooted. Delosperma cuttings shall be 150 mm (6”) or more in length and shall not be rooted. Cuttings shall be tip
cuttings from healthy, vigorous and strong-growing plants and shall be insect and disease free. Mature or brown-colored stem growths or cuttings which have been trimmed will not be accepted.
Cuttings shall be planted not more than 2 days after cutting and shall not be allowed to dry or
wither.
Carpobrotus cuttings shall not be taken from any plants that indicate the presence of ice plant
scale (Pulvinaria species).
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of the location where cuttings are to be taken at least 10
days prior to taking the cuttings and shall be responsible for all permit and inspection fees involved in obtaining cuttings.
212-1.5.3 Tree Stakes. Modify as follows: Tree stakes shall be 50mm (2”) diameter turned lodgepole pine, pointed on their driven end.
Add the following section:212-1.6 Erosion Control Matting. Erosion control matting shall be made of 100-percent-
biodegradable, weed-free wheat straw of thickness and density yielding 270 grams per square meter (0.50 lb./sy) with photodegradable polypropylene netting with a density of 0.89 grams per square meter (1.64 lb/1000 sy) having an approximate mesh interval of 50 mm x 50 mm (2“ x 2“)
on each face of the straw mat. The straw mat shall be sewn together with unidirectional lines of cotton or polypropylene thread spaced approximately 50 mm (2”) apart. Erosion control matting
shall be “North American Green, DS150”, “BonTerra S2”, or approved equal.
Add the following section:
212-1.7 Erosion Control Mat Staples. Erosion control mat staples shall be 25 mm x 150 mm
(1” x 6”), U-shaped 11-gauge mild steel staples.
Add the following section:212-1.8 Root Barriers. Root barriers shall be no less than 1m (39“) in width. Root barriers shall be “Biobarrier”, as manufactured by Reemay, Inc., 70 Old Hickory Boulevard, Old Hickory, TN
97138, Phone 615-847-7000, no substitutes will be accepted.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 147 of 192
212-2 IRRIGATION SYSTEM MATERIALS212-2.1.3 Plastic Pipe for Use with Solvent Weld Socket or Threaded Fittings, add the following: Except as provided in this section, all buried piping in the irrigation system shall be installed
with underground utility marking tape conforming to the requirements of section 207-21 and identifying it as reclaimed water. Intermittent pressure lines (lines on the downstream side of a controller valve that will not be subject to constant pressure) will not require underground utility
marking tape. All PVC pipe used for irrigation systems shall be colored purple by the addition of a dye integral to the PVC. Painted pipe will not be accepted. Pressure mainline piping for sizes 50 mm (2”) and larger shall be PVC having a pressure rating of 2170 kPa (315 PSI), S.D.R. 13.5. Stenciled
pipe is required for all irrigation system piping including portions not required to be marked with underground utility marking tape. All pipe shall have stenciling appearing on both sides of the pipe
with the marking “Reclaimed Water” in 16 mm (5/8”) high letters repeated every 300 mm (12“). PVC
non-pressure buried lateral line piping shall be PVC Schedule 40.
Add the following section:
212-2.1.7 Brass Pipe and Fittings. Brass pipe shall be IPS standard weight 125 LB 85 percent copper and 15 percent zinc, trade designation seamless red brass pipe conforming to the requirements of ASTM B43-91. Brass pipe fittings and connections shall be Standard 125 LB
class 85 percent red brass fittings and connections.
212-2.2.7 Valve Boxes. Add the following: All valve boxes shall be marked “RCV”, “BV” or “QC”,
“PB” respectively. Remote control valves shall be marked with station numbers embossed on the valve cover with a brass tag. (RCV boxes shall have locking covers.) Other boxes such as pull
boxes, etc., shall be marked with appropriate identification.
Add the following section:212-2.2.8 Ball Valves. Ball valves shall have bottom-loaded pressure-retaining stems, glass-
reinforced seats, and reinforced TFE stem packing seals. Valves sizes 13 mm (½“) to 50 mm (2“)
shall be pressure rated at 4140 kPa (600 PSI) WOG and 1030 kPa (150-PSI) saturated steam. Each valve shall be tested, air under water, in the opened and closed position by the
manufacturer. Ball valve must conform to Federal Specification WW-V-35B, Type II, Class A,
Style 3, End Connection A or C.
Add the following section:212-2.2.9 Pressure Regulator Valve. Pressure regulator valve shall be bronze body with screw fitting.
Add the following section:
212-2.2.9 Wye Strainers. Wye strainers shall have a cast iron or all-bronze body with a
removable stainless steel or monel strainer. Wye strainers shall be capable of withstanding a cold water working pressure of 1034 kPa (150 psi). Wye strainers at backflow preventer assemblies
shall be equipped with a gate valve at the outlet. All other wye strainers shall be equipped with a
garden valve at the outlet.
The strainer screen for the wye strainer in a backflow preventer assembly shall have an open
area equal to at least 3 times the cross-sectional area of the pipe based on an iron pipe size and shall be woven wire fabric with 850-µm mesh or perforated sheet with 1.14 mm (0.045”) diameter
holes.
All other wye strainers shall be equipped with 425-µm strainer screens.
212-2.4 Sprinkler Equipment. Add the following: All sprinkler heads are to have factory built-in
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 148 of 192
check valves or a check valve under each head. Drip assemblies shall meet the following requirements: The drip emitter shall be Pepco Quadra or Rainbird XERI-Bird-8 or approved equal
as called on drawings, with four ports. Drip tubing for emitter outlets shall be Rainbird (RBT-160V),
Salco, or approved equal. Drip tubing stakes shall be Rainbird No. RS-13, Salco, or approved equal. Bug cap for drip tubing shall be manufactured by Rainbird, Pepco, or approved equal. The
drip pressure regulator shall be Rainbird, Netafim PVR, or approved equal. Drip emitter filter shall
be Amiad, Rainbird, or approved equal. Drip emitter access boxes shall be Rainbird No. SEB-6X, Salco Subterranean Emitter Box, or approved equal. Check valves shall be of heavy-duty virgin
PVC construction with FIP thread inlet and outlet. Internal parts shall be stainless steel and
neoprene. Antidrain valves shall be field adjustable against drain out from 1.5 m to 12 m (5’ to 40’) of head. All sprinkler heads that are without valves in the heads are to have an antidrain valve
feature and shall have an excess flow feature, which will automatically stop the flow of water when
it exceeds the GPM preset by the manufacturer. Check valves shall be King Bros., Rainbird, or approved equal.
212-2.3 Backflow Preventer Assembly. Add the following: Backflow preventers shall be one of the approved reduced pressure principle devices listed by the California Department of Health
Services, Division of Drinking Water and Environmental Management, 601 North 7th Street, Mailing Station (MS) 92, P.O. Box 942732, Sacramento, CA 94234-7320.
Backflow preventers shall be factory assembled and shall include 2 check valves, one pressure differential relief valve, 2 shut-off valves and 4 test cocks. Backflow preventer and valves shall be
the same size as the pipeline in which they are installed, unless otherwise shown on the plans.
Backflow preventer shut-off valves shall be manufactured from iron or bronze and shall be either resilient wedged gate valves, resilient seated and fully ported ball valves, or resilient seated
butterfly valves. Threaded type shut-off valves shall be provided with a union on one side of each
valve. Unions shall be brass or malleable iron.
Add the following section:212-2.4.1 Additional Equipment. Contractor shall provide the following items to the Engineer:1. Two control valve keys.
2. Two wrenches for removing each different type of sprinkler head.
3. Two quick coupler keys. The keys and hose ells shall be of the same manufacturer as the coupling valve.
4. Five keys for opening and locking each automatic controller and enclosure.
Add the following section:
212-2.5 Flexible Hose.— Flexible hose shall be nonrigid polyvinyl chloride (nonrigid PVC) hose conforming to the specifications of ASTM Designation: D 2287, Cell-type 6464500.
Wall thicknesses of nonrigid PVC hose shall conform to Table 212-2.5(A) when determined in
accordance with ASTM Designation: D 2122.
TABLE 212-2.5(A)
FLEXIBLE HOSE
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 149 of 192
Hose Size-Nominal Minimum Wall Thickness*Range
(Millimeters)(Inches)(Millimeters)(Inches)(Percent)
15 5/8 3.73 0.147 12
20 3/4 3.91 0.154 122514.55 0.179 12
*as measured at any point on the cross section.
The hose shall provide leak-free, non-separating connections suitable for the purpose intended
when connected to the fittings specified herein. Fittings for flexible hose shall be injection molded PVC, Schedule 40, conforming to the specifications of ASTM Designation: D 2466. Fittings shall
be solvent cemented type. Solvent cement for flexible hose and fittings shall be of commercial
quality specifically manufactured for use with nonrigid PVC hose. Primer for flexible hose fittings shall be the same as specified for plastic pipe supply line fittings.
212-3 ELECTRICAL MATERIALS
212-3.1 General. Add the following: All electrical materials shall conform to the requirements of
the 1996 National Electrical Code.
212-3.2.2 Conductors. Add the following: Low voltage electric wiring running from controller to
the automatic control valves shall be no smaller than No. 14 solid single conductor, copper wire, 0.015 mm (60 mil) insulation, 0.015 mm (60 mil) neoprene jacket, style UF (Direct Burial), or
equal, color code wires to each valve. Neutral wires shall be white, no smaller than No. 12 solid
single conductor wire, 0.015 mm (60 mil) insulation, 0.015 mm (60 mil) neoprene jacket, style UF (Direct Burial).
212-3.3 Controller Unit. Add the following: All controllers shall be grounded by one 19 mm (5/8”) diameter by 3 m (10’) long stainless steel grounding rod and a 50-ohm resistance lightning
arrestor.
Add the following section.
212-3.4 Irrigation Electrical Service Equipment and Enclosures. Electrical service equipment shall incorporate the following elements:
1. One 100-amp, 120/240-volt, single-phase load center, as approved by the Engineer;
2. One 100-amp rated commercial meter socket suitable for the San Diego Gas and Electric Company meter, with provision for test block bypass having a UL listing and EUSERC
approval;
3. One 15-amp circuit breaker for each irrigation controller energized by the service;4. One 20-amp circuit breaker for the duplex receptacle.
5. The design, assembly, grounding, wiring, and components of the irrigation electrical service
equipment and enclosure shall meet the requirements of the 1996 edition of the National Electrical Code.
6. Electrical service equipment shall be enclosed in a cabinet constructed entirely of 14-gage,
or heavier, 304 stainless steel. The cabinet shall be of welded construction with a brushed finish; anchoring points shall be inside the enclosure.
7. The cabinet shall be HYDROSAFE Model No. HS9, Strong Box, or approved equal.
8. The cabinet shall have a 304 stainless steel interior bulkhead separating the 120/240-volt electrical service section from the irrigation controller section.
9. No wood components shall be used in the enclosure.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 150 of 192
10. Each section of the cabinet shall have full front opening doors with piano hinges, integral keylock and hasp and staple, or other provision, for padlock.
11. The cabinet shall be provided with cross-flow ventilation. Ventilation openings shall be
located and designed to preclude rain, irrigation splash, vermin, and insects from entering the cabinet.
12. The controller side door shall have provision for mounting control schematics without the use
of adhesives or fasteners. The service side door shall have a clear acrylic plastic window to allow the electrical meter to be read.
13. The cabinet shall have a duplex 15-amp, 120-volt receptacle with ground fault interrupter
protection mounted on the interior service side.14. Concrete footings and pads supporting the Electrical service equipment shall be 560-C-3250
and shall be no less than 150 mm (6“) thick.
15. Anchor bolts to secure the service equipment to the concrete pad shall be 10 mm (38“)
diameter by 150 mm (6“) long hot dip galvanized or stainless steel headed bolts with washers,
without sleeves, conforming to section 304-1.7. Anchor bolts to secure the service equipment to the concrete pad shall be embedded in the concrete slab between 65 mm and 100 mm
(2½” and 4“).
SECTION 213 - ENGINEERING FABRICS
213-2 GEOTEXTILES.
213-2.1 General. Add the following: Geotextile types shall be used for the applications listed in
Table 213-2.1(A)
Table 213-2.1(A)
GEOTEXTILE APPLICATIONS
Application of Geotextile Type Designation
Separation of Soil and Street Structural Section 90WS
Separation of Soil and Subsurface Aggregate Drain 180N
Reinforcement of Street Structural Section 200WS
Remediation and Separation of Soil 270WS
Reinforcement of Soil 270WS
Drainage at the Interface of Soil Structures N/A
Drainage at the Interface of Soil and Structures N/A
Rock Slope Protection Fabric for Rock Sizes Below 225 kg (¼ Ton)180N
Rock Slope Protection Fabric for Rock Sizes Including and Above 225 kg (¼ Ton)250N
Plant Protection Covering 90N
Erosion Control Fence with 14 AWG - 150 mm x 150 mm (6”x6”) Wire and 3 m (10’)
Post Spacing
90WS
Erosion Control Fence with 1.8 m (6’) Post Spacing and No Wire Fencing 200WS
Add the following section:213-3 EROSION CONTROL SPECIALTIES.
Add the following section:213-3 Gravel bags. Gravel bags for the use of temporary erosion control shall be burlap type, filled with no less than 23kg (50 lbs) of 19 mm (3/4“) crushed rock and securely tied closed. Plastic
bags are not acceptable.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 151 of 192
SECTION 214 - PAVEMENT MARKERS
214-5 REFLECTIVE PAVEMENT MARKERSAdd the following section:
214-5.1 Temporary Reflective Pavement Markers. Temporary pavement markers shown on
the plans and required in the specifications shall be one of the types shown in Table 214-5.1(A), or equal thereto.
TABLE 214-5.1(A)TEMPORARY REFLECTIVE PAVEMENT MARKERS
Type Manufacturer of Distributor
TOM- Temporary Overlay Markers Davidson Traffic Control Products, 3110 70th Avenue East, Tacoma, WA 98424,
(877) 335-4638
Add the following section:14-5.2 Permanent Reflective Channelizer. Reflective Channelizer shall be new surface-
mounted type and shall be furnished, placed, and maintained at the locations shown on the plans. Reflective channelizer posts shall be orange in color. Reflective channelizers shall have affixed
white reflective sheeting as specified in the special provisions. The reflective sheeting shall be
75 mm x 300 mm in size. The reflective sheeting shall be visible at 300 m at night under illumination of legal high beam headlights, by persons with vision of or corrected to 20/20.
Reflective channelizer shall be one of the types shown in Table 214-5.2(A), or equal thereto.
TABLE 214-5.2(A)
REFLECTIVE CHANNELIZER
Type Manufacturer of Distributor
Safe-Hit SH336SMA Safe-Hit, A Division of Energy Absorption Systems, Inc.35 East Wacker Drive, Suite 1100
Chicago, IL 60602
(800) 537-8958
Carsonite "Super Duck"
SDR3036
Carsonite Composites, LLC
605 Bob Gifford BoulevardEarly Branch, SC 29916
(800) 648-7916
Repo "The Replaceable Post"Western Highway Products10680 Fern Avenue
Stanton, CA 90680(800) 854-3360
The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a Certificate of Compliance in accordance with the
provisions of Section 2-5.3.3 “Submittals”. Said certificate shall certify that the permanent reflective channelizers comply with the plans and specifications and conform to the prequalified
design and material requirements approved by the engineer and were manufactured in
accordance with the approved quality control program.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 152 of 192
SECTION 215 - FENCING
Add the following section:215-1 ENVIRONMENTAL FENCINGAdd the following section:
215-1.1 Materials. Environmental fence shall be minimum 4’ high, orange colored plastic
construction fencing installed prior to performing any work. Environmental fence shall be constructed of non-toxic, non-conductive polyethylene capable of withstanding temperatures from
–58F degrees to 194F degrees. Color shall be non-fading. Posts shall be 6’-6” long, shall be
spaced no more than 10’-0” apart and buried portion shall be no less than 2’-6” deep. Used materials may be installed providing the used materials are good, sound, and are suitable for the
purpose intended, as determined by the Engineer. Materials may be commercial quality providing the dimensions and sizes of the materials are equal to, or greater than, the dimensions and sizes specified herein. Posts shall be either metal or wood at the Contractor's option. Galvanizing and
painting of steel items will not be required. Treating wood with wood preservatives will not be required. Concrete footings for metal posts will not be required.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 153 of 192
SECTION 300 - EARTHWORK
300-1 CLEARING AND GRUBBING.
300-1.1 General. add the following to the third paragraph: During surface clearing operations, the Contractor shall not cover or bury any plant growth or other objectionable materials. If the
Contractor cannot successfully separate the plant growth from the surface soil and advertently or
inadvertently mixes organic or other objectionable materials with the soil, the soil so contaminated shall be removed from the site by the Contractor. All costs, if any, associated with removing the
soil mixed with organic or other objectionable materials and importing soil to replace said contaminated soil shall be borne by the Contractor and no additional payment therefore shall be made to the Contractor.
300-1.3 Removal and Disposal of Materials. add the following: Also included in clearing and grubbing shall be removal and disposal of existing street poles and lights, metal guard rail, fences,
asphalt concrete and aggregate base, concrete curb and gutter, concrete sidewalk, existing gate, existing headwalls, rip-rap, traffic signs, and other existing features which interfere with the work.
Whether or not such items are shown on the plans they shall be removed as a part of clearing
and grubbing. Existing underground pipes and conduits that are shown on the plans and designated to be removed shall be removed by the Contractor as a part of clearing and grubbing.
300-1.4 Payment. modify as follows: Payment for clearing and grubbing shall be made at the contract lump sum price for clearing and grubbing within the project limits and at stockpile
locations and no other payments will be made. Unless otherwise noted on plans, the Contractor
shall remove all existing abandoned pipelines and conduits of any type, or use, and pipelines and conduits of any type, or use, that are abandoned during the course of the work and shall replace
said pipelines and conduits with properly compacted soils. Payment for removal and disposal of
abandoned utilities shall be included in the lump-sum bid for Clearing and Grubbing, and no additional payment will be made.
300-2 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION.
300-2.1 General. add the following: Unclassified excavation shall include removal and stockpile
of suitable material, recompaction, mixing, grading for mitigation work, trenching and backfilling of storm drains, sewers, other utilities, disposal of unsuitable materials not included in the bid item
for clearing and grubbing, all cut and fill including removal and recompaction of unsuitable soil,
salvaging clean excavated material and filling areas to the required grades and cross section. Unclassified excavation shall be utilized onsite to make all fills shown on the plans. Unclassified
excavation shall also include scarification and moisture adjustment and compaction of the top 300 mm (1’) of the subgrade in the roadway prism in cut areas to 95 percent relative compaction, wetland mitigation grading and attendant work, export of remaining excess material to a disposal
site or spoil area acquired by the Contractor and pumping and disposal of storm and ground water.
300-2.2.1 General. add the following: Alluvial and colluvial removal and recompaction shall
consist of excavating, blending and recompacting loose soils in areas that are designated to receive fills. The existing loose soils shall be removed by the Contractor until a firm unyielding
surface is exposed or to a depth determined by the Engineer. If the excavated material contains
4%, or more, water than the optimum moisture content the Contractor shall blend the wet soil with
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 154 of 192
soils having a lower moisture content and/or spread the excavated material in a manner that enables the material to dry to optimum moisture content. The cost of spreading and/or drying shall
be included in the contract unit price for removal and recompaction. The excavated material shall
be placed and compacted in accordance with section 300-4 of the specifications except that section 300-4.9, Measurement and Payment, shall not apply.
300-2.2.1 General. add the following to the first paragraph: Such direction may include, but is not limited to, directing the Contractor to blend, adjust moisture content of, rework, and place
unsuitable soils at specific locations or elevations on the site.
Add the following section:
300-2.2.3 Compressible Soil. Compressible soils such as existing uncontrolled or unacceptable
fill, alluvium, and colluvium may exist within portions of the Project site. Where required by the Engineer, the Contractor shall remove such compressible soils from areas to receive fill or from
areas upon which surface improvements are to be placed. The removal and disposal of such compressible soils shall be paid for at the Contract Unit Price for unclassified excavation unless it is considered otherwise unsuitable by the Engineer in which case it may be paid for in
accordance with section 300-2.2.1.
300-2.2.4 Instability of Cuts. Add the following: The Contractor shall remove additional material
as directed by the Engineer to improve the stability of excavated cuts. The removal of such excavated material shall be paid for at the Contract Unit Price for unclassified excavation unless
it is considered otherwise unsuitable by the Engineer, in which case it will be paid for in
accordance with Subsection 300-2.2.1.
300-2.5 Slopes. add the following: The hinge points (the top and bottom) of slopes shall be
located within 75 mm (0.25’) of the locations shown on the plans.
300-2.5 Slopes. add the following: after the first sentence of the first paragraph: A slope shall be
defined as any area steeper than three horizontal to one vertical.
300-2.6 Surplus Material. add the following: The Contractor shall haul and dispose of all surplus
material from the project. The Contractor shall utilize highway legal haul trucks for this export of material from the project site and to a site secured by the Contractor. No earth moving equipment
or special construction equipment, as defined in section 565 of the California Vehicle Code, will be allowed for hauling material on public streets.
300-2.9 Payment. add the following: Payment for work performed under sections 300-2.2.1, 300-2.2.2, 300-2.2.3 and 300-2.2.4, when the Engineer determines that the soils are unsuitable,
shall be made for the actual labor, materials and equipment used to accomplish the work as per
section 3-3 EXTRA WORK of the specifications.
Add the following section:
300-2.10 Grading Tolerance. The Contractor shall finish excavated areas other than slopes and subgrade below structures, within the roadway and sidewalk areas within 30 mm (0.1’) of the
grades shown on the plans. Subgrade tolerances shall conform to the requirements of section
301-1.4 SSPWC.
300-3 STRUCTURE EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
300-3.1 General. add the following: The Contractor shall excavate to the lines and levels required and/or shown on the Drawings. The Contractor shall provide all shoring, bracing, cribbing,
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 155 of 192
pumping, and planking required. The Contractor shall excavate and maintain the bottom of all trenches in a condition that is level, firm, clean and free from all debris or foreign matter.
Excavations shall be kept free from water at all times. The Contractor shall remove any unsuitable
material encountered below grade as directed by the Engineer
300-3.6 Payment. add the following: Dewatering shall be paid for as an incidental to structure
excavation and backfill and no additional compensation will be made therefore. Except for unsuitable materials removed as part of the clearing and grubbing item unsuitable material
encountered below grade will be paid for at the lump sum price bid for structure excavation and
backfill
300-4 UNCLASSIFIED FILL
300-4.2 Preparation of Fill Areas. add the following: Except as provided in section 300-4.7, “Compaction”, areas proposed for improvements all fill (including backfill and scarified ground
surfaces) shall be compacted by the Contractor to no less than 90 percent of maximum dry density
as determined in accordance with ASTM Test Procedure D1557-91.
300-4.4 Benching. add the following: Benching shall conform to The City of Carlsbad
Supplemental Standard Drawing GS-14.
300-4.5 Placing Materials for Fills. add the following: The Contractor shall perform grading such
that the upper 900 mm (3’) of fill placed in the roadway pavement area is composed of properly compacted low expansive soils. The more highly expansive soils shall be placed in the deeper fill
areas and properly compacted or exported from the site. Low expansive soils are defined as those soils that have an Expansion Index of 50 or less when tested in accordance with 1994 UBC Standard 18-2 as published by the International Conference of Building Officials. Should
insufficient soils meeting the requirement of an expansion index of 50 or less be present within the limits of work, soils of the least expansion index that are available within the limits of work
shall be incorporated in the upper 900 mm (3’) of fill placed in the roadway.
The Contractor shall break rock encountered in the excavation into particles of less than 75 mm
(3”). Particles with dimensions greater than 75 mm (3”) shall be uniformly distributed over the area
to be filled so that construction equipment can be operated in such a manner that the larger pieces will be broken into smaller particles and become incorporated with the other materials in the layer.
This requirement for particle size reduction does not apply to cobbles, small boulders, and small
hard rocks found within the surface soils and formational materials. Rocks having any dimension greater than 460mm (18”) shall not be incorporated into the fill. Rock exceeding 150 mm (6”) in
diameter shall not be placed in the upper 900 mm (3’) of any fill. When there are large quantities
of rock to be placed in the fill, rocks shall not be nested, but shall be spread with sufficient room between them so that intervening voids can be adequately filled with fine material to form a dense,
compact mass. Oversize material which cannot be utilized for erosion mitigation or landscaping
onsite shall be broken to acceptable sizes or removed from the site by the Contractor. If disposed of within the City of Carlsbad, a separate grading permit will be required for disposal of rock.
300-4.6 Application of Water. add the following: The Contractor shall place all fill soil at a moisture content no less than one (1) percent below optimum moisture as determined by ASTM
test D-1557-91.
300-4.7 Compaction. add the following: The Contractor shall compact all fill soils placed within
the top 1 m (3’) of roadway subgrade to a minimum of 95 percent relative compaction. On all areas to receive planting, the top 150 mm (6”) shall be compacted to 85%, +2% -5%, to allow for
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 156 of 192
plant growth.
300-4.8 Slopes. add the following: Feathering of fill over the tops of slopes will not be permitted.
The Contractor shall compact the faces of fill slopes with a sheep’s foot roller at vertical intervals no greater than 600 mm (2’) or shall be built and cut back to finish grade. In addition, if not over
built and cut back, the face of the slope shall be track walked upon completion.
300-4.9 Measurement and Payment. delete and substitute the following: Unclassified fill,
grading, shaping, compacting or consolidating, slope rounding, construction of transitions and all
work included in and incidental to Section 300-4, “Unclassified Fill” will be paid for as a part of unclassified excavation, and no additional payment will be made therefore.
300-5 BORROW EXCAVATION.
Add the following section:
300-5.2.1 Imported Borrow Properties. The Contractor shall provide imported borrow that is clean well graded soil consisting of material conforming to all of the requirements in Table
300-5.2.1(A) and the following requirements. Rock included in the top 1 m (3’) of imported
borrow shall be particles of less than 75 mm (3”). Rock included below the top 1 m (3’) of imported borrow shall be particles of less than 150 mm (6”).
TABLE 300-5.2.1(A)IMPORTED BORROW PROPERTIES
Tests Test Method No.Requirements
R-Value Calif. 301 40 Min.
Expansion Index UBC Standard 18-2 10 Max.
Plasticity Index ASTM D 424 4 Max.
Sieve Analysis ASTM D 422 Percent Passing 75 (No. 200) 15 Max.
300-9 GEOTEXTILES FOR EROSION CONTROL. Modify as follows: 300-9 GEOTEXTILES FOR EROSION CONTROL AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL.
Add the following section:300-9.2 General. The Contractor shall provide erosion control and water pollution control
conforming to the requirements shown on the plans, as specified herein, and as elsewhere
required by the Contract Documents. Erosion control and water pollution control shall include the work specified herein, and such additional measures, as may be directed by the Engineer, to meet
Best Management Practices, as defined herein, and to properly control erosion and storm water
damage of the limits of work and construction impacts upon areas receiving drainage flows from within the limits of work.
Add the following section:300-9.2.1 Grading Controls. The Contractor shall protect all areas that have been graded and/or
cleared and grubbed as well as areas that have not been graded and/or cleared and grubbed within the limits of work from erosion. The Contractor shall provide temporary earth berms, gravel bags, silt fences, stabilized construction entrances and similar measures, coordinated with its
construction procedures, as necessary and as shown on the plans to control on site and off site erosion during the construction period. The Contractor will be required to protect areas which
have been cleared and grubbed prior to excavation or embankment operations, and which are
subject to runoff during the duration of the contract. The criteria used to determine the appropriate
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 157 of 192
erosion control measures shall be the “Best Management Practices”, hereinafter BMP, defined and described in the, "Stormwater Best Management Practices Handbook, Construction",
January 2015 edition as published by the California Stormwater Quality Association. The
Contractor shall maintain a copy of the "Stormwater Best Management Practices Handbook, Construction", January 2015 edition on the project site and shall conduct its operations in
conformity to said Handbook.
Temporary erosion control measures provided by the Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
a) Embankment areas, while being brought up to grade and during periods of completion prior to
final roadbed construction, shall be graded so as to direct runoff into impoundment areas within the limits of work where such runoff shall have pollutants removed by BMP methods .
b) The Contractor shall provide protection by BMP measures to eliminate erosion and the siltation of downstream facilities and adjacent areas. These measures shall include, but shall not be limited to: temporary down drains, either in the form of pipes or paved ditches with protected
outfall berms; graded berms around areas to eliminate erosion of embankment slopes by surface runoff; confined ponding areas to desilt runoff; and to desilt runoff.
c) Excavation areas, while being brought to grade, shall be protected from erosion and the resulting siltation of downstream facilities and adjacent areas by the use of BMP measures.
These measures shall include, but shall not be limited to, methods shown on the plans and
described herein.
Add the following section:300-9.2.2 Payment. Full compensation for performing erosion control and water pollution control, conforming to the operational requirements herein, of the BMP and conforming to the
requirements of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, including the latest amendments thereto,
which is not a part of the planned permanent work or included as a separate bid item shall be considered as included in the contract price bid for unclassified excavation, and no additional
compensation will be allowed therefore.
Add the following section:300-9.3 Temporary Marsh Protection. The Contractor shall protect all marshlands where shown on the plans, within the limits of work and/or in all construction easements by laying geotextile
and adding a layer of soil over the cloth. The soil shall come from the adjacent areas to be disturbed. The willow scrub in the construction easement shall be cut down to just above soil
height. The cut materials shall be mulched placed according to the revegetation plan. Geotextile
shall then be placed over the wetland. The Contractor shall flag, prior to construction and placement of geotextile, the outer limits of the construction easement with fluorescent tape to
avoid additional wetland impacts. The Contractor shall take care to keep the soil within the
construction easement and shall remediate all damages caused by soil that is deposited outside said limits or easement, remove all soil so deposited and clean all facilities or vegetation that has
such soil deposited on or in them.
Add the following section:
300-9.3.1 Payment. Temporary marsh protection will be paid for at the contract price bid per
lump sum and shall include full compensation for furnishing and installing planting, irrigation, and erosion control measures.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 158 of 192
300-11 STONEWORK FOR EROSION CONTROL.
300-11.4 Payment. delete and replace as follows: Rock protection will be paid for at the lump
sum contract Price Bid for rock protection, complete and in place, in accordance with the details and requirements of the plans and specifications.
300-12 ROCK SLOPE PROTECTION FABRIC.
Add the following section:
300-12.1 Preparation of Subgrade. Prior to placing rock slope protection fabric the Contractor
shall clear the surfaces upon or against which rock slope protection fabric is to be placed of loose or extraneous material and sharp objects that may damage the fabric during installation.
Equipment or vehicles shall not be operated or driven directly on the rock slope protection fabric. Rock slope protection fabric damaged during placement shall be replaced or repaired by the Contractor at its expense as directed by the Engineer.
Add the following section:300-12.2 Placement. The Contractor shall place rock slope protection fabric prior to placing rock
slope protection. The Contractor shall grade surfaces to be covered by rock slope protection so as to provide full support for the fabric. Rock slope protection fabric shall conform to the provisions
in Section 213-2, ”Geotextiles,“ and shall be placed by the Contractor in accordance with the
details shown on the plans and as specified herein. The Contractor shall handle rock slope protection fabric with care that it is not torn or stretched and place it in accordance with the
manufacturer’s recommendations, these specifications and as directed by the Engineer. The
Contractor shall place and fit rock slope protection fabric loosely upon or against the surface to receive the fabric so that the fabric conforms to the surface without damage when the cover
material is placed. Rock slope protection fabrics shall be joined, at the option of the Contractor,
either with overlapped joints or stitched seams. When fabric is joined with overlapped joints, all adjacent borders of the fabric shall be overlapped not less than 610 mm (24”). The fabric shall be
placed such that the fabric being placed shall overlap the adjacent section of fabric in the direction
the cover material is being placed. When the fabric is joined by stitched seams, the fabric shall be stitched with yarn of a contrasting color. The size and composition of the yarn shall be
as recommended by the fabric manufacturer. The number of stitches per 25 mm (1”) of seam shall be 6 ± 1. The strength of stitched seams shall be the same as specified for the fabric, except when stitched seams are oriented up and down a slope the strength shall be a minimum of 80
percent of that specified for the fabric. Fabric damaged beyond repair, as determined by the Engineer, shall be replaced by the Contractor and no additional payment will be made therefore.
Repairing damaged fabric shall consist of placing new fabric over the damaged area. The
minimum fabric overlap from the edge of the damaged area shall be 1 m (3’) for overlap joints. If the new fabric joints at the damaged areas are joined by stitching, the stitched joints shall conform
to the requirements specified herein. Damaged fabric that is suitable for repair, as determined by
the Engineer, shall be repaired by the Contractor and no additional payment will be made therefore.
Add the following section:300.12.3 Measurement and PaymentPayment for rock slope protection fabric will be included in
the unit and/or lump sum prices for items which have said fabric in their design and no additional
payment will be made therefore 300-13 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN
Add the following section:
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 159 of 192
300-13.1 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan. As part of the storm water pollution prevention work, the Contractor shall prepare and submit Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan,
hereafter referred to as the "SWPPP,". The SWPPP shall conform to the requirements of the
“Greenbook” Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, the requirements in the California Storm Water Quality Association, Stormwater Best Management Practice Handbook,
Construction (“Handbook”), the requirements of the Permit, the requirements in the plans and
these supplemental provisions.
300-13.1.1 SWPPP Document
Within 15 calendar days after the execution of the contract, the Contractor shall submit 3 copies of the SWPPP to the Engineer, in accordance with Section 2-5.3.3 of these Special Provisions.
Contractor will be provided the digital format for SWPPP to complete required sections.
If revisions are required, as determined by the Engineer, the Contractor shall revise and resubmit the SWPPP within 15 days of receipt of the Engineer’s comments and shall allow 5 days for the
Engineer to review the revisions. Upon the Engineer’s acceptance of the SWPPP, 3 additional copies of the SWPPP, incorporating the required changes, shall be submitted to the Engineer. In order to allow construction activities to proceed, the Engineer may conditionally approve the
SWPPP while minor revisions are being completed.
The objectives of the SWPPP shall be to identify pollution sources that may adversely affect the
quality of storm water discharges associated with the project and to identify, construct, implement and maintain storm water pollution prevention measures, hereafter referred to as control
measures, to reduce to the extent feasible pollutants in storm water discharges from the
construction site both during and after construction is completed under this contract.
The SWPPP shall incorporate control measures in the following categories:
1. Soil stabilization practices;2. Sediment control practices;
3. Wind erosion control practices; and
4. Non-storm water management and waste management and disposal control practices.
Specific objectives and minimum requirements for each category of control measures are
contained in the Handbook.
The Contractor shall designate a Water Pollution Control Manager who will have the responsibilities outlined in the SWPPP.
The SWPPP shall include, but not be limited to, the following items as described in the SWPPP:
1. Source Identification;2. Erosion and Sediment Controls;
3. Non-Storm Water Management;4. Waste Management and Disposal;5. Maintenance, Inspection and Repair;
6. Training;7. List of Contractors and Subcontractors;
8. Post-Construction Storm Water Management;
9. Preparer;10. Copy of the local permit;
11. BMP Consideration Checklist;
12. SWPPP Checklist;
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 160 of 192
13. Schedule of Values; and14. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Drawings.
The Contractor shall amend the SWPPP, graphically and in narrative form, whenever there is a change in construction activities or operations which may affect the discharge of significant
quantities of pollutants to surface waters, ground waters, municipal storm drain systems, or when
deemed necessary by the Engineer. The SWPPP shall also be amended if it is in violation of any condition of the Permit, or has not effectively achieved the objective of reducing pollutants in storm
water discharges. Amendments shall show additional control measures or revised operations,
including those in areas not shown in the initially accepted SWPPP, which are required on the project to control water pollution effectively. Amendments to the SWPPP shall be submitted for
review and acceptance by the Engineer in the same manner specified for the initially accepted
SWPPP. Accepted amendments shall be dated and logged in the SWPPP. Upon acceptance of the amendment, the Contractor shall implement the additional control measures or revised
operations.
The Contractor shall keep a copy of the accepted SWPPP and accepted amendments at the
project site. The SWPPP shall be made available upon request of a representative of the Regional Water Quality Control Board, State Water Resources Control Board, U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency or local storm water management agency. Requests by the public shall be
directed to the Engineer.
By June 15 of each year, the Contractor shall submit an annual certification to the Engineer stating
compliance with the requirements governing the Permit. If the project is in non-compliance at any time, the Contractor shall make a written report to the Engineer within 15 days of identification of
non-compliance.
Add the following section:
300-13-1.2 Availability of SWPPP template. A site-specific draft document intended for use as
a template for the required SWPPP document will be made available for use at the Contractor's option, at no cost to the Contractor. The document is available for review in Appendix B. The
Contractor shall review the template and modify it as necessary to reflect the Contractor’s
operations.
Add the following section:300-13.1.3 Payment. Preparation, implementation and management of SWPPP shall be considered incidental to the items of work and no additional payment will be made therefore.
Add the following section:
300-13.1.4 SWPPP Implementation. Upon acceptance of the SWPPP, the Contractor shall be
responsible throughout the duration of the project for installing, constructing, inspecting and maintaining the control measures included in the SWPPP and any amendments thereto and for
removing and disposing of temporary control measures. Unless otherwise directed by the
Engineer or specified in these supplemental provisions, the Contractor's responsibility for SWPPP implementation shall continue throughout any temporary suspension of work ordered in
accordance with Section 6-3, "Suspension of Work". Requirements for installation, construction,
inspection, maintenance, removal and disposal of control measures are specified in the “Handbook” and these supplemental provisions.
Soil stabilization practices and sediment control measures, including minimum requirements, shall be provided throughout the winter season, defined as between October 1 and April 30.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 161 of 192
Implementation of soil stabilization practices and sediment control measures for soil-disturbed
areas of the project site shall be completed, except as provided for below, no later than 20 days
prior to the beginning of the winter season or upon start of applicable construction activities for projects which begin either during or within 20 days of the winter season.
The Contractor shall implement, year-round and throughout the duration of the project, control measures included in the SWPPP for sediment tracking, wind erosion, non-storm water
management and waste management and disposal.
The Engineer may order the suspension of construction operations, at the Contractor’s cost,
which create water pollution if the Contractor fails to conform to the requirements of this section
as determined by the Engineer.
Add the following section:300-13.1.5 Maintenance. To ensure the proper implementation and functioning of control measures, the Contractor shall regularly inspect and maintain the construction site for the control
measures identified in the SWPPP. The Contractor shall identify corrective actions and time frames to address any damaged measures or reinitiate any measures that have been
discontinued.
The construction site inspection checklist provided in the “Handbook” shall be used to ensure that
the necessary measures are being properly implemented, and to ensure that the control
measures are functioning adequately. The Contractor shall submit one copy of each site inspection record to the Engineer, within two days of the inspection.
During the winter season, inspections of the construction site shall be conducted by the Contractor to identify deficient measures, as follows:
1. When the five-day rain probability forecast exceeds forty percent (40%).2. After any precipitation which causes runoff capable of carrying sediment from the construction
site;
3. At 24 hour intervals during extended precipitation events; and4. Routinely, at a minimum of once every week.
If the Contractor or the Engineer identifies a deficiency in the deployment or functioning of an identified control measure, the deficiency shall be corrected by the Contractor immediately, or by
a later date and time if requested by the Contractor and accepted by the Engineer in writing, but not later than the onset of subsequent precipitation events. The correction of deficiencies shall be
at no additional cost to the City.
SECTION 301 - TREATED SOIL, SUBGRADE PREPARATION AND
PLACEMENT OF BASE MATERIALS
301-1 SUBGRADE PREPARATION.
301-1.2 Preparation of Subgrade. Modify the second and third paragraphs as follows: Change each instance reading “150mm (6 inches)” to “300 mm (12”)”.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 162 of 192
301-1.3 Relative Compaction. Delete the first paragraph and substitute the following: The Contractor shall compact the upper 300 mm (12”) of subgrade beneath areas to be paved, have
base or subbase material placed on them, or curb, gutter, curb and gutter, alley pavement,
driveway or sidewalk constructed over them to no less than 95 percent maximum dry density as determined by ASTM test D-1557-91.
301-1.7 Payment. Modify the first paragraph as follows: Payment for subgrade preparation shall be included in the contract bid price for which the subgrade is prepared and shall include all labor,
materials; including water, operations and equipment to scarify, adjust moisture, compact or
recompact the subgrade, both in cut areas and in fill areas, and no further compensation will be allowed.
SECTION 302 - ROADWAY SURFACING
Add the following: The Contractor shall be responsible for tree trimming along the curb line as noted in Section 300-1 Clearing and Grubbing – so as to provide a clear travel way during the
construction of the roadway resurfacing.
The Contractor shall treat all vegetation within the limits of the paved area to be surfaced with a
post emergent herbicide. Herbicide shall be applied at least 2 (two) working days prior to surfacing
the street. Allowance for the two day period shall be shown in the schedule required per section 6-1.
Payment for pavement surfacing shall include tree trimming and post emergent herbicide treatment of the areas to be surfaced and no extra payment will be made therefore.
Public Convenience and Traffic Control. The Contractor shall schedule the work so as to
prevent damage by all traffic. The Contractor shall not schedule work so as to conflict with trash
pickup. The trash hauling schedule can be obtained by calling Coast Waste Management at (760) 929-9400. At least two weeks prior to work, Contractor shall send, by first class mail, notification
letters to all property addresses within 500’ of the work. Obtaining the appropriate addresses shall
be the contractor’s responsibility. Letters shall be as shown in bold type as follows, with the appropriate information specific to the work inserted at the locations indicated in the brackets and
italicized.
(Name of Contractor)
(Address of Contractor)
(Contractor’s License Number)
(Date)
As a part of the City of Carlsbad’s ongoing program to maintain its streets,
your street will be (insert type of resurfacing), beginning in two or three weeks.
This process requires that your street be closed for (X hours) starting at 7:00 a.m. and continuing until the Contractor removes the traffic control devices.
You will be notified 72 hours in advance of the day your street will be closed by a brightly colored 3 ½” x 8 ½” card attached to your doorknob. You will also notice temporary no parking signs on your street with a specific no parking
date written on it.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 163 of 192
A successful street maintenance program depends on your cooperation. Please do not drive, walk, play, skate or allow pets on the street until it is
opened by the Contractor. Furthermore, please do not wash your car or turn
on any sprinklers while you are waiting. If you don’t plan to leave your home before 7:00 a.m. on the day your street will be surfaced, and you need to use
your vehicle later in the day, please park your car on an adjacent street in your neighborhood that is not signed as a no parking zone. When walking to and from your car, remember not to walk on the newly surfaced street or you may
have black residue on the bottom of your shoes. The residue may damage some surfaces, may mark surfaces that you track it on, and may be very difficult to remove.
(Name of Contractor) is the Contractor that will be performing the resurfacing
work for the City and you may call them at (24 hour per day attended telephone
number in the 760 area code) for any questions you may have about the project. On the day your street is surfaced mail delivery may be delayed until
the next day. You will not know the exact date your street will be closed until
you receive the 3 ½” x 8 ½” card. If you have a moving company scheduled to come to your house within the next two weeks, please call and inform the
Contractor of the date. If you have any concerns which are not addressed by the Contractor, please call the City’s Engineering Inspection Department at 602-2780. They will assist you in resolving the concerns.
The City of Carlsbad has some of the finest streets in the county due to the
concern and cooperation of citizens like you. Your cooperation is greatly
appreciated.”
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 164 of 192
During operations, the Contractor’s schedule for resurfacing shall be designed to provide residents and business owners sufficient paved parking within an 800 foot distance from their
homes or businesses.
Seventy two hours prior to the start of any construction in the public right-of-way that affects
vehicular traffic and/or parking or pedestrian routes, the Contractor shall give written notification
of the impending disruption. For a full street closure, all residences and/or businesses on the affected street or alley shall be notified. For partial street closures, or curb, sidewalk and driveway
repairs, the residences and/or businesses directly affected by the work shall be notified.
The Contractor shall deliver the notification which shall state the date and time the work will begin
and its anticipated duration. The notification shall list two telephone numbers that may be called
to obtain additional information. One number shall be the Contractor’s permanent office or field office and the other number shall be a 24 hour number answered by a representative of the
Contractor who is knowledgeable about the project. At least one of the phone numbers shall be in the (760) area code. An answering machine shall not be connected to either number. The notification shall also give a brief description of the work and simple instructions to the home or
business owner on what they need to do to facilitate the construction. The Contractor shall submit the contents of the notification to the Engineer for approval. Notices shall not be distributed until
approved by the Engineer.
For door hangers, the notification shall be pre-cut in a manner that enables it to be affixed to a
doorknob without adhesives. It shall be a minimum size of 3-1/2 inches by 8-1/2 inches and shall
be brightly colored with contrasting printing. The material shall be equivalent in strength and durability to 65 lb. card stock. The printing on the notice shall be no smaller than 12 point. The
precut notices shall be as shown on the example provided in Appendix “A”, with the day of the
week circled and appropriate information specific to the work inserted at the locations indicated in the italicized font.
The preparation, materials, printing and distribution of the notifications shall be included in the contract price bid for Traffic Control and the Contractor will not be entitled to any additional
compensation for printing and distributing these notices.
302-5 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT.
Add the following:302-5.2 Pavement Transitions. The Contractor shall ramp the approaches and termini to all structures and vertical joints in the cold-milled area which are transverse to through traffic with temporary asphalt concrete pavement as specified in section 306-1.5.1. Ramps shall be constructed the same day as cold milling and removed the same day as permanent paving. Ramp dimensions and compaction shall be as approved by the Engineer.
302-5.5 Distribution and Spreading. modify as follows: After second sentence of sixth paragraph, add: The Contractor shall provide the spreading and finishing machine used to construct the asphalt concrete surface course with an automatic screed control for surface course paving. The automatic screed control shall be 9 m (30’) minimum length. The paving machine shall be operated by an operator and two full-time screed men during all paving. The Contractor shall provide an on-site backup paving during all paving operations.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 165 of 192
Delete the second sentence of paragraph 7 and the subsequent subsections A. thru E. which reference windrow operations. Add the following sentence in place of the deleted sentence and subsequent subsections: The use of windrow operations shall not be allowed.
302-5.6.1 General. modify as follows: Second paragraph, Part (2), add: Pinched joint rolling procedures shall be required, and vibratory rollers shall be limited to breakdown, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.modify as follows: After last paragraph, add: Unless directed otherwise by the Engineer, the initial breakdown rolling shall be followed by a pneumatic-tired roller as described in this section.
302-5.8 Manholes (and other structures). delete the first paragraph and replace with the following:When placing the overlay the Contractor shall pave over appurtenances in the roadway which includes sanitary and storm access covers, water valve boxes, air vents, sewer dead end boxes and survey monument boxes. Each appurtenance shall be treated or covered to prevent adhesion of the overlay. Each appurtenance shall be located immediately after the overlay is placed and shall be thoroughly cleaned of any and all construction debris which may have entered due to the Contractor’s operation. The contractor shall adjust all CMWD water valve boxes per CMWD Standard Drawing No. W11 or CMWD Standard Drawing No. W13. All City of Carlsbad sanitary sewer access covers shall be adjusted per CMWD Drawing No. S1. All storm sewer access covers shall be adjusted per SDRSD D-10. Riser rings or extensions shall not be used for the adjustment of these appurtenances.
Raising and adjusting to grade all appurtenances in the roadway shall be paid for at the contract unit price per each as shown in the Bid. Such price shall constitute full compensation for all labor,
materials, and equipment necessary for completing the work as described in these specifications
and plans.
302-5.9 Measurement and Payment. add the following: Payment for asphalt concrete shall be
at the unit price bid per ton. No additional payment shall be made for any tack coat or sand blotter.
Add the following section:302-11 ASPHALT PAVEMENT REPAIRS AND REMEDIATIONAdd the following section.
302-11.1 General. Asphalt pavement Repairs and Remediation shall consist of the repair and
restoration of existing asphalt pavement. Repair of asphalt pavement shall consist of the saw cutting, removal and disposal of existing asphalt pavement in conformance with section 300-1.3,
compaction of existing subgrade in conformance with section 301-1, grading and compaction of
base material in conformance with section 301-2, application of grade SS-1h emulsified asphalt and the placement of asphalt concrete base and wearing courses as specified herein
Add the following section.302-11.2 Full Depth Asphalt Concrete Patch. Full depth asphalt concrete patch shall consist
of removing asphalt concrete and/or aggregate base/subgrade to 300 mm (1’) below existing
asphalt surface and placing replacing the material so removed with asphalt concrete. The area shown on the plans or set forth in the bid item are for estimating purposes only, final quantity will
be as measured in the field. The Engineer will designate and mark the final limits of the asphalt
patch area by outlining the area to be patched. The Contractor shall cut such areas to straight lines in square or rectangular areas as marked. The area so cut shall have two of the sides at
right angles to the direction of traffic. The excavated faces of the base/subgrade shall be straight and vertical. The Contractor shall compact the upper 300mm (1’) of subgrade to 95% relative compaction. A tack coat of SS-1h emulsified asphalt shall be applied uniformly to all asphalt to
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 166 of 192
asphalt contact surfaces at a rate of 0.25 L/m2 to 0.45 L/m2 (0.05 to 0.10gallons per square yard) in accordance with subsection 302-5.4, SSPWC. The Contractor shall fill and compact areas
designated to be removed with 300 mm (1.0’) full depth asphalt concrete. Asphalt concrete for full
depth asphalt concrete patch shall be B-AR-4000. The asphalt concrete so constructed shall have a finish surface and density conforming to subsection 302-5.6.2 SSPWC.
Add the following section.302-11.3 Crack Sealing The Contractor shall wash, blow out and thoroughly dry all cracks
designated to be sealed before installing hot poured rubber-asphalt joint sealant material. The
sealant shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D1190. The Contractor shall dispose debris from crack cleaning outside the public way in accordance with Section 7-8.1, “Cleanup and Dust
Control.” The hot-melt rubberized asphalt shall be melted in a jacketed, double boiler type melting
unit. Temperature of the heat transfer medium shall not exceed 245°C (475°F). Application of the hot-melt sealant shall be made with a pressure feed applicator or pour pot. Sealant shall be
applied when the pavement surface temperature is greater than 4°C (40°F). Containers of hot-melt sealant shall be delivered to the job-site in unopened containers that are clearly marked with data showing the manufacturer’s name, the product designation and the manufacturer’s batch
number and lot numbers. The level of the sealant shall be flush with the surface of the existing pavement. All excess sealant shall be removed from the crack with a minimum overlap onto
adjacent pavement.
Add the following section:
302-11.4. Measurement and Payment. Quantities of full depth asphalt concrete patch and crack
sealing set forth in the bid item are for estimating purposes only, final quantity will be as designated and measured in the field. The Engineer will designate and mark the limits of the Full
depth asphalt concrete patch and crack sealant application areas. Payment for resurfacing shall
include post emergent herbicide treatment. Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of constructing full depth asphalt concrete patch shall include but not be limited to: furnishing all
labor, tools, equipment, and materials necessary for doing the work including, saw cutting and
removing and disposing 300 mm (1’) thick section of existing asphalt concrete, aggregate base/subbase and basement soil as designated by the engineer, placement of asphalt concrete,
compaction of subbase and asphalt concrete, placement of SS-1h asphalt emulsion and all other
work incidental to full depth asphalt concrete patch shall be considered as included in the contract unit price bid for full depth asphalt concrete patch and no additional compensation will be allowed
therefore. Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of crack sealing shall include but not be limited to, furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary to do the work. Crack cleaning, roadway clean up, application of sealant, removal of excess sealant
and all other work incidental to crack sealing shall be considered as included in the contract unit price bid and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore.
SECTION 303 CONCRETE AND MASONRY CONSTRUCTION
303-1 CONCRETE STRUCTURES
303-1.6.2 Falsework Design. add the following: The Contractor shall provide all temporary
bracing necessary to withstand all imposed loads during erection, construction, and removal of
any falsework. The Contractor shall provide falsework drawings and calculations prepared by a registered professional engineer, civil or structural, that show provisions for resolution of all loads
that may be imposed upon the falsework. Such plans and calculations shall include:
1. Resolution of all live, dead, wind, construction and impact loads that may be imposed on the
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 167 of 192
falsework. 2. Temporary bracing or methods to be used during each phase of erection and removal of the
falsework.
3. Concrete placement sequence.4. Erection and removal sequence.
5. Deflection values for the falsework that include recommended methods to compensate for
falsework deflections, vertical alignment, and anticipated falsework deflection.
Add the following section:303-1.9.5 Surface Finish for Concrete Spillway. The Contractor shall provide a surface finish
for concrete spillway to prevent the use of rollerblades, skateboards, and other rolling devices.
Surface finish shall be a rough rake finish approved by the Engineer.
303-2 AIR-PLACED CONCRETE.
303-2.1.1 General. add the following: Modify Regional Standard Drawing D-75 as follows: replace
stucco netting with 150mm x 150mm (6” x 6”) by No. 10 by No. 10 welded wire mesh.
Add the following section:
303-5 CONCRETE CURBS, WALKS, GUTTERS, CROSS GUTTERS, ALLEY INTERSECTIONS, ACCESS RAMPS, AND DRIVEWAYS.
303-5.5.2 Curb. add the following: The Contractor shall stamp the curb face with 75 mm (3”) high
block letters directly above the point that it is crossed by underground facilities with the marking specified in Table 303-5.5.2(A)
TABLE 303-5.5.2(A)Curb Face Markings
Type of underground facilities Marking
Water Service Lateral W
Sewer Service Lateral SIrrigation Water Lateral or Sleeve RW
303-5.9 Measurement and Payment. add the following: Curb and gutter, and curb, shall be
considered as continuing across driveways and access ramps when constructed adjacent thereto. Neither curb and gutter nor curb will be paid for across the length of local depressions, except
that which occurs in gutter transitions at each side of an inlet.
303-6 STAMPED CONCRETE.
303-6.1 General. Add the following: Concrete shall be 560-C-3250 with 6”x6” – 10 guage wire mesh throughout.
Add the following:303-6.5 XXXX Medians- Use color application method “B” (integral color). Color shall be per
Section 201-1.2.4(a). The pattern shall be xxx pattern or approved equal. The pattern shall match
the existing median condition adjacent to the prposed construction along xxxx Street.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 168 of 192
Add the following:303-6.6 Measurement and Payment. Payment for colored, stamped concrete paving shall be
paid under the contract unit price bid per square foot for median concrete paving. Said payment
shall include compensation for all excavation, grading, backfill, permeable material, forming, mesh, reinforcing steel, concrete, integral color, texture sealers, and other material necessary to
construct the specific paving.
SECTION 306 - UNDERGROUND CONDUIT CONSTRUCTION
306-1 OPEN TRENCH OPERATIONS
Add the following section:
306-1.1.7 Steel Plate Bridging - With a Non-Skid Surface. This section covers the use of steel plate bridging. The Contractor shall not employ the use or use steel plate bridging or trench plate that does not meet the requirements of this section both in application and circumstance of use.
Add the following section:306-1.1.7.1 Requirements for Use. Alternate construction methods that avoid the use of steel
plate bridging shall be used by the Contractor unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. It is recognized that to accommodate excavation work, steel plate bridging may be necessary. All
conditions for use of steel plate bridging set forth in the following requirements must be fulfilled
as conditions of approval of the use of steel plate bridging. Consideration of steel plate bridging in the review process will take into account the following factors:
1. Traffic volume and composition.
2. Duration of use of the steel plate bridging. 3. Size of the proposed excavation.
4. Weather conditions.
The following formula shall be used to score the permitted use of steel plate bridging:
PS = [ ADT + EWL + DAYS + 10 X WEEKEND + 5 X NIGHTS + 20 X WEATHER + SPEED (kmh) + SLOPE X 100] X LANES 1000 8
PS = [ ADT + EWL + DAYS + 10 X WEEKEND + 5 X NIGHTS + 20 X WEATHER + SPEED (mph) + SLOPE X 100] X LANES
1000 5
where:
PS = plate score.ADT = average daily traffic as defined in the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) 2003 Edition as amended
by the MUTCD 2003 California Supplement.
EWL = equivalent wheel loads as defined in the Federal Highway Administration
(FHWA) Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) 2003 Edition as
amended by the MUTCD 2003 California Supplement.
DAYS = total number of 24 hour periods during which the plates will be utilized at the
site being considered.
WEEKEND = total number of Saturdays, Sundays and holidays that the plates will be utilized at the site being considered.
NIGHTS = total number of overnight periods that the plates will be in place, exclusive of
Saturday, Sunday and holiday nights.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 169 of 192
WEATHER = total number of 24-hour periods that the plates will be utilized at the site being considered when the possibility of rain exceeds 40 percent.
SPEED = the design speed in kilometers per hour or miles per hour, as applicable in the
formulae above, of the street where the plates are to be installed. This number shall not be reduced for construction zone speed reductions.
SLOPE = the quotient of the vertical differential divided by the horizontal distance. The
vertical and horizontal dimensions shall be measured at the locations spanning a distance of 15 m (50’) up and downstream of the position of the proposed
steel plate bridging.
LANES = the number of lanes where plates will be used.
When the computed value of the plate score exceeds 50, steel plate bridging shall not be used
unless, and at the sole discretion of the Engineer, the Engineer determines that no alternative method of construction is possible in lieu of using steel plate bridging or that other overriding
considerations make the use of steel plate bridging acceptable. Alternatives considered to bridging shall include, but not be limited to, detouring traffic, construction detour routes, tunneling, boring and other methods of trenchless construction. Unless specifically noted in the provisions
of the Engineer's approval, the use of steel plate bridging at each location so approved shall not exceed four (4) consecutive working days in any given week.
Add the following section:306-1.1.7.2 Additional Requirements. In all cases when the depth of the trench exceeds the
width of the steel plate bridging resting on each side of the pavement adjacent to the trench,
safety regulations require or the Engineer determines that shoring is necessary to protect the health or safety of workers or the public the Contractor shall install shoring conforming to Section
7-10.4.1 of the Standard Specifications. The trench shoring shall be designed and installed to
support the steel plate bridging and traffic loads. All approvals for design, substitution of materials or methods shall be submitted by the Contractor in accordance with all provisions of section 2-
5.3 Shop Drawings and Submittals. The Contractor shall backfill and resurface excavations in
accordance with section 306-1.5.
Add the following section:306-1.1.7.3 Installation. When backfilling operations of an excavation in the traveled way, whether transverse or longitudinal cannot be properly completed within a work day, steel plate
bridging with a non-skid surface and shoring may be required to preserve unobstructed traffic flow. In such cases, the following conditions shall apply:
a) Steel plate bridging when the plate score exceeds 50 is not allowed except when, at
the sole discretion of the Engineer, it is approved as specified hereinbefore.
b) Steel plates used for bridging must extend a minimum of 610 mm (2’) beyond the edges
of the trench.
c) Steel plate bridging shall be installed to operate with minimum noise.
When the use of steel plate bridging and shoring is approved by the Engineer, the Contractor
shall install using either Method (1) or (2) depending on the design speed of the portion of street
where the steel plate bridging is proposed for use.
Method 1 [For speeds more than 70 Km/hr (45 MPH)]: The pavement shall be cold planed to a
depth equal to the thickness of the plate and to a width and length equal to the dimensions of the
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 170 of 192
plate. The cold milling shall produce a flat surface that the plate shall rest on with no horizontal or vertical movement. Horizontal gaps between the unmilled pavement and the plate shall not
exceed 25 mm (1”) and shall be filled with elastomeric sealant material which may, at the
contractor’s option, be mixed with no more that 50%, by volume, of Type I aggregate conforming to the requirements of tables 203-5.2(B) and 203-5.3(A) .
Method 2 [For speeds 70 Km/hr (45 MPH) or less]: Approach plate(s) and ending plate (if longitudinal placement) shall be attached to the roadway and shall be secured against
displacement by using two adjustable cleats that are no less than 50 mm (2”) shorter than the
width of the trench bolted to the underside of each plate and located within 150 mm (6”) of the beginning and end of the trench for plates at the beginning and end of the trench, a minimum of
two 300 mm long by 19 mm diameter (12” x ¾”) steel bolts placed through the plate and driven
into holes drilled 300 mm (12”) into the pavement section, or other devices approved by the Engineer. Subsequent plates shall be butted to each other. Fine graded asphalt concrete shall be
compacted to form ramps, maximum slope 8.5% with a minimum 300 mm (12”) taper to cover all edges of the steel plates. When steel plates are removed, the dowel holes in the pavement section shall be completely filled with elastomeric sealant material. At the Contractor’s option, the
methods required for Method 1 may be used. If the Contractor so elects, all requirements of Method 1 shall be used. The Contractor shall maintain the steel plates, shoring, and asphalt
concrete ramps and maintain and restore the street surface during and after their use.
Add the following section:
306-1.1.7.4 Materials. The minimal thickness of steel plate bridging shall be as shown in Table
306-1.1.7.4(A)TABLE 306-1.1.7.4(A)
REQUIRED PLATE THICKNESS FOR A GIVEN TRENCH WIDTH
Maximum Trench Width (1)Minimum Plate Thickness
0.3 m (10”)13 mm (1/2”)
0.6 m (23”)19 mm (3/4”)
0.8 m (31”)22 mm (7/8”)
1.0 m (41”)25 mm (1”)
1.6 m (63”)32 mm (1 ¼”)
(1) For spans greater than 1.6 m (5’), a structural design shall be prepared by a registered civil engineer and submitted
to the Engineer for review and approval in accordance with section 2-5.3.
Steel plate bridging shall be steel plate designed to support the HS20-44 truck loading per CALTRANS Bridge Design Specifications Manual. The Contractor shall maintain a non-skid
surface on the steel plate with no less than a coefficient of friction of 0.35 as determined by
California Test Method 342. If a different test method is used, the Contractor may utilize standard test plates with known coefficients of friction available from the CALTRANS District 11 Materials
Engineer to correlate skid resistance results to California Test Method 342. In addition to all other
required construction signing, the Contractor shall install Rough Road (W33) sign with black lettering on an orange background in advance of steel plate bridging.
Add the following section:306-1.1.7.5 Measurement and Payment. Steel plate bridge materials including, but not limited
to: steel plates, anchoring devices, cold milling, elastomeric sealant material, asphalt ramping and padding, signage, placing, installation, removal, relocation, preparation and processing of shop
drawings and submittals to support the use of steel plate bridging and all other materials, labor,
supervision, overhead of any type or description will be paid for as an incidental to the work that
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 171 of 192
the bridging is installed to facilitate. No separate payment for steel plate bridging will be made. No extension to contract time will be allowed for, or because of, the use of steel plate bridging.
306-1.2.1 Bedding. All installation of, and bedding for recycled water, or potable water mains shall conform to Carlsbad Municipal Water District Rules and Regulations for the Construction of
(Potable or Reclaimed) Water Mains, latest edition.
306-1.2.4 Field Jointing of Reinforced Concrete Pipe. add the following: The Contractor shall
provide Gasket-type joints for reinforced concrete pipe (watertight joints) where indicated on
plans.
306-1.3.1 General. add the following: The Contractor shall install detectable underground utility
marking tape 230 mm x75 mm (9” x 3”) above each or, in the case of bundled underground conduit of the same type, the upper underground conduit being installed by the open trench method. The
type and color of detectable underground utility marking tape shall conform to the requirements of section 207-25 et seq.
306-1.3.4 Compaction Requirements. delete Section 306-1.3.4 and replace with the following: The Contractor shall densify trench backfill to a minimum of 90 percent relative compaction except
that in the top 300 mm (12”) of the street right-of-way, compaction shall be 95 percent.
306-1.5 Trench Resurfacing.
306-1.5.1 Temporary Resurfacing. Delete the fourth and fifth paragraphs and substitute the following: Temporary bituminous resurfacing materials which are placed by the Contractor are for
its convenience and shall be at no cost to the Agency. Temporary bituminous resurfacing
materials shall be used in lieu of permanent resurfacing only when approved by the Engineer. When temporary bituminous resurfacing materials are used in lieu of permanent resurfacing it
shall be removed and replaced with permanent resurfacing within 7 days of placement. No
additional payment will be made for temporary bituminous resurfacing materials. The price bid for the associated conduit or structure shall include full compensation for furnishing, placing,
maintaining, removing, and disposing of such temporary resurfacing materials.
306-1.5.2 Permanent Resurfacing. Add the following: Except as provided in section 306-1.5.1,
“Temporary Resurfacing,” the Contractor shall perform permanent trench resurfacing within 24 hours after the completion of backfill and densification of backfill and aggregate base materials.
306-1.6 Basis of Payment for Open Trench Installation. add the following: Payment for utilities undergrounding which includes the utility trench for CATV and SDG&E and conduit for SDG&E’s
electric conversion shall be made on the basis of contract lump sum price for utilities
undergrounding and no other payments will be made. Cox Cable will supply and deliver conduits and fittings to be installed by the Contractor. Cox Cable will install enclosures. The Contractor will
furnish and install 6.4 mm (¼”) nylon pull ropes in all conduit.
306-5 ABANDONMENT OF CONDUITS AND STRUCTURES. Add the following: Unless
otherwise noted on plans, the Contractor shall remove all existing abandoned pipelines and
conduits of any type, or use, and pipelines and conduits of any type, or use, that are abandoned during the course of the work and shall replace said pipelines and conduits with properly
compacted soils. Payment for removal and disposal of abandoned utilities shall be included in the
lump-sum bid for Clearing and Grubbing, and no additional payment will be made.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 172 of 192
SECTION 307 - STREET LIGHTING AND TRAFFIC SIGNALS
307 STREET LIGHTING AND TRAFFIC SIGNALS. Modify as follows: Section 86,
“Signals, Lighting and Electrical Systems”, of the Caltrans Standard Specifications replaces Section 209, “Electrical Components”, and Section 307, “Street Lighting and Traffic Signals”, of
the SSPWC, in all matters pertaining to the specifications for measurement, payment, warranty,
materials and methods of construction of street lighting and traffic signals.
SECTION 308 - LANDSCAPE AND IRRIGATION INSTALLATION
308-2 EARTHWORK AND TOPSOIL PLACEMENT
308-2.3.2 Fertilization and Conditioning Procedures. add the following: The Contractor shall cultivate the surface of all areas to be planted or hydroseeded by discing, ripping or scarifying the finish grade. After cultivation the Contractor shall clear the planting areas of stones to the depth
of cultivation and shall be rake the planting areas to a smooth friable and plantable surface. The Contractor shall cultivate all planting areas, except slopes steeper than 3-1/2:1 (horizontal to
vertical), to a depth of 300 mm (12”). The planting areas that are slopes steeper than 3-1/2:1,
shall be cultivated to a depth of 150 mm (6”). After cultivation, the soil amendments shown in table 308-2.3.2(A) shall be thoroughly blended 150 mm (6”) deep in all planting areas. Except for
planting pits the cultivation depths are designated as the root area. Backfill for planting pits shall
conform to the requirements of section 308-4.5. After surface preparation and application of the soil amendments shown in Table 308-2.3.2(A) the Contractor shall obtain a minimum of one test
for each soil property listed in Tables 308-2.3.2(B) and 308-2.3.2(C) from each median planter,
at least one test per 150 m (500’) from each parkway and for each hectare (2.5 acres) of hydroseeded area and shall submit the results of said tests to the Engineer. The Contractor shall
then adjust the soil properties to the acceptable ranges of soil properties shown in Tables 308-
2.3.2(B) and 308-2.3.2(C) using such materials and methods as may be necessary. Organic soil amendment materials shall not be included in the samples used to determine compliance to the
soil particle gradation requirements of Table 308-2.3.2(C). If adjustments are necessary the soil shall be tested by the Contractor after such adjustments for each soil property listed in Table 308-2.3.2(B) and 308-2.3.2(C) to determine that the adjustments to the soil made by the Contractor
result in soil properties within the acceptable range. The Contractor shall adjust the soil properties and show acceptable ranges prior to any planting or application of hydroseed slurry. Prior to the
start of any planting or application of hydroseed slurry the surface and root area shall be evenly
and thoroughly moistened to no less than 75 percent of field capacity. The Contractor shall certify, in writing, that the ground surface has been prepared in accordance with this section and shall
request inspection by the Engineer prior to any planting or seeding. The Contractor shall obtain
the Engineer’s approval before any planting or hydroseeding.
TABLE 308-2.3.2(A)SOIL AMENDMENTS
Soil Amendment Metric Application Rate Approx. U.S. Application Rate
Agricultural Gypsum 500 g per square meter 100 lbs. per 1,000 square feetIron Sulfate 50 g per square meter 10 lbs. per 1,000 square feetCalcium Carbonate Lime 500 g per square meter 100 lbs. per 1,000 square feet
Organic Soil Amendment 0.04115 cubic meters per square meter (average depth 41 mm)5 cubic yards per 1,000 square feet (average depth 1 5/8”)
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 173 of 192
TABLE 308-2.3.2(B)SOIL PROPERTIES
Soil Property Acceptable Range Test Method Repeatability Range of Test
pH 6.5 to 7.3 Saturation Paste pH 0.1 pH
Dissolved Salts (Ece) 4.0 dS m-1 Saturation Paste Soluble Salts 7%
Liquid Limit N/A to 30 ASTM D 423 2Plasticity Index NP to 10 ASTM D 424 2
TABLE 308-2.3.2(C)SOIL PARTICLE GRADATION
Sieve Siize Percent Passing
19 mm (3/4”)100
9.5 mm (3/8”)95 - 100
4.75 mm (No. 4)60 - 85
1.89 mm (No. 10)40 - 75
475 m (No. 40)35 - 70
75 m (No. 200)30 - 70
For areas to receive planting of all types, excluding only hydroseeding, the Contractor shall amend
the prepared soil by blending 200 g of 7-7-7 fertilizer per square meter (40 lbs. per 1,000 square feet) into the top 150 mm (6”) of soil after the completion of adjustment of soil properties and
acceptance of the planting area by the Engineer. The Contractor shall apply post-plant 12-4-6
fertilizer at the rate of 20 pounds per 1,000 square feet, 30 days after planting and every 30 days through the end of the maintenance period.
308-2.4 Finish Grading. Add following: The Contractor shall prepare the finish grade in hydroseed slope areas with a moderately rough texture to provide a suitable surface for
adherence of the hydroseed mix.
308-4 PLANTING.
308-4.1 General. add the following: The Contractor shall perform actual planting during those periods when weather and soil conditions are suitable and in accordance with locally accepted
horticultural practice and as approved by the Engineer. No planting shall be done in any area until
it has been satisfactorily prepared in accordance with these specifications. Soil moisture level prior to planting shall be no less than 75 percent of field capacity. The Contractor shall obtain the
Engineer’s approval of planting pits before planting operations begin. For pit planted vegetation when the soil moisture level is found to be insufficient for planting, the Contractor shall fill the planting pits with water and allow them to drain before starting planting operations. No more plants
shall be distributed in the planting area on any day than can be planted and watered on that day. The Contractor shall plant and water all plants as herein specified immediately after removal from
their containers. Containers shall not be cut prior to placing the plants in the planting area. It shall
be the responsibility of the Contractor to provide continuous horticultural services and temporary and/or permanent irrigation to all planted and hydroseeded areas so that the planted and
hydroseeded vegetation is 100 percent healthy and thriving prior to, and throughout the,
landscape maintenance period.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 174 of 192
308-4.2 Protection and Storage. add the following: The Contractor shall submit a sheltered and secure location for on-site plant storage area for the Engineer’s approval prior to the delivery
of any plant materials. Any plant determined by the Engineer to be wilted, broken, or otherwise
damaged shall be rejected at any time during the project, whether in the ground or not. All plants shall be handled by their containers. Any plant that has been handled by its trunk or stem shall
be rejected. All rejected plants shall be removed from the site immediately.
308-4.3 Layout and Plant Location. modify as follows: Planting areas shall be staked by the
Contractor and the Contractor shall obtain the Engineer’s approval of the planting layout before
planting operations begin.
308-4.5 Tree and Shrub Planting. add the following: The Contractor shall amend the backfill for
planting holes to a thoroughly blended mixture of clean loamy soil meeting the requirements of Tables 308-2.3.2(B) and 308-2.3.2(C) and then blend the amendments listed in Table 308-4.5(A)
into the backfill for planting holes.
TABLE 308-4.5(A)
BACKFILL AND AMENDMENTS FOR TREE AND SHRUB PLANTING
Soil Amendment Metric Application Rate Approx. U.S. Application Rate
Agricultural Gypsum 18 kg per cubic meter 30 lbs. per cubic yard
Iron Sulfate 600 g per cubic meter 1 lb. per cubic yard
Calcium Carbonate
Lime
6 kg per cubic meter 10 lbs. per cubic yard
Organic Soil
Amendment
0.67 cubic meters per cubic meter 2/3 cubic yards per cubic yard
Planting Tablets 1 1 per 100 mm dia. pot container 1 per 4” dia. pot container
Planting Tablets 1 2 per 19 liter container 2 per 5 gal. container
Planting Tablets 1 1 per each 50 mm width of each
box-size container
1 per each 2” width of each
box-size container
1 Planting tablet requirements are not cumulative and apply to the size container indicated
Pruning shall be limited to the minimum necessary to remove injured twigs and branches, and to
compensate for loss of roots during transplanting, but never to exceed one-tenth the branching structure. Pruning may be done only with the approval of, and in the presence of, the Engineer.
Cuts over 19 mm (¾“) shall be painted with an approved tree wound paint.
Add the following section:
308-4.5.1 Root Barriers. Root barriers shall conform to section 212-1.8, Root Barriers.
The Contractor shall install root barriers continuously at the edges of all median planter areas. The top of the root barrier shall be 25 mm (1”) below the finish grade of the planted area. The
bottom of the root barrier shall be installed 520 mm (201/2“)below the finish grade of the planted
area. Install as indicated on the plans, eliminating any breaks in the barrier by providing at least 150 mm (6”) of overlap at splices or damaged areas. Splices and repair patches shall be stitched
to the root barrier material by a running stitch of no less than 6 1 stitches per 25 mm (1”).
308-4.6 Plant Staking and Guying. add the following: The Contractor shall install all boxed trees per drawings L-1 and L-2 of the San Diego Regional Standard Drawings unless details shown on the project plans differ therefrom.
308-4.8.2(b) Method B. add the following:
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 175 of 192
The Contractor shall prepare hydroseeding slurry on the job site. Slurry additives shall arrive at the site in bags sealed and properly identified by the manufacturer. All specified additives and
water shall be added on the job site at the rates specified and shall be thoroughly mixed at the
job site. The Contractor shall add seed to the slurry after the fiber mulch has been thoroughly incorporated. The Contractor shall spray all areas with a uniform, visible coat using the green
color of the mulch as a guide. The Contractor shall apply the slurry in a sweeping motion, in an
arched stream so as to fall like rain allowing the mulch fibers to built on each other until a good coat is achieved and the material is spread, evenly, at the required rate per area. The Contractor
shall use care not to drag spray hoses over container planted material and shall attempt to spray
from the edges of the planting areas wherever possible. Any slurry mixture which has not been applied to the planting areas within four (4) hours after mixing is be rejected and removed from
the project at the Contractor's expense. Any slurry spilled into areas outside the limits of work
shall be cleaned up at the Contractor's expense to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The Contractor shall assure that the site is properly prepared. The Contractor shall repair all tire ruts created by
the equipment. Areas needing grading repair prior to hydroseeding shall be blended and floated to match surrounding grades. Areas having less than 80% plant coverage within thirty (30) days after the initial application shall be reseeded every twenty (20) days until 80% of the ground
surface is evenly covered by hydroseeded or subsequently reseeded growth.
Add the following section:
308-4.8.3.1 Weed Eradication. The Contractor shall water all irrigated areas to be hydroseeded for three (3) weeks prior to hydroseeding to allow for germination of the weed seeds. The
Contractor shall spray all weeds with a post emergent herbicide immediately after the completion
of the three week irrigation period. After two (2) weeks, the Contractor shall again eradicate the weeds and complete the preparation of the soil prior to the application of the hydroseed mixes.
Add the following section,308-4.10 Erosion Control Matting Installation
Add the following section,308-4.10.1 General. Before installation of erosion control matting the Contractor shall complete
all soil preparation, fine grading, and hydroseeding of the areas to receive erosion control matting.
Add the following section:
308-4.10.2 Coordination with Hydroseeding. Erosion control matting shall be installed by the Contractor immediately after the first application of hydroseed materials. In all cases the Contractor shall place the erosion control matting within three days after the first hydroseed
material application. Should any seed in the hydroseed materials begin to germinate within the three-day period after application or before the installation of the erosion control matting, the
installation of the erosion control matting shall be considered as late and the Contractor shall disc
the hydroseed materials into the top 100m (4”) of the underlying soil, condition the soil for hydroseeding, apply hydroseeding materials at the rates and of the type specified and then install
the erosion control matting. No additional payment will be made for second or subsequent
hydroseed applications resulting from late installation of erosion control matting.
Add the following section:308-4.10.3 Installation. The Contractor shall install erosion control matting using the following techniques:
1. Begin at the top of the slope by placing the erosion control matting into a 150 mm (6“) wide by
150 mm (6“) deep trench with the end of the matting laid flat in the bottom of the trench
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 176 of 192
2. Anchor the end of the erosion control matting with erosion control mat staples spaced no more than 300 mm (12”) on centers placed at the intersection of the bottom and the downhill vertical
face of the trench.
3. Roll the erosion control matting down the slope.
4. Staple the erosion control matting on an alternating grid consisting of three across and two
across lines of staples in horizontal lines spaced 900mm (3’) on centers.
5. Erosion control mat so stapled shall be spaced such that no less than 1 ¾ staples per square meter (1½ staples per square yard) are provided to anchor the erosion control matting.
6. Start the adjacent erosion control mat as in Item 1. of this section, overlapping the previously
placed mat by no less than 50 mm (2”).
7. Staple placement may be such as to use the staples used to secure the adjacent mat to secure
both mats along their edges.
308-5 IRRIGATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION.
308-5.1 General. add the following: The Contractor shall apply irrigation water as often and in sufficient amounts, as conditions may require, to germinate and establish the seed and keep the
container plants healthy and growing. The Contractor shall lay out lines, valves, and other
underground utilities and receive the approval of the Engineer before digging trenches. The Contractor shall be responsible for damages caused by its operations. Connections shall be
made at approximately the locations shown on the drawings. The Contractor shall be responsible
for unapproved changes. Permission to shut off any existing in-use water lines must be obtained 48 hours in advance, as to the date, time and exact length of time of each shut-off. The Contractor
shall demonstrate that the entire irrigation system is under full automatic operation for a period of seven days prior to any planting.
308-5.2 Irrigation Pipeline Installation. add the following: The Contractor shall install all pressure main line piping from the irrigation system so as to maintain 3.1 m (10’) minimum
horizontal separation from all potable water piping. Where reclaimed and potable water pressure
mainline piping cross, the reclaimed water piping shall be installed below the potable water piping, sleeved in a pressure rating of 200 PSI SDR 21 “Alertline” PVC sleeve which extends a minimum
of 3.1 m (10’) on either side of the potable water piping and be located to provide a minimum
vertical clearance of 300 mm (12”) between the reclaimed and potable water lines. Conventional (white) PVC pipe Schedule 40 may be used for sleeving material if it is taped along its entire
length with 75 mm (3“) wide purple warning tape which reads “Caution Reclaimed Water”.
For trenching through areas where topsoil has been spread, the Contractor shall deposit topsoil
on one side of trench and subsoil on opposite side. Subsoil shall be free of all rocks 13 mm (½“)
in diameter or larger, debris, and litter, prior to use as backfill. The Contractor shall repair any leaks and replace all defective pipe or fittings until lines meet test requirements. The Contractor
shall not cover any lines until they have been inspected and approved by the Engineer for
tightness, quality of workmanship, and materials. The Contractor shall not be backfill trenches until all required tests and observations are performed. Observations include sprinkler heads, all
fittings, lateral and mainline pipe, valves, and direct burial wire.
308-5.2.3 Plastic Pipeline. add the following: The Contractor shall store all pipe and fittings under
cover until used, and all pipe and fittings shall transported in a vehicle with a bed long enough to allow the length of pipe to lay flat so as not to be subjected to undue bending or concentrated external
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 177 of 192
load at any point. Pipe ends and fittings shall be wiped with MEK, or equal, before welding solvent is applied. Welded joints shall be given a minimum of 15 minutes to set before moving or handling.
All field cuts shall be beveled to remove burrs and excess before fitting and gluing together. The
Contractor shall center load pipe with small amount of backfill to prevent arching and slipping under pressure. Joints shall be exposed for inspection during testing. Plastic-to-plastic joints shall
be solvent-welded, using only solvent recommended by pipe manufacturer.
Add the following section:
308-5.2.6 Installation of Brass Pipe. The Contractor shall cut brass piping by power hacksaw,
circular cutting machine using an abrasive wheel, or hand hacksaw. No piping shall be cut with metallic wheel cutter of any description. The Contractor shall ream and remove rough edges or
burrs on all pipe so that smooth and unobstructed flow is obtained, place Teflon tape, Teflon dope,
or approved equal on male threads only, and tighten to prevent any leakage. The Contractor shall tighten screwed joints with tongs or wrenches. Caulking is not permitted.
Add the following section:308-5.3.1 Valves. add the following:
The Contractor shall install each control valve in a separate valve box with a minimum of 300 mm (12”) separation between valves and 150 mm (6”) from any fixed object or structure.
Add the following section308-5.3.2 Valve Boxes. The Contractor shall install no more than one valve per box. All boxes
are to be marked as to the type of valve. Remote control valve boxes shall also indicate control
station number.
Add the following section:308-5.3.3 Backflow Preventer. The Contractor shall install backflow preventer assembly in accordance with manufacturer's specifications and as directed on drawings. Exact location and
positioning shall be verified on the site by the Engineer.
308-5.4.4 Sprinkler Head Adjustment. add the following: The Contractor shall flush and adjust
all irrigation heads and valves for optimum performance and to prevent overspray onto walks,
roadways buildings, walls, and other structures.
Add the following section:308-5.4.5 Drip Assembly. The Contractor shall install drip emitter filter on the supply side of all electric pressure regulating control valve for all emitter systems. The Contractor shall install a
flush valve on the discharge side of all drip laterals.
308-5.5 Automatic Control System Installation. add the following: The Contractor shall install
all portions of the electrical installation with materials and methods conforming to the requirements of the 1996 National Electrical Code. The Contractor shall provide no less than one control wire
and one common ground wire to service each valve in system.
308-5.6.3 Sprinkler Coverage Test. add the following: This test shall be accomplished before
any ground cover is planted.
308-6 MAINTENANCE AND PLANT ESTABLISHMENT. Add the following: For
hydroseeded areas, median planting and mitigation area, The Contractor shall maintain said
areas for period of no less than 120 days or until final acceptance of the project, whichever is the greater. Mowing is not required for hydroseeded areas. The Contractor shall provide complete
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 178 of 192
landscape maintenance of all planted areas. The work shall include, but not be limited to, watering, litter control, weed control, stake repair, cultivating, supplementary fertilization, repair of
irrigation systems, and control of diseases and pests. The Contractor shall submit a written plan
to control weeds, disease, and pest infestations in the planting areas. The submittal shall conform to the requirements for shop drawings as specified in section 2-5.3 et seq. of the specifications.
The Engineer shall approve all methods and materials for such control. Upon approval, the
Contractor shall implement the control measures, exercising extreme caution in using pesticides and taking all steps to ensure the safety of the public. Only licensed personnel will be permitted
to perform toxic spraying work. During the plant establishment period, the Contractor shall furnish
sufficient workers and equipment on a daily basis to perform the work required by this section. Any day when the Contractor fails to adequately carry out specified maintenance work, as
determined necessary by the Engineer, will not be credited as one of the plant establishment
days. All planting areas which are damaged by construction shall be repaired by the Contractor within twenty (20) days following completion of construction in such. The Contractor shall repair
such damaged areas. The repair shall consist of bringing the damaged area back to final grade, preparing the soil, replanting the area with the same vegetation as originally specified, and maintaining the area to achieve acceptable plant establishment.
The Contractor shall provide temporary irrigation for hydroseeded areas for a minimum of 120 days
to ensure adequate plant establishment. Towards the end of the maintenance period, the Contractor
shall gradually reduce the amount of irrigation to allow plant adaptation to non-irrigated conditions. Upon the approval of the engineer, the temporary irrigation system shall be shut off at the end of the
maintenance period. The hydroseeded areas must have their growth of 80% established and the
coverage must be evenly successful over the entire hydroseeded area and adequate to prevent erosion no less than 30 days before the end of the maintenance period. Should the coverage not be
achieved the maintenance period shall be extended until the required coverage is achieved plus an
additional 30 day period. The Contractor shall call for a final inspection 30 days before the end of the maintenance period and at the end of the maintenance period. Failure to pass inspection will result
in an extension of the maintenance period. The Contractor shall continue to provide maintenance for
such time necessary to obtain conformance to the specifications.
308-7 GUARANTEE FOR LANDSCAPE AND IRRIGATION INSTALLATION. Add
following: The Contractor shall guarantee all 600 mm (24”) box trees installed under the contract to live and grow for one year from the day of final acceptance of the contract work. The Contractor
shall guarantee all other plant material, including ground covers to live and grow for a period of 30
days from the last day of the maintenance period or final acceptance of the contract work, whichever is the later. The Contractor shall replace, at its expense, all plant material found to be dead, missing,
or in poor condition during the maintenance period within 5 days of discovery of such plant material.
The Engineer shall be the sole judge as to the condition of the plant material. Plant material found to be dead or in poor condition within the guarantee period shall be replaced by the Contractor, at its
expense, within 15 days of written notification. Replacements shall be made to the same
specifications required for the original plantings.
The Contractor shall submit written vegetation, planting and irrigation guarantee in approved form that all work showing defects in materials or workmanship will be repaired or replaced at no cost to the Engineer for a period of one year from the date of acceptance by the Engineer. The Guarantee form shall be retyped on the Contractor's letterhead and contain the following verbiage:
“Guarantee For Vegetation, Planting and Irrigation System For (Project Name)We hereby guarantee that the vegetation, planting and irrigation system we have furnished and installed for (project name) is free from defects in materials and workmanship, and the work has
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 179 of 192
been completed in accordance with the drawings and specifications. We agree to repair or replace any defect in vegetation, material or workmanship, including that due to ordinary wear and tear, which may develop during the periods specified in section 308-7 of the Standard Specifications and the Special Provisions of said project from date of completion of the Work or termination of any maintenance period, whichever is the later, and also to repair or replace any damage resulting from the repairing or replacing of such defects at no additional cost to the Agency.
This guarantee does not extend to unusual abuse or neglect that may occur subsequent to the date of completion of the Work or termination of any maintenance period, whichever is the later. We shall make such repairs or replacements within a reasonable time, as determined by the Engineer, after receipt of written notice. In the event of failure to make such repairs or replacements within a reasonable time after receipt of written notice from the Engineer, we authorize the Engineer to proceed to have said repairs or replacements made at our expense, and we will pay the costs and charges therefore upon demand.
Project: (Project Name)Location: (Legal Description of Project Property)Name of Contractor:Address: (Of Contractor)
Telephone: : (Of Contractor) By: (Typed or printed names of signing Officer(s) of the Contractor authorized to bind the Contractor in legal matters)Title: (Of said officer(s))Signature(s)Date of Execution:“
Add the following section:
308-7.1 Record Drawings for Landsape and Irrigation Installation. In addition to the requirements of section 2-5.4, herein, the Contractor shall prepare record drawings that show all changes in the work constituting departures from the original contract drawings, including those
involving both constant-pressure and intermittent-pressure lines and appurtenances. The Contractor shall accurately record, on a daily basis, on one set of blue line prints of the irrigation drawings, all
changes in work constituting departures from the original contract drawings, including changes in
both pressure and nonpressure line. The Contractor shall post information on record drawings no later than the next working day after the work is installed. The Contractor shall record changes and
dimensions in a legible and professional manner. When the drawings are approved by the Engineer
the Contractor shall transfer all information to a set of reproducible photo mylar drawings. Items required to be shown shall be dimensioned by the Contractor from two permanent points of reference
(buildings, monuments, sidewalks, curbs, pavement). The accuracy of location of all items to be
shown on the drawings shall be 150 mm (6”) in both the vertical and horizontal planes. All text and numerals placed on drawings shall be 0.30 mm (1/8”) in size. Facilities and items to be located in their
horizontal and vertical positions and shown on the record drawings include all:
a) Point(s) of connection, for water and electrical servicesb) Routing of irrigation pressure mainlines
c) Backflow preventorsd) Ball, gate and check valvese) Irrigation control valves.
f) Quick coupler valvesg) Routing of service wires
h) Routing of control wires
i) Electrical service equipmentj) Electrical junction boxes
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 180 of 192
k) Irrigation controllersl) Sleeves for future connections
m) Other equipment of a similar nature (as directed by the Engineer).
The Contractor shall keep the blue print drawings available for the Engineer’s inspection at any time.
The Contractor shall make all changes to reproducible drawings in waterproof black ink (no ball point
pen). Changes in dimensions shall be recorded in a legible and professional manner. Record construction drawings shall be maintained at the job site during construction. The Contractor shall
provide one set of mylar "record" drawings to the Engineer after submitting blueline prints of the
proposed "record" drawings for, and obtaining their approval by, the Engineer.
Add the following section:308-7.2 Controller Chart. The Contractor shall prepare record drawings which shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval by the Engineer before charts are prepared. The Contractor shall
provide one controller chart of the maximum size the controller doorwill allow, for each controller supplied, showing the area covered by that automatic controller. The chart shall be a reduction of the actual record system drawing with a legend to explain all symbols. If the controller sequence
is not legible when the drawing is reduced, The Contractor shall enlarge it to a size that will be readable when reduced. The Contractor shall photocopy the chart, with a pastel transparent color
used to show area of coverage for each station. When completed and approved, the Contractor
shall hermetically seal the chart between two pieces of plastic, each piece being a minimum 20 mils thick. The Contractor shall complete the charts and obtain the Engineers approval prior
to final inspection of the irrigation system.
Add the following section:
308-7.3 Operation and Maintenance Manuals for Irrigation Systems. The Contractor shall
prepare and deliver to the Engineer, within 10 calendar days prior to completion of construction, all required and necessary descriptive material in complete detail and sufficient quantity, properly
prepared in four individual bound copies. The descriptive material shall describe the material
installed in sufficient detail to permit qualified operating personnel to understand, operate, and maintain all equipment. The Contractor shall include spare parts list and related manufacturer
information for each equipment item installed. Each manual shall include the following:
a) Index sheet stating Contractor's address and telephone number.
b) Duration of Guarantee period.
c) List of equipment, with names and addresses of manufacturer's local representative.
d) Complete operating and maintenance instructions on all major equipment.
e) In addition to the maintenance manuals, the Contractor shall provide the agency
maintenance personnel with instructions for major equipment, and show written evidence to the Engineer at the conclusion of the work that this service has been rendered.
Add the following section:308-7.4 Check List. The Contractor shall complete and forward signed and dated checklist to the
Engineer before final acceptance of project.
the following checklist at the end of the project, using the format shown:
a) Plumbing permits (if none required, so note)
b) Materials approval
c) Pressure mainline test (by whom, and date)
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 181 of 192
d) Record drawings completed (received by, and date)e) Controller chart completed (received by, and date)
f) Materials furnished (received by, and date)
g) Operation and maintenance manuals furnished (received by, and date)h) System and equipment operation instructions (received by, and date)
i) Manufacturer warranties (received by, and date)
j) Written guarantee by Contractor (received by, and date)
308-8 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT. add the following: The lump-sum or unit prices
set forth in the contract documents shall include, but not be limited to, full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, and equipment and performing all work necessary to
complete, maintain, and guarantee the planting and irrigation work described or specified in the
contract documents, including soils testing and recommended soil amendments, seed and hydroseed slurry, tree stakes, bark mulch, erosion control matting, plant materials, temporary
irrigation and permanent irrigation, including reduced-pressure back-flow preventer, ball valves,
drip valve assembly, electric control valves, quick couplers, control wires, pull boxes, valve boxes, all piping and sleeves, electrical conduits, irrigation heads, drip emitters, bubblers, drip irrigation
equipment, connection from electrical service to irrigation electrical meter, connection from meter
to irrigation controller(s), installation of controller enclosure, concrete pads, preparation, correction, reproduction and lamination of “as-built” drawings, controller charts, assembly and
submittal of the check list and operation and maintenance manuals and all appurtenances to the
aforementioned items, as well as 120 days' maintenance and project guarantees.
The wetland mitigation site revegetation work shown on Drawing 336-5, Sheets L-1 through L-4 is included as landscape and irrigation installation and all labor and materials to install, maintain and guarantee pertain to it.
SECTION 310 - PAINTING
310-5 PAINTING VARIOUS SURFACES.
310-5.6 Painting Traffic Striping, Pavement Markings and Curb Markings. Modify the fifth paragraph as follows: The Contractor shall furnish all equipment, materials, labor, and supervision
necessary for painting traffic lanes, directional arrows, guidelines, curbs, parking lines, crosswalks, and other designated markings in accordance with the Plans, or for approved
temporary detours essential for safe control of traffic through and around the construction site.
The Contractor shall remove by wet grinding all existing or temporary traffic markings and lines that may confuse the public. When temporary detour striping or markings are no longer required,
they shall be removed prior to painting the new traffic stripes or markings.
310-5.6.3 Equipment. Delete the ninth paragraph and substitute the following: The Contractor
shall provide a wet grinding machine with sufficient capacity to completely remove all existing or
temporary traffic striping or markings that conflict with the striping plan, or are contrary to the Traffic Manual, or that may be confusing to the public. The surface produced by grinding the
existing or temporary traffic striping or markings on pavement shall not exceed variations from a
uniform plane more than 3 mm (1/8”) in 3 m (10’) when measured parallel to the centerline of the street or more than 6 mm (1/4”) in 3 m (10’) when measured perpendicular to the centerline of the
street. The use of any equipment that leaves ridges, indentations or other objectionable marks in the pavement shall be discontinued, and equipment capable of providing acceptable surface shall
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 182 of 192
be furnished by the Contractor. This equipment shall meet all requirements of the air pollution control district having jurisdiction.
310-5.6.6 Preparation of Existing Surfaces. Modify the first paragraph as follows: The Contractor shall remove all existing markings and striping, either permanent or temporary, which
are to be abandoned, obliterated or that conflict with the plans by wet grinding methods. Removal
of striping by high velocity water jet may be permitted when there is neither potential of the water and detritus from the high velocity water jetting to damage vehicles or private property nor to flow
from the street into any storm drain or water course and when approved by the Engineer. The
Contractor shall vacuum all water and detritus resulting from high velocity water jet striping removal from the pavement immediately after the water jetting and shall not allow such materials
to flow in the gutter, enter the storm drain system or to leave the pavement surface. Surface
variation limitations for high velocity water jet striping removal shall be the same as for grinding. The Contractor shall not use dry or wet sandblasting in any areas. Alternate methods of paint
removal require prior approval of the Engineer. Obliteration of traffic striping with black paint, light emulsion oil or any other masking method other than a minimum 30mm (0.10’) thick asphalt concrete overlay is not permitted.
310-5.6.7 Layout, Alignment, and Spotting. Modify the first paragraph as follows: The
Contractor shall establish the necessary control points for all required pavement striping and
markings by surveying methods. No layout of traffic striping shall be performed by the Contractor before establishment of the necessary control points. The Contractor shall establish all traffic
striping between these points by string line or other method to provide striping that will vary less
than 80mm per 100m (1/2 inch in 50 feet) from the specified alignment. The Contractor shall obliterate, straight stripes deviating more than 80mm per 100mm (1/ 2 inch in 50 feet) by wet
grinding, and then correcting the markings. The Contractor shall lay out (cat track) immediately
behind installation of surface course asphalt and as the work progresses.
310-5.6.8 Application of Paint. Modify the second paragraph as follows: The Contractor shall
apply the first coat of paint immediately upon approval of striping layout by the Engineer. The Contractor shall paint the ends of each median nose yellow.
Add the following to the eighth paragraph: The Contractor shall apply temporary traffic stripes in
one coat. Temporary traffic stripes shall be maintained by the Contractor so that the stripes are clearly visible both day and night.
310-5.6.10 Measurement and Payment. Modify the first paragraph as follows: Final and temporary traffic striping, curb markings and pavement markings as shown on the plans and
required by the specifications shall be included in the lump-sum price bid for temporary and final traffic striping, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. Reapplication of
temporary stripes and markings shall be repainted at the Contractor's expense, and no additional
compensation will be allowed therefore. The lump sum prices bid and shall include all labor, tools, equipment, materials, and incidentals for doing all work in installing the final and temporary traffic
striping.
Add the following Section:
310-7 PERMANENT SIGNING
Add the following Section:310-7.1 General. Add the following section: The Contractor shall provide and install all permanent
traffic control signs at locations shown on plans and as specified herein.
Add the following section:
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 183 of 192
310-7.2 Measurement And Payment. Permanent signing and appurtenances thereto shown on the plans or required in the specifications are a part of the lump-sum item for permanent signing
and payment therefore shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools,
equipment, and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in supplying and installing permanent signing and appurtenances, complete in place, as shown on the plans, as specified in
the Standard Specification and these special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer.
Add the following Section:
SECTION 312 - PAVEMENT MARKER PLACEMENT AND REMOVAL
312-1 PLACEMENT. Add the following to the third paragraph: 4) When being installed on asphalt concrete pavement sooner than 14 days after placement of the asphalt concrete pavement course on which the pavement markers are
to be placed.
Add the following section:
312-1.1 Reflective Channelizer Placement and Removal. The Contractor shall place and remove reflective channelizers the same as for pavement marker placement and removal. The
Contractor shall place the channelizers uniformly, straight on tangent alignment and on a true arc
on curved alignment to the same tolerances of position as for application of paint in section 310-5.6.8. The Contractor shall perform all layout work necessary to place the channelizers to the
proper alignment. If the channelizers are displaced or fail to remain in an upright position, from
any cause, the channelizers shall immediately be replaced or restored to their original location, by the Contractor. When reflective channelizers are removed the pavement surface shall be
restored to the same color and surface finish as the adjacent pavement.
SECTION 313 - TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES
Add the following section:
313-1 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC PAVEMENT MARKERS.
Add the following section:
313-1.1 General. The Contractor shall supply and install temporary traffic pavement markers,
channelizers, signing, railing (type K), crash cushions and appurtenances at the locations shown on the plans and as required in the specifications, complete in place prior to opening the traveled
way served by said final and temporary traffic pavement markers, signing, railing (type K) and
appurtenances to public traffic.
313-1.2 Temporary Pavement Markers. Temporary reflective raised pavement markers shall
be placed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Temporary reflective raised pavement markers shall be cemented to the surfacing with the adhesive recommended by the
manufacturer, except epoxy adhesive shall not be used to place temporary reflective raised
pavement markers in areas where removal of the markers will be required. Pavement striping, legends and markers which conflict with any traffic pattern shall be removed by grinding as
determined by the Engineer. The Contractor shall use temporary reflective raised pavement
markers for temporary pavement marking, except when the temporary pavement markers are used to replace patterns of temporary traffic stripe that will be in place for less than 30 days.
Reflective pavement markers used in place of the removable-type pavement markers shall conform to the section 312 "Pavement Marker Placement and Removal", except the 14-day
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 184 of 192
waiting period before placing the pavement markers on new asphalt concrete surfacing as specified in section 312-1 “Placement”, shall not apply; and epoxy adhesive shall not be used to
place pavement markers in areas where removal of the markers will be required.
Add the following section:
313-1.3 Channelizers. Channelizers shall be new surface-mounted type and shall be furnished,
placed, and maintained at the locations shown on the plans. Channelizer posts shall be orange in color. Channelizers shall have affixed white reflective sheeting as specified in the special
provisions. The reflective sheeting shall be 75 mm x 300 mm (3” x 12”) in size. The reflective
sheeting shall be visible at 300 m (1000’) at night under illumination of legal high beam headlights, by persons with vision of or corrected to 20/20. The channelizer bases shall be cemented to the
pavement in the same manner as provided for cementing pavement markers to pavement in
section 312-1, “Placement.” Channelizers shall be applied only on a clean, dry surface. Channelizers shall be placed on the alignment and location shown on the plans and as directed
by the Engineer. The channelizers shall be placed uniformly, straight on tangent alignment and on a true arc on curved alignment. All layout work necessary to place the channelizers to the proper alignment shall be performed by the Contractor. If the channelizers are displaced or fail to
remain in an upright position, from any cause, the channelizers shall immediately be replaced or restored to their original location, by the Contractor. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer
with a Certificate of Compliance in accordance with the provisions of section 4-1.5, "Certification”.
Said certificate shall certify that the channelizers comply with the plans and specifications and conform to the prequalified design and material requirements approved by the Engineer and were
manufactured in accordance with a quality control program approved by the Engineer.
Add the following section:
313-2 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC SIGNING.
Add the following section:
313-2.1 General. The Contractor shall provide and install all temporary traffic control signs,
markers, markings, and delineators at locations shown on plans and specified herein.
Add the following section:
313-2.2 Maintenance of Temporary Traffic Signs. If temporary traffic signs are displaced or overturned, from any cause, during the progress of the work, the Contractor shall immediately
replace the signs in their original approved locations. The Contractor shall maintain all temporary
traffic signs used in the Work in a clean, reflective and readable condition. The Contractor shall replace or restore graffiti marked temporary traffic signs and posts used in the Work within 18
hours of such marking being discovered during non-working hours or, when the marking is
discovered during working hours, within 2 hours of such discovery of marking.
Add the following section:313-3 TEMPORARY RAILING (TYPE K) AND CRASH CUSHIONS.
Add the following section:313-3.1 Temporary Railing and Crash Cushions. Temporary railing (Type K) shall consist of interconnected new or undamaged used precast concrete barrier units as shown on the plans.
Temporary sand-filled crash cushions shall consist of new or undamaged used temporary sand-
filled crash cushions units as shown on the plans.
313-3.1.1 Appearance. Exposed surfaces of new and used units of Temporary railing (Type K)
shall be freshly coated with a white color paint prior to their first use on the project. The paint shall
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 185 of 192
conform to the provisions in sections 210-1.5 “Paint Systems” and 310 “Painting”. Contractor shall be responsible for the removal and cleanup or painting over the graffiti from the K-Rails within 48
hours. The Contractor Shall replace or repaint units of Temporary railing (Type K) or shall remove
graffiti, tire or vehicle marks, dirt or any and all materials such that said marks or discoloration mar the appearance of said units when ordered by the Engineer after the units are in place.
Add the following section.313-3.1.2 Manufacture of Temporary Railing. In addition to the requirements herein the
temporary railing (Type K) shall be manufactured per CALTRANS Standard Drawing T3.
Concrete used to manufacture Temporary railing (Type K) shall conform to the provisions in sections 201-1, “Portland Cement Concrete” and 303-1 “Concrete Structures”.” Load tickets and
a Certificate of Compliance will not be required. Reinforcing steel shall conform to the provisions
sections 201-1, “Portland Cement Concrete” and 303-1 “Concrete Structures”. Steel bars to receive bolts at ends of concrete panels shall conform to ASTM Designation: A 36/A 36M. The
bolts shall conform to ASTM Designation: A 307. A round bar of the same diameter may be substituted for the end-connecting bolt shown on the plans. The bar shall conform to ASTM Desig-nation: A 36/A 36M, shall have a minimum length of 660 mm and shall have a 75 mm (3”) diameter
by 9 mm (3/8”) thick plate welded on the upper end with a 5-mm (3/16”) fillet weld. The final surface finish of temporary railings (Type K) shall conform to the provisions in section 303-1.9.2 “Ordinary
Surface Finish.” Exposed surfaces of concrete elements shall be cured by the water method, the
forms-in-place method, or the pigmented curing compound method. The pigmented curing compound shall be type 2 curing compound. Temporary railing (Type K) may have the
Contractor’s name or logo on each panel. The name or logo shall not be more than 100 mm in
height and shall be located not more than 300 mm above the bottom of the rail panel.
Add the following section.313-3.1.3 Installation of Temporary Railing. In addition to the requirements herein the temporary railing (Type K) shall be installed per CALTRANS Standard Drawing T3. Temporary
railing (Type K) shall be set on firm, stable foundation. The foundation shall be graded to provide
a uniform bearing throughout the entire length of the railing. Abutting ends of precast concrete units shall be placed and maintained in alignment without substantial offset to each other. The
precast concrete units shall be positioned straight on tangent alignment and on a true arc on
curved alignment Each rail unit placed within 3 m (10’) of a traffic lane shall have a reflector installed on top of the rail as directed by the Engineer. Reflectors and adhesive will be furnished
by the Contractor. A Type P marker panel conforming to the requirements of the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) 2003 Edition as amended by the MUTCD 2003 California Supplement shall also be installed at each end of railing
installed adjacent to a two-lane, two-way highway and at the end facing traffic of railing installed adjacent to a one-way roadbed. If the railing is placed on a skew, the marker shall be installed at
the end of the skew nearest the traveled way. Type P marker panels shall conform to the
provisions of section 206-7.2, “Temporary Traffic Signs”. Where shown on the plans, threaded rods or dowels shall be bonded in holes drilled in existing concrete. When temporary railings
(Type K) are removed, any area where temporary excavation or embankment was used to
accommodate the temporary railing shall be restored to its previous condition, or constructed to its planned condition.
Add the following section:313-3.2 Temporary Sand-Filled Crash Cushions. Temporary sand-filled crash cushion units
shall be “Energite III” manufactured by Energy Absorption Systems, “Fitch Inertial Barrier System
Modules” manufactured by Roadway Safety Service, or equal. Features required to determine equivalence of any other temporary sand-filled crash cushion units shall be approval of the system
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 186 of 192
by CALTRANS and that the temporary sand-filled crash cushion units meet NCHRP 350 standards. Other features will be suitability to application, operational characteristics, durability
and other such characteristics that the Engineer shall determine. Temporary sand-filled crash
cushions (TSFCC) shall be of the type and array configurations shown on plans, and installed at every end of, or gap in, the temporary railing (Type K) whenever the closest point of approach of
traffic, regardless of direction, is 4.6 m (15’) or less to the end of the temporary railing (Type K)
being considered. The TSFCC shall be installed per CALTRANS Standard Drawings T1 and T2 for approach speeds no less than the posted speed of the street prior to construction or 55
kilometers per hour (35 mph), whichever is the greater. The TSFCC array shall be appropriate to
the application as shown on said standard drawings. A Type J and/or P marker panel conforming to the requirements of the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) Manual on Uniform Traffic
Control Devices (MUTCD) 2003 Edition as amended by the MUTCD 2003 California Supplement
shall also be installed at each TSFCC array as shown in CALTRANS Standard Drawings T1 and T2. Particular care shall be taken to assure that crash cushions are installed with the soil
supporting them and the adjacent soil leveled to match the elevation of the bottom of the temporary railing immediately adjacent to the crash cushion. All routes of approach to the TSCFF array shall be graded such that any vehicle diverging from the travelled way to strike the TSCFF
will travel on a vertical alignment parallel to the segment of the travel lane that it departed from.
Add the following section:
313-4 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT. Temporary traffic pavement markers, temporary
channelizers, temporary signing, temporary railing (type K), temporary crash cushions and temporary appurtenances thereto shown on the plans or required in the specifications are a part
of the lump-sum item for traffic control and payment therefore shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in applying, installing, maintaining, and removing temporary traffic pavement markers,
channelizers, signing, railing (type K), crash cushions and appurtenances, complete in place, as shown on the plans, as specified in the Standard Specification and these special provisions, and
as directed by the Engineer. Payment for temporary crash cushions, concrete barriers and the
signs and reflectors marking them shall include the installation, grading for installation, grading for the approach path, maintenance, painting and re-painting, replacement of damaged units and
removal and shall also be included in the lump-sum price bid for traffic control. Payment for
installation and/or relocation of K-rails and crash cushions when not shown on the plans and requested by the Engineer shall be made per section 3-3, Extra Work, SSPWC.
600-3 RUBBERIZED EMULSION - AGGREGATE SLURRY 600-3.2 Materials add the following: Aggregate for Rubberized Emulsion - Aggregate Slurry shall
be Type I Slurry Aggregate.
600-3.4 Application of REAS add to the first paragraphs: No slurry shall be applied until the
provisions of subsection 212-1.2.6, Herbicide Application, Section 302-11 Asphalt Concrete
Pavement Crack Filling and Sealing, Section 312-3 Pavement Marker Removal have all been satisfied.
The Contractor shall remove all existing markings, legends and striping, either permanent or temporary in those areas to be slurried. Removal of striping by high velocity water jet may be
permitted when there is neither potential of the water and detritus from the high velocity water
jetting to damage vehicles or private property nor to flow from the street into any storm drain or water course and when approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall vacuum all water and
detritus resulting from high velocity water jet striping removal from the pavement immediately after
the water jetting and shall not allow such materials to flow in the gutter, enter the storm drain
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 187 of 192
system or to leave the pavement surface. Surface variation limitations for high velocity water jet striping removal shall be the same as for grinding. The Contractor shall not use dry or wet
sandblasting in any areas.
All cracks and areas between existing curb and gutter and edge of pavement that contain weeds
or plant growth of any kind shall be treated with herbicides. Herbicides shall be applied at least
2(two) working days prior to sealing of street. Allowance for the two day period shall be shown in the schedule required per section 6-1. Contractor shall remove any visible plant growth prior to
placement of Herbicide.
Full compensation for removal of striping and herbicide application shall include but not be limited
to: furnishing all labor, tools, equipment, and materials necessary for doing the work and shall be
considered as included in the contract unit price bid for Rubberized Emulsion Aggregate Slurry and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore.
600-3.6 Public Convenience and Traffic Control modify the first line with the following: Public Convenience and traffic control shall conform to 302-4.4.4. There shall be no stockpiling of
material allowed on City right-of-way.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 188 of 192
APPENDIX “A” – SAMPLE DOOR HANGER
CITY OF CARLSBADROAD WORK
ABC CONTRACTORSOFFICE # (760)XXX-XXXXFIELD # (760)XXX-XXXXDear resident:As a part of the City of Carlsbad’s ongoing program to maintain its streets, your street will be resurfaced with asphalt concrete over the existing roadway surface. This construction will require the closing of your street to through traffic for one day. Your street, from XYZ St. to DEF Ave. will be closed to through traffic and resurfaced on: MON. TUE. WED. THU. FRI. DATE: _XX / XX / XX______________from 7:00A.M. to 5:00 P.M.If you don’t plan to leave your home by 7:00 A.M. on the above date please park your car on an adjacent street in your neighborhood that will not be resurfaced. Streets scheduled for resurfacing can be determined by calling either the Contractor or the City of Carlsbad’s Project Inspector. When walking to and from your car, remember not to walk on the newly overlaid street or you will have black residue on the bottom of your shoes. Please do not drive, walk on, walk pets, play, or skate on the newly overlaid asphalt. Also, please refrain from watering your lawns, washing cars, etc., approximately 6-8 hours after the asphalt is laid as running water will cause damage to the new surface.ABC is the Contractor that will be performing the resurfacing work for the city and you may call them at the above phone number if you have any questions regarding the project. Resurfacing of your street will not occur on the day your trash is collected. Mail delivery may be delayed if the postman cannot reach the mailbox that day. If you have a moving company scheduled for that day please call and inform the Contractor of the date. If you have any concerns which cannot be addressed by the Contractor, you may call the City’s Project Inspector @ (xxx) xxx-xxxx.
Thank you for your cooperation as we work to make a better City of Carlsbad.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 5513-B Page 189 of 192
APPENDIX “B” - EXHIBITS
UPPER VISTA/CARLSBAD INTERCEPTOR SEWER
EXHIBIT 1A APPROXIMATE LOCATION MAPSEXHIBIT 1B PIPE SEGMENT DATA SPREADSHEET
EXHIBIT 1C MANHOLE DATA SPREADSHEET
NORTH BATIQUITOS INTERCEPTOR SEWER
EXHIBIT 2A APPROXIMATE LOCATION MAPSEXHIBIT 2B PIPE SEGMENT DATA SPREADSHEET
EXHIBIT 2C MANHOLE DATA SPREADSHEET
El
Cam
ino
Rea
l
I
-5
Tamara
c
k
A
v
e.Carlsbad Village Dr.C
a
r
l
s
b
a
d
B
l
v
d
.
R
R SR 78 Page 1
Page 2
Page 3
Page 4Page 5P
a
g
e
6
P
a
g
e
7
Carlsbad
Oceanside
Agua Hedionda
Lagoon
Lagoon
Vista
Buena
Pacific
Ocean
Encina-Buena Vista
Lift Station
Index Map
Vista-Carlsbad Interceptor Sewer(Reaches VC 2 through VC 10)Page i±
0 2,000 4,000 Feet
Legend
Sewer Interceptor
Revised 7/5/2018
!(
!(
!(
!(
!(
!(!(
!(
!(
4
3
2 1
567
8 DIP
4
2
2C-7
2C-6
2C-52C-4
2C-3
2C-2
1D-8
1D-2DIP
42DIP
42DIP 42DIP
42DIP 42DI
P
4
2 DIP 42SR-78 EB
SR-78
W
B
VISTA
W
Y
HAYMA
R
D
R
SR-78
R
A
SR-78
ON RAEL CAMINO REALSNEAD DRSR-78 OFF RA
PLAZA DR
PRIVAT
E
DY EL CAM REALPRIVATE STPRIVATE
R
D
PL
A
Z
A
C
A
M
I
N
O
R
E
A
L
D
Y VALLEY GLEN DRPRIVATE DYVista-Carlsbad Interceptor Sewer
(Segments 1 to 7)±
0 200 400 Feet
Page 1Page 2Vista-Carlsbad Sewer Interceptor Manholes
Vista-Carlsbad Sewer Interceptor Pipes
Pipe Segment ID
Manhole ID
Legend
Revised 7/5/2018
Material & Diameter
!(
!(!(
!(
!(
!(
!(
!(!(!(!(!(
7
8910
11
12
1314151617
1C-31C-1
1D-8
1D-61D-91D-7
1D-2
1D-121D-111D-10
1D-14
1D-13 DIP 42DIP 36DIP
42DIP
36DIP
42DIP 42DIP
3
6
DIP 36DIP 36DIP 36DIP
36DIP 36SR-78 EB
SR-78 WB
PRIVATE RD
PRIVATE DY
SR-78 RA
PRIVATE ST
PLAZA CAMINO REAL DY
SR-78 OFF RA
SOU
T
H
V
I
S
T
A
W
Y
HAYMAR DR
PRIVATE
S
T
PRIVATE DY
SR-78 RA
SR-78 RA
Vista-Carlsbad Interceptor Sewer
(Segments 8 to 17)±
0 200 400 Feet
Page 2Page 3Vista-Carlsbad Sewer Interceptor Manholes
Vista-Carlsbad Sewer Interceptor Pipes
Pipe Segment ID
Manhole ID
Legend Page 1Revised 7/5/2018
Material & Diameter
!(
!(
!(
!(!(1617
18
19
20
Encina-Buena Vista
Lift Station
1C-3
1C-2
1C-1
1C-4
1D-10DIP 36DIP 36DIP
36DIP 36SR-78 EB
SR-78 WB
SR-78 RA
VISTA WY
JEFFERSON STLAGO
O
N
V
I
E
W
D
R
PRIVATE RD
PRIVATE DY
PUBLIC RD
PRIVATE ST
PLAZA CAMINO REAL DYM
A
R
R
O
N
R
D
SR-78 R
A
PRIVATE DY
PRIVATE ST
Vista-Carlsbad Interceptor Sewer
(Segments 18 to 20)±
0 200 400 Feet
Page 3
Vista-Carlsbad Sewer Interceptor Manholes
Vista-Carlsbad Sewer Interceptor Pipes
Pipe Segment ID
Manhole ID
Legend Page 2Revised 7/5/2018
Material & Diameter
!(!(!(!(!(!(!(21 22 23 24 25 26
9B-32 9B-31
4D-15 4D-14
4D-17
4D-16 9B-21HOBAS 36RCP 36H
O
B
A
S
4
2
HOBAS 42HOBAS 42RCP 36HOBAS 42I-5
JEFFERSON ST
LAGUNA DRDAVIS AV
TUTTLE ST
KNOWLES AVBUENA PLLAS FLORES DRBUENA VISTA WYMADIS
O
N
S
TI-5 LAS FLORES NB ON RAMP 2
B
U
E
N
A
V
I
S
T
A
C
RI-5 LAS
F
L
O
R
E
S
S
B
O
F
F
R
A
M
P
2
KREMEYER CRI-5 LAS FLORES SB ON RA
MP
ROOS
E
V
EL
T S
T
PRIVATE ST
CABRILLO PLLANAI CTNIKI
L
Y
N
N
P
L DAVIS PLI-5
Vista-Carlsbad Interceptor Sewer
(Segments 21 to 26)±0 200 400 Feet
Page 4 Page 5Vista-Carlsbad Sewer Interceptor Manholes
Vista-Carlsbad Sewer Interceptor Pipes
Pipe Segment ID
Manhole ID
Legend
NCTD RR ROW
Material & Diameter
Revised 7/5/2018
!(!(!(!(!(!(27282
9
3
0 319D-33
9D-329B-31
9D-28
15B-11
10C-34
R
C
P
4
2
HOBA
S 42
H
O
B
A
S
4
2
HO
B
A
S
4
2
HOBA
S 4
2
MADIS
O
N
S
T
ROOS
EV
ELT
ST
G
R
A
N
D
A
V
STAT
E
STJEFFERS
O
N
S
T TYLER
ST
HOM
E
A
V CARL
S
B
A
D
V
I
L
L
A
G
E
D
R
ROOS
E
V
EL
T
S
T
A
L
L
E
Y
P
I
N
E
A
V
MADIS
O
N S
T
A
L
L
E
Y
TYLER
ST
ALL
E
Y
OA
K
A
V
HOPE
A
V
LINCOL
N
ST
WASHI
N
G
T
O
N
S
T
HARDI
N
G
S
T
JEFFE
R
S
O
N
ST
A
L
L
E
Y
STATE
ST
A
LLE
Y WA
L
N
U
T
A
V
A
R
B
U
C
K
L
E
P
L OAK A
V
A
L
L
E
Y
STATE S
T
A
L
L
E
YOA
K
A
V
P
I
N
E
A
V
WASHI
N
GT
O
N
ST
Vista-Carlsbad Interceptor Sewer
(Segments 27 to 31)±0 200 400 Feet
Page 5Page 4Page 6Vista-Carlsbad Sewer Interceptor Manholes
Vista-Carlsbad Sewer Interceptor Pipes
Pipe Segment ID
Manhole ID
Legend
NCTD RR ROW
Material & Diameter
Revised 7/5/2018
!(!(!(!(!(!(!(!(!(31 32 33 34
35 36 37 38
39RCP 4816C-90
16A-78
16A-77
16C-92 16C-91
15B-13
15B-11 RCP 48RCP 42RCP 48RCP 48RCP 48RCP 48RCP 48GARFIELD ST TAMARACK AVACACIA AVJUNIPER AVHIBISCUS CR
HEMLOCK AVWALNUT AVREDWOOD AVCHESTNUT AVVILLAGE DR
TYLER ST
LINCOLN ST
NAUTICAL DR
WASHINGTON ST
CHERRY AVMAPLE AVVILLAGE CRSYCAMORE AVCHESTNUT AVWALNUT AVVista-Carlsbad Interceptor Sewer
(Segments 32 to 37)±0 200 400 Feet
Page 6Page 5Page 7Vista-Carlsbad Sewer Interceptor Manholes
Vista-Carlsbad Sewer Interceptor Pipes
Pipe Segment ID
Manhole ID
Legend
NCTD RR ROW
Material & Diameter
Revised 7/5/2018
!(!(!(!(!(!(35 36 37 38
39
40
16C-2
16C-87
16C-9016C-92 16C-91
16C-59 RCP 48RCP 48RCP 48RCP 48RCP 48GARFIELD STTAMARACK AVDATE AVHIBISCUS CR
REDWOOD AVAGUILA STOLIVE AVCHINQUAPIN AVCANARIO ST
LONG PL
SEQUOIA AVNAUTICAL DRCHINQUAPIN AVCHINQUAPIN AVVista-Carlsbad Interceptor Sewer
(Segments 38 to 40)±0 200 400 Feet
Page 7Page 6Vista-Carlsbad Sewer Interceptor Manholes
Vista-Carlsbad Sewer Interceptor Pipes
Pipe Segment ID
Manhole ID
Legend
NCTD RR ROW
Material & Diameter
Revised 7/5/2018
VISTA-CARLSBAD INTERCEPTOR SEWER
REACHES 2 THROUGH 10
DATA TABLE
Segment Reach FacilityID Up_MH Down_MH Material Diameter Slope
Date of
Last
Cleaning
Pipe
Length
1 2 SWM1533 2C-7 2C-6 DIP 42 0.61 2/1987 86
2 2 SWM1532 2C-6 2C-5 DIP 42 0.76 2/1987 337
3 2 SWM1531 2C-5 2C-4 DIP 42 0.49 2/1987 407
4 2 SWM1530 2C-4 2C-2 DIP 42 0.37 2/1987 525
5 2 SWM1529 2C-2 2C-3 DIP 42 0.25 2/1987 204
6 2 SWM1527 2C-3 1D-8 DIP 42 0.37 2/1987 564
7 2 SWM1526 1D-8 1D-2 DIP 42 0.14 2/1987 334
8 2 SWM1524 1D-2 1D-6 DIP 42 0.36 2/1987 145
9 2 SWM1474 1D-6 1D-9 DIP 42 0.38 2/1987 153
10 3 SWM1528 1D-9 1D-7 DIP 36 10.00 8/2006 13
11 3 SWM1562 1D-7 1D-14 DIP 36 0.20 8/2006 415
12 3 SWM1560 1D-14 1D-13 DIP 36 0.19 8/2006 246
13 3 SWM1559 1D-13 1D-12 DIP 36 0.19 8/2006 480
14 3 SWM1558 1D-12 1D-11 DIP 36 0.20 8/2006 345
15 3 SWM1556 1D-11 1D-10 DIP 36 0.20 8/2006 335
16 3 SWM1555 1D-10 1C-3 DIP 36 0.20 8/2006 340
17 3 SWM1554 1C-3 1C-1 DIP 36 0.19 8/2006 305
18 3 SWM1553 1C-1 1C-2*DIP 36 0.19 8/2006 328
19 3 SWM1563 1C-2 1C-4 DIP 36 0.36 8/2006 391
20 3 SWM1655 1C-4 SLS20 DIP 30 2.00 2/2000 45
21 3 SWM1621 4D-16 4D-17 RCP 36 2.10 2/2000 330
22 3 SWM1622 4D-17 4D-15 RCP 36 2.64 3/2006 311
23 3 SWM1619 4D-15 4D-14 HOBAS 36 2.68 3/2006 329
24 5 SWM1618 4D-14 9B-32 HOBAS 42 0.19 3/2006 838
25 5 SWM1617 9B-32 9B-21 HOBAS 42 0.20 3/2006 859
26 5 SWM1616 9B-21 9B-31 HOBAS 42 0.19 3/2006 132
27 6 SWM1613 9B-31 9D-28 HOBAS 42 0.20 3/2006 1076
28 6 SWM1612 9D-28 10C-34 HOBAS 42 0.19 3/2006 895
29 7 SWM1611 10C-34 9D-33 HOBAS 42 0.65 3/2006 785
30 7 SWM1610 9D-33 9D-32 HOBAS 42 0.20 3/2006 542
31 8 SWM1609 9D-32 15B-11 RCP 42 0.26 6/2006 972
32 9 SWM1608 15B-11 15B-13 RCP 48 0.07 6/2006 475
33 10 SWM1607 15B-13 16A-78 RCP 48 0.08 6/2006 538
34 10 SWM1606 16A-78 16A-77 RCP 48 0.07 6/2006 530
35 10 SWM1605 16A-77 16C-92 RCP 48 0.07 6/2006 958
36 10 SWM1604 16C-92 16C-91 RCP 48 0.08 6/2006 106
37 10 SWM1602 16C-91 16C-90 RCP 48 0.07 6/2006 297
38 10 SWM1601 16C-90 16C-59 RCP 48 0.07 6/2006 439
39 10 SWM1600 16C-59 16C-2 RCP 48 0.08 6/2006 455
40 10 SWM1599 16C-2 16C-87 RCP 48 0.08 6/2006 428
17,295TOTAL LINEAL FEET
* "Smartcover" level detector is installed in this manhole. Coordinate shutdown with City prior to
removing manhole cover to avoid damaging the device.
Revised 08/09/2018 1 of 1
VISTA-CARLSBAD INTERCEPTOR SEWER
REACHES 2 THROUGH 2
MANHOLES
Order UnitID Unit Type Manhole
Diameter Depth Coating
1 2C-7 STDAH 5 14.57 Epoxy
2 2C-6 STDAH 5 15.24 Epoxy
3 2C-5 STDAH 5 18.89 Epoxy
4 2C-4 STDAH 5 17.32 Epoxy
5 2C-2 STDAH 5 14.66 Epoxy
6 2C-3 STDAH 5 16.43 Epoxy
7 1D-8 STDAH 5 19.31 Epoxy
8 1D-2 STDAH 5 15.87 Epoxy
9 1D-6 STDAH 5 16.22 Epoxy
10 1D-9 LINED 5 16.45 Epoxy
11 1D-14 STDAH 5 19.67 Epoxy
12 1D-7 LINED 6 17.32 Epoxy
13 1D-13 STDAH 5 21.77 Epoxy
14 1D-12 STDAH 5 23.73 Epoxy
15 1D-11 STDAH 5 25.41 Epoxy
16 1D-10 DAH 4 28.04 Epoxy
17 1C-3 STDAH 5 23.78 Epoxy
18 1C-1 STDAH 5 21.89 Epoxy
19 1C-2 DAH 4 21.66 Epoxy
20 1C-4 STDAH 5 13.50 Epoxy
21 4D-16 LINED 6 6.66 None
22 4D-17 LINED 8 6.49 None
23 4D-15 STDAH 6 13.24 None
24 4D-14 STDAH 7 23.05 None
25 9B-32 STDAH 7 20.23 None
26 9B-21 LINED 7 18.35 None
27 9B-31 STDAH 7 17.81 None
28 9D-28 STDAH 7 18.77 None
29 10C-34 STDAH 7 20.96 None
30 9D-33 STDAH 7 17.91 None
31 9D-32 LINED 10 13.09 None
32 15B-11 LINED 10 18.16 None
33 15B-13 DAH 10 18.78 None
34 16A-78 LINED 10 18.51 None
35 16A-77 LINED 10 20.93 None
36 16C-92 LINED 10 20.49 None
37 16C-91 LINED 10 20.95 None
38 16C-90 LINED 10 21.03 None
39 16C-59 LINED 10 16.44 None
40 16C-2 LINED 10 11.77 None
Revised 07/05/2018 1 of 1
PAGE iINDEX MAP FOR NORTH BATIQUITOS INTERCEPTORSEWER CLEANING AND CCTV INSPECTIONPAGE 1PAGE 2PAGE 3PAGE 4PAGE 5PAGE 6PAGE 7PAGE 8PAGE 9PAGE 10PAGE 11LEGENDINTERCEPTOR PIPESENVIRONMENTALLYSENSITIVE AREAPAGE BORDERSPACIFICOCEANBATIQUITOSLAGOONLA COSTA AVEEL CAMINO REALPOINSETTIA LNARENALRDINTERSTATE 5RAIL ROADAVIARA PKWYP
O
I
N
S
E
T
T
I
A
L
NAVIARA PKWYNORTHBATIQUITOSLIFT STATIONENCINAWASTEWATERAUTHORITYFACILITYPASEODELNORTE
LEGENDInterceptor ManholesInterceptor PipesCity EasementsParcels
LEGENDPARCELPUBLIC WORKS EASEMENTINTERCEPTOR MANHOLESINTERCEPTOR PIPESENVIRONMENTALLYSENSITIVE AREAPIPE SEGMENT IDMANHOLE IDWORK AREA MAP FOR NORTH BATIQUITOS INTERCEPTORSEWER CLEANING AND CCTV INSPECTION400 NORTHLA COSTA DRMATCHLINE
SEE PAGE 2 48D-1648D-3548D-3448D-3348D-3248D-3148D-3048D-2848D-2948D-2748D-3023456789101#PAGE 1
LEGENDPARCELPUBLIC WORKS EASEMENTINTERCEPTOR MANHOLESINTERCEPTOR PIPESENVIRONMENTALLYSENSITIVE AREAPIPE SEGMENT IDMANHOLE IDWORK AREA MAP FOR NORTH BATIQUITOS INTERCEPTORSEWER CLEANING AND CCTV INSPECTION400 N LA COSTA DRPRIVATE PROPERTYNOTIFICATION REQUIREDMATCHLINE
SEE PAGE 3MATCHLINESEE PAGE 148D-2848D-2948D-2748D-2648C-2448C-2348C-2248C-248C-2148D-3091081112131415#PAGE 2
LEGENDPARCELPUBLIC WORKS EASEMENTINTERCEPTOR MANHOLESINTERCEPTOR PIPESENVIRONMENTALLYSENSITIVE AREAPIPE SEGMENT IDMANHOLE IDWORK AREA MAP FOR NORTH BATIQUITOS INTERCEPTORSEWER CLEANING AND CCTV INSPECTIONFOURSEASONSHOTELAVIARAGOLF COURSENOTIFICATIONREQUIREDAVIARAGOLF COURSEAVIARAGOLF COURSEBATIQUITOSLAGOONTRAILBATIQUITOSLAGOONBATIQUITOSLAGOONTRAILMATCHLINESEE PAGE 2MATCHLINE
SEE PAGE 448C-248C-2148C-2048C-1948C-1848C-1748C-1448C-1647D-6748D-3014151617181920212223#PAGE 3
LEGENDPARCELPUBLIC WORKS EASEMENTINTERCEPTOR MANHOLESINTERCEPTOR PIPESENVIRONMENTALLYSENSITIVE AREAPIPE SEGMENT IDMANHOLE IDWORK AREA MAP FOR NORTH BATIQUITOS INTERCEPTORSEWER CLEANING AND CCTV INSPECTIONBATIQUITOSLAGOONPARKINGLOTAVIARAGOLF COURSENOTIFICATIONREQUIREDBATIQUITOSLAGOONTRAILMATCHLINE
SEE PAGE 5MATCHLINESEE PAGE 347D-6747D-6647D-3847D-2147D-2747D-1247D-1347D-147D-252B-248D-3023242526272829303132#PAGE4
LEGENDPARCELPUBLIC WORKS EASEMENTINTERCEPTOR MANHOLESINTERCEPTOR PIPESENVIRONMENTALLYSENSITIVE AREAPIPE SEGMENT IDMANHOLE IDWORK AREA MAP FOR NORTH BATIQUITOS INTERCEPTORSEWER CLEANING AND CCTV INSPECTIONBATIQUITOSLAGOONWOODENPEDESTRIANBRIDGEBATIQUITOSLAGOONTRAILMATCHLINESEE PAGE 6MATCHLINESEE PAGE 452B-252B-147D-447D-347C-1047C-947C-147C-247C-4948D-303233343536373839#PAGE 5
LEGENDPARCELPUBLIC WORKS EASEMENTINTERCEPTOR MANHOLESINTERCEPTOR PIPESENVIRONMENTALLYSENSITIVE AREAPIPE SEGMENT IDMANHOLE IDWORK AREA MAP FOR NORTH BATIQUITOS INTERCEPTORSEWER CLEANING AND CCTV INSPECTIONBATIQUITOSLAGOONNORTHBATIQUITOSLIFT STATIONBATIQUITOSLAGOONTRAILMATCHLINESEE PAGE 547C-1047C-947C-147C-247C-4947C-4847C-747C-1548D-303637383940414243#PAGE 6
LEGENDPARCELPUBLIC WORKS EASEMENTINTERCEPTOR MANHOLESINTERCEPTOR PIPESENVIRONMENTALLYSENSITIVE AREAPIPE SEGMENT IDMANHOLE IDWORK AREA MAP FOR NORTH BATIQUITOS INTERCEPTORSEWER CLEANING AND CCTV INSPECTIONSEACLIFFHOMEOWNERSASSOCIATIONNOTIFICATIONREQUIREDALONG THIS STRETCHMATCHLINE
SEE PAGE 847C-447C-347A-5446B-1146B-1046B-946B-846B-748D-3044454647484950#PAGE 7
LEGENDPARCELPUBLIC WORKS EASEMENTINTERCEPTOR MANHOLESINTERCEPTOR PIPESPIPE SEGMENT IDMANHOLE IDWORK AREA MAP FOR NORTH BATIQUITOS INTERCEPTORSEWER CLEANING AND CCTV INSPECTIONMATCHLINE
SEE PAGE 9MATCHLINESEE PAGE 746B-846B-746B-646B-546B-4146B-146B-246B-446B-4246B-341D-448D-305051525354555657585960#PAGE 8
LEGENDPARCELPUBLIC WORKS EASEMENTINTERCEPTOR MANHOLESINTERCEPTOR PIPESNCTD RAILROADRIGHT-OF-WAYENVIRONMENTALLYSENSITIVE AREAPIPE SEGMENT IDMANHOLE IDWORK AREA MAP FOR NORTH BATIQUITOS INTERCEPTORSEWER CLEANING AND CCTV INSPECTIONMATCHLINE
SEE PAGE 10 MATCHLINESEE PAGE 841D-441D-6941D-341D-241D-141C-141C-641C-5541C-541C-441C-341C-248D-306061626364656667686970#PAGE 9
LEGENDPARCELPUBLIC WORKS EASEMENTINTERCEPTOR MANHOLESINTERCEPTOR PIPESNTCD RAILROADRIGHT-OF-WAYPIPE SEGMENT IDMANHOLE IDWORK AREA MAP FOR NORTH BATIQUITOS INTERCEPTORSEWER CLEANING AND CCTV INSPECTIONMATCHLINE
SEE PAGE 11 MATCHLINESEE PAGE 941C-241A-741A-541A-641A-441A-341A-241A-148D-307172737475767778#PAGE 10
LEGENDPARCELPUBLIC WORKS EASEMENTINTERCEPTOR MANHOLESINTERCEPTOR PIPESNTCD RAILROADRIGHT-OF-WAYENVIRONMENTALLYSENSITIVE AREAPIPE SEGMENT IDMANHOLE IDWORK AREA MAP FOR NORTH BATIQUITOS INTERCEPTORSEWER CLEANING AND CCTV INSPECTIONENCINAWASTEWATERAUTHORITYFACILITYMATCHLINESEE PAGE 1041A-135C-1335C-1135C-1235C-2135C-2048D-307880798182#PAGE 11
NORTH BATIQUITOS INTERCEPTOR SEWER
REACHES 1 THROUGH 10
PIPELINE AND MANHOLE TABLE
Segment Reach FacilityID Up_MH Down_MH Material Diameter Slope
Date of
Last
Cleaning
Pipe
Length
1 1 SWM1332 48D-16 48D-35 VCP 12 2.50 6/2005 183
2 1 SWM1331 48D-35 48D-34 VCP 15 0.15 6/2005 306
3 1 SWM1330 48D-34 48D-33 VCP 15 0.14 6/2005 201
4 1 SWM1329 48D-33 48D-32 VCP 15 0.15 6/2005 351
5 1 SWM1328 48D-32 48D-31 VCP 15 0.14 6/2005 236
6 1 SWM1327 48D-31 48D-30 VCP 15 0.15 6/2005 138
7 1 SWM1326 48D-30 48D-28 VCP 15 0.14 6/2005 110
8 1 SWM1325 48D-28 48D-29 VCP 15 0.06 6/2005 145
9 1 SWM2129 48D-29 48D-27 VCP 15 0.21 6/2005 171
10 1 SWM1324 48D-27 48D-26 VCP 15 2.50 6/2005 355
11 2 SWM1323 48D-26 48C-24 VCP 18 0.09 6/2005 300
12 2 SWM1322 48C-24 48C-23 VCP 18 0.10 6/2005 349
13 2 SWM1321 48C-23 48C-22 VCP 18 0.09 6/2005 341
14 2 SWM1320 48C-22 48C-2 VCP 18 0.10 6/2005 268
15 2 SWM1318 48C-2 48C-21 VCP 18 0.09 6/2005 266
16 2 SWM1315 48C-21 48C-20 VCP 18 0.09 6/2005 340
17 2 SWM1314 48C-20 48C-19 VCP 18 0.10 6/2005 308
18 3 SWM1313 48C-19 49C-18 VCP 21 0.09 6/2005 333
19 3 SWM1312 49C-18 48C-17 VCP 21 0.10 6/2005 345
20 3 SWM1311 48C-17 48C-14 VCP 21 0.09 6/2005 166
21 3 SWM1310 48C-14 48C-16 VCP 21 0.10 6/2005 221
22 3 SWM1309 48C-16 47D-67 VCP 21 0.09 6/2005 241
23 3 SWM1308 47D-67 47D-66 VCP 21 0.09 6/2005 307
24 3 SWM1307 47D-66 47D-38 VCP 21 0.10 6/2005 350
25 3 SWM1191 47D-38 47D-21 VCP 21 0.10 6/2005 350
26 4 SWM1173 47D-21 47D-27 VCP 24 0.09 6/2005 353
27 4 SWM1154 47D-27 47D-12 VCP 24 0.09 6/2005 181
28 4 SWM1051 47D-12 47D-13 VCP 24 0.10 6/2005 81
29 4 SWM1737 47D-13 47D-1 VCP 24 0.10 6/2005 167
30 4 SWM472 47D-1 47D-2 VCP 24 0.09 6/2005 280
31 4 SWM1915 47D-2 52B-2 VCP 24 0.10 6/2005 364
32 4 SWM1597 52B-2 52B-1 VCP 24 0.10 6/2005 238
33 4 SWM890 52B-1 47D-4 VCP 24 0.10 6/2005 238
34 4 SWM872 47D-4 47D-3 VCP 24 0.10 6/2005 349
35 4 SWM853 47D-3 47D-10 VCP 24 0.09 6/2005 405
36 4 SWM835 47C-10 47C-9 VCP 24 0.10 6/2005 259
37 4 SWM818 47C-9 47C-1 VCP 24 0.10 6/2005 350
38 4 SWM525 47C-1 47C-2 VCP 24 0.09 6/2005 155
39 4 SWM1970 47C-2 47C-49 VCP 24 0.10 6/2005 208
40 4 SWM1652 47C-49 47C-48 VCP 24 0.10 6/2005 349
41 4 SWM1351 47C-48 47C-7 VCP 24 0.10 6/2005 100
42 4 SWM1210 47C-7 47C-15 *VCP 24 0.03 6/2005 32
43 6 SWM674 47C-4 47C-3 VCP 18 0.79 6/2005 346
44 6 SWM655 47C-3 47A-54 VCP 18 0.80 6/2006 279
45 6 SWM637 47A-54 46B-11 VCP 18 0.79 6/2006 349
46 6 SWM620 46B-11 46B-10 VCP 18 0.79 6/2006 351
Revised 08/09/2018 Exhibit 2B 1 of 2
NORTH BATIQUITOS INTERCEPTOR SEWER
REACHES 1 THROUGH 10
PIPELINE AND MANHOLE TABLE
Segment Reach FacilityID Up_MH Down_MH Material Diameter Slope
Date of
Last
Cleaning
Pipe
Length
47 6 SWM600 46B-10 46B-9 VCP 18 0.79 6/2006 351
48 6 SWM582 46B-9 46B-8 VCP 18 0.79 6/2006 253
49 6 SWM561 46B-8 46B-7 CI 18 11.97 6/2006 320
50 6 SWM540 46B-7 46B-6 VCP 18 3.77 6/2005 189
51 6 SWM505 46B-6 46B-5 VCP 18 4.80 6/2005 267
52 7 SWM486 46B-5 46B-41 PVC 21 0.50 6/2005 145
53 7 SWM6898 46B-41 46B-1 VCP 21 1.00 6/2005 210
54 7 SWM414 46B-1 46B-2 VCP 21 0.50 6/2005 351
55 7 SWM470 46B-2 46B-4 VCP 21 0.50 6/2005 348
56 7 SWM453 46B-4 46B-42 VCP 21 0.01 6/2005 102
57 7 SWM5644 46B-42 46B-3 VCP 21 0.99 6/2005 249
58 7 SWM433 46B-3 41D-4 VCP 21 0.50 6/2005 357
59 7 SWM1 41D-4 41D-69 VCP 21 1.03 6/2005 215
60 7 SWM171 41D-69 41D-3 PVC 27 1.41 6/2005 117
61 7 SWM376 41D-3 41D-2 VCP 21 0.19 6/2005 132
62 7 SWM355 41D-2 41D-1 VCP 21 0.19 6/2005 141
63 7 SWM335 41D-1 41C-1 VCP 21 0.20 6/2005 136
64 7 SWM1640 41C-1 41C-6 VCP 27 0.16 6/2005 151
65 8 SWM6222 41C-6 41C-55 VCP 27 0.16 6/2005 56
66 8 SWM1639 41C-55 41C-55 VCP 27 0.16 6/2005 403
67 8 SWM1638 41C-5 41C-4 VCP 27 0.16 6/2005 398
68 8 SWM1637 41C-4 41C-3 VCP 27 0.16 6/2005 404
69 8 SWM1636 41C-3 41C-2 VCP 27 0.10 6/2005 398
70 8 SWM1634 41C-2 41A-7 VCP 27 0.21 6/2005 399
71 8 SWM1633 41A-7 41A-6 VCP 27 0.16 6/2005 399
72 8 SWM1630 41A-6 41A-5 VCP 27 0.16 6/2005 368
73 8 SWM1629 41A-5 41A-4 *VCP 27 0.16 6/2005 93
74 9 SWM1628 41A-4 *41A-3 VCP 39 0.21 6/2005 23
75 9 SWM1627 41A-3 41A-2 VCP 39 0.15 6/2005 413
76 9 SWM1626 41A-2 41A-1 VCP 39 0.16 6/2005 266
77 9 SWM1625 41A-1 35C-13 VCP 39 0.15 6/2005 311
78 9 SWM1624 35C-13 35C-11 VCP 39 0.15 6/2005 170
79 9 SWM1623 35C-11 35C-12 ESVCP 42 1.90 6/2005 211
80 10 SWM173 35C-12 35C-21 RCP 48 0.09 6/2005 1002
81 10 SWM7061 35C-21 35C-20 RCP 48 0.11 6/2005 53
21,520TOTAL LINEAL FEET
* "Smartcover" level detector is installed in this manhole. Coordinate shutdown with City prior to
removing manhole cover to avoid damaging the device.
Revised 08/09/2018 Exhibit 2B 2 of 2
NORTH BATIQUITOS INTERCEPTOR SEWER MANHOLES
UnitID Unit Type Manhole
Diameter Depth Coating
48D-16 STDAH 4 9.44 None
48D-35 STDAH 4 6.19 None
48D-34 STDAH 4 6.56 None
48D-33 STDAH 4 8.09 None
48D-32 STDAH 4 6.29 None
48D-31 STDAH 4 5.44 None
48D-30 STDAH 4 4.55 None
48D-28 STDAH 4 5.41 None
48D-29 STDAH 4 13.40 None
48D-27 STDAH 4 5.69 None
48D-26 STDAH 4 8.82 None
48C-24 STDAH 4 6.02 None
48C-23 STDAH 4 5.87 None
48C-22 STDAH 4 8.71 None
48C-2 STDAH 4 5.48 None
48C-21 STDAH 4 8.84 None
48C-20 STDAH 4 6.08 None
48C-19 STDAH 4 8.39 None
48C-18 STDAH 4 8.12 None
48C-17 STDAH 4 8.57 None
48C-14 STDAH 4 7.63 None
48C-16 STDAH 4 7.96 None
47D-67 STDAH 4 7.40 None
47D-66 STDAH 4 9.50 None
47D-38 STDAH 4 9.35 None
47D-21 STDAH 4 11.70 None
47D-27 STDAH 4 7.55 None
47D-12 STDAH 4 7.23 None
47D-13 STDAH 4 7.28 None
47D-1 STDAH 4 7.58 None
47D-2 STDAH 4 6.06 None
52B-2 STDAH 4 6.13 None
52B-1 STDAH 4 5.87 None
47D-4 STDAH 4 7.11 None
47D-3 STDAH 4 7.96 None
47C-10 STDAH 4 6.34 None
47C-9 STDAH 4 8.62 None
47C-1 STDAH 4 5.17 None
47C-2 STDAH 4 4.82 None
47C-49 STDAH 4 5.43 None
47C-48 STDAH 4 7.98 None
47C-7 STDAH 4 15.78 None
47C-4 DISAH 4 7.65 None
47C-3 STDAH 4 6.55 None
47A-54 STDAH 4 5.97 None
46B-11 STDAH 4 7.47 None
46B-10 STDAH 4 9.07 None
46B-9 STDAH 4 6.27 None
46B-8 STDAH 4 12.89 None
46B-7 STDAH 4 14.19 None
Revised 08/06/2018 Exhibit 2 C 1 of 2
NORTH BATIQUITOS INTERCEPTOR SEWER MANHOLES
UnitID Unit Type Manhole
Diameter Depth Coating
46B-6 STDAH 4 6.51 None
46B-5 STDAH 4 14.81 None
46B-41 STDAH 4 14.81 None
46B-1 STDAH 4 13.56 None
46B-2 STDAH 4 19.51 None
46B-4 STDAH 4 21.46 None
46B-42 STDAH 4 14.56 None
46B-3 STDAH 4 14.81 None
41D-4 STDAH 4 16.37 None
41D-69 STDAH 5 9.36 None
41D-3 STDAH 4 10.70 None
41D-2 STDAH 4 8.10 None
41D-1 STDAH 4 7.25 None
41C-1 STDAH 4 8.04 None
41A-6 STDAH 5 13.44 None
41C-55 STDAH 4 7.00 None
41C-5 STDAH 5 7.64 None
41C-4 STDAH 5 10.28 None
41C-3 STDAH 5 13.12 None
41C-2 STDAH 5 12.56 None
41A-7 DAH 5 13.50 None
41C-6 STDAH 5 7.91 None
41A-5 STDAH 5 14.83 None
41A-4 DAH 5 14.09 None
41A-3 DAH 5 15.48 None
41A-2 DAH 5 17.01 None
41A-1 DAH 5 23.55 None
35C-13 STDAH 5 23.65 None
35C-11 STDAH 5 9.19 None
35C-12 STDAH 5 17.40 None
35C-21 STDAH 4 7.68 None
35C-20 STDAH 6 10.15 None
Revised 08/06/2018 Exhibit 2 C 2 of 2
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DIVISION 01: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
01 10 00 Summary of Work
01 14 00 Environmental Protection
01 20 05 Measurement and Payment
01 33 00 Submittal
01 55 26 Traffic Control
DIVISION 02: SITE WORK
02 07 10 Wastewater Flow Management
02 07 20 Wastewater Discharge Emergency Plan
02 95 10 Pipeline Cleaning and Inspection
END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 01 10 00
SUMMARY OF WORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION
A. The work to be performed under this Contract shall consist of furnishing all tools, equipment, materials, supplies, and manufactured articles and furnishing all labor,
transportation and services, including fuel, power, water, and essential communications, and performing all work, or other operations required for the
fulfillment of the Contract in strict accordance with the Contract Documents. The
work shall be complete, and all work, materials, and services not expressly indicated or called for in the Contract Documents which may be necessary for the
complete and proper construction of the work in good faith shall be provided by
the CONTRACTOR as though originally so indicated, at no increase in cost to the AGENCY.
B. It is the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to thoroughly familiarize themselves with the project sites and constraints. If bypass or any special operations is required, the
CONTRACTOR shall include the same in their costs and identify in the plan of work.
C. The intention of the cleaning activity is to facilitate pipeline and manhole inspection
and to restore pipeline functionality to its active operational maximum. Debris from the pipeline shall be removed and the pipeline restored to a minimum of 90 to 95 percent of the original diameter or area. The intent of the inspection is to identify any damaged
portion (minor or major) of so that the pipeline segment may be marked for rehabilitation in the future.
1.2 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
A. The work generally includes, but is not limited to, furnishing all products, labor,
equipment, material, transportation, and incidental services to construct the following: 1. Sanitary sewer cleaning with hydro cleaning equipment including root
removal, if required, and debris removal with vacuum for all pipes 12” through 48” prior to CCTV inspection.
2. The CONTRACTOR shall dispose of all debris removed from the pipeline, in accordance with current applicable regulations. Hazardous waste material is
not anticipated during the project, but if encountered, the CONTRACTOR shall
remove and dispose of the material at no additional cost to the AGENCY. The CONTRACTOR shall keep records of types of debris, removed from each
segment of pipe and provide these records to AGENCY in the format
requested by AGENCY.
3. High speed, High definition 360 degree CCTV and GIS in accordance with NASSCO PACP format for all existing pipelines 12” thru 48” throughout the City as identified in the Contract Documents.
4. MACP Level 2 inspection of manholes shall be performed to gather detailed information to fully document all defects, determine condition of the manhole,
and provide the specific information needed to recommend corrective action.
5. Video inspections shall be done using CUES GraniteNet v3.2. All inspections
must be coded using PACP v7.0 codes. Upstream and downstream manholes
should match the Manhole IDs provided by the AGENCY. A GraniteNet v3.2 SQL database of the PACP inspections must be delivered to the AGENCY
along with the associated video, pictures and reports as specified in these
Contract Documents.
6. Time Constraints: i. Vista/Carlsbad Interceptor:
a) Work shall be performed between the hours of 11:00 pm to 6:00 am (from first cone down to last cone up). No work shall be
performed outside of these designated work hours.
b) No construction activities shall be performed during the entire
month of December near downtown Carlsbad Village.
Restriction applies from November 22nd through January 1st (i.e. between Thanksgiving through New Year’s Day).
ii. North Batiquitos Interceptor: a) Work shall be performed between the hours of 11:00 pm to 6:00
am only (from first cone down to last cone up). No work shall be
performed outside of these designated work hours.
b) Construction activities is prohibited from occurring between the
period of January 15th through September 15th near any open space easements along the North Batiquitos Interceptor during
the migratory bird nesting season. 7. Access Constraints:
i. CONTRACTOR to note the following possible access constraints and plan work such that these are addressed adequately:
a) Portions of both the interceptors lie within the North County Transit District and Caltrans Right of Way that may have special
requirements for access and construction activities.
b) Portions of the interceptor or access to the manholes may lie in
private property (within easements). The CONTRACTOR shall
work with the AGENCY’s personnel to notify the residents and obtain relevant permissions to do work within established
timeframes. The CONTRACTOR shall be mindful of public
relations issues when working in and around private property and perform work with maximum care.
c) Access to the manholes on North Batiquitos interceptor may be severely restricted in certain areas due to heavy brush or trees
or in environmentally sensitive area or due to lack of an
established trail. The CONTRACTOR shall familiarize themselves with the site conditions and provide options in the
Operations Plan on how to perform work. For example, there is
a pedestrian bridge on a trail that may not be able to support a truck and may require the CONTRACTOR to propose an
alternate method to mitigate any damage, e.g. provision of steel
plates to protect the pedestrian bridge.
ii. The constraints and restrictions mentioned above shall not be
construed by the CONTRACTOR as complete. The CONTRACTOR is encouraged to perform a thorough investigation of the two interceptor
alignments and develop means and methods to perform work.
B. Enclosed with these Contract Documents are the following Exhibits:
1. Upper Vista/ Carlsbad Interceptor Sewer i. Exhibit 1A: Maps of the area with manhole numbers, segment
numbers, and approximate location
ii. Exhibit 1B: Spreadsheet with data on segment number, reach
numbers, upstream/downstream manhole numbers, material, diameter, slope, date of last cleaning, and pipe length
iii. Exhibit 1C: Spreadsheet of information on manholes as in the manhole ID, diameter, depth, and lining/coating
2. North Batiquitos Interceptor Sewer i. Exhibit 2A: Maps of the area with manhole numbers, segment
numbers, and approximate location
ii. Exhibit 2B: Spreadsheet with data on segment number, reach
numbers, upstream/downstream manhole numbers, material, diameter, slope, date of last cleaning, and pipe length
iii. Exhibit 2C: Spreadsheet of information on manholes as in the manhole ID, diameter, depth, and lining/coating
3. The “date of last cleaning” is an estimate. When a date of last clean is unknown, the date of construction has been noted. Based on the date of last
clean, the CONTRACTOR is expected to make a determination of the amount
of debris in the interceptor and provide necessary cleaning proper to inspection video.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and maintain, in good condition, all cleaning and televising equipment necessary for proper execution of the work.
D. Maintaining Flow: It will be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR, throughout the tenure of this contract, to provide and maintain sufficient flow at all times to pass any
flash of storm flow of drainage ditches and prevent any backwater flooding due to
obstruction caused by cleaning or CCTV equipment.
E. Retrieval of Materials and Equipment: It shall be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to remove materials and equipment that has been lodged in the sewer from cleaning,
television inspection, or point repair excavations.
F. Work Schedule. This schedule shall outline the sequence in which the
CONTRACTOR proposes to conduct his operations and shall be approved by the
AGENCY before work is started. The CONTRACTOR shall use a time-scaled logic diagram format. The level of detail of activities shall provide clear, concise
communication of the plan of work. At a minimum, activities showing initial
mobilization, start-up, cleaning and televising, and any resultant point repairs shall be included. Original and updated schedules must be provided to the AGENCY in writing
on appropriately sized single sheets. A color print will be required in order to distinguish different types of activities from one another. The software used for producing the schedules must have the capability to tailor the form and format of
schedules, and accompanying reports, to the AGENCY’s requirements. The AGENCY may require additional updates to the schedule as changes occur. These additional updates will be submitted to the project manager within 24 hours of the
request. Changes to the schedule are subject to approval of the AGENCY.
G. The AGENCY, at its option, may increase or decrease any or all service
requirements provided for under this contract. The AGENCY further reserves the right to suspend or stop the performance of any or all of the work of this contract due
to inclement weather conditions.
H. The CONTRACTOR shall provide a telephone number and pager number to the
AGENCY. These numbers are intended for the project manager’s use in contacting
the evening/weekend/holiday emergency work crew for emergencies resulting from the CONTRACTOR’s actions or lack thereof during this project. This crew shall be
responsible for contacting the AGENCY within one-half hour after the first verbal or
electronic notification. If the CONTRACTOR's crew has not responded to the site of the emergency within one hour of the first summons, verbal or electronic, the
AGENCY will make all necessary repairs and bill the CONTRACTOR for all work performed. Costs related to the emergency response will be incidental to the contract and not measured for payment.
I. Notification. If observed defects are believed to be such that further cleaning
operations may compromise the structural integrity and/or cause the pipe to become
unusable, the CONTRACTOR must provide written communication to the AGENCY’s designee of the observed condition(s) and reason to believe that continued cleaning
operations may cause substantial damage. The AGENCY will then direct the
CONTRACTOR as to what services, precautions, etc., the AGENCY will require of the CONTRACTOR. If the contract documents do not address this potential, then the
AGENCY and CONTRACTOR will negotiate in good faith, the conditions under which
the work is to continue or cease to continue. This exception may only be used to prevent asset damage and shall not be used to eliminate difficult or adverse cleaning
areas that were previously documented in these documents or by prior written
communication with the AGENCY.
1.3 PROJECT LOCATION A. The project is located throughout the City of Carlsbad, CA.
1.4 WORK BY OTHERS A. Interference with work on utilities: The CONTRACTOR shall cooperate fully with
all utility forces of the AGENCY or forces of other public or private agencies
engaged in the relocation, altering, or otherwise rearranging of utilities which
interfere with the progress of work by others, and shall schedule the work so as
to minimize interference with said relocation, altering, or other rearranging of
facilities.
B. This project site is located in many of the City’s major roadways and shall be
coordinated to meet the requirements as described in Section 01 55 26 – Traffic
Control.
PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 WORK SEQUENCE
A. The general sequence of work shall be as follows:
1. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for developing a plan for both cleaning
and inspection to be reviewed and approved by the AGENCY.
2. CONTRACTOR shall obtain the required Right-of-Way Permit (s) and
necessary Traffic Control Plans to be approved by the AGENCY’s Traffic Control Department.
3. Submit shop drawings and other submittals required by the plans or
Contract Documents.
4. Complete work according to approved Proposed Work Schedule. 5. Delivery of final digital report. 6. Complete Punch List items. 7. Finalize clean up and restore construction areas.
8. Provide warranty as specified.
3.2 CONTRACTOR USE OF PROJECT SITE
A. The CONTRACTOR's use of the project site shall be limited to its
construction operations. On-site storage of materials, on-site fabrication facilities,
and field offices located within public right-of-way require approval from the AGENCY.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall install signs, barricades and lights necessary to
ensure public safety and safety of AGENCY'S operators and personnel. Traffic control
during hours of construction work shall be in accordance with the AGENCY approved
traffic control plans included in this bid package.
3.3 AGENCY USE OF THE PROJECT SITE
C. The AGENCY may utilize all or part of the existing facilities during the entire period of
construction for the conduct of the AGENCY’S normal operations. The
CONTRACTOR shall cooperate and coordinate with the AGENCY to facilitate the
AGENCY's operations and to minimize interference with the CONTRACTOR's
operations at the same time. In any event, the AGENCY shall be allowed access to
the project site during the period of construction.
D. The AGENCY reserves the right to stop the work when, in the project manager's
judgment, the CONTRACTOR's work or activities are threatening the health and
safety of the public or endangering the environment or endangering the waters of
the state. Work shall not proceed until a satisfactory resolution has been
achieved, as determined in the sole and unfettered opinion of the AGENCY. The
CONTRACTOR or SUBCONTRACTOR shall not perform any work which is not
specifically identified in the work schedule unless approved by the Owner.
Notification of such work must be received no later than 8:00 a.m. on the day the
work is to be performed. A list of persons available to be notified will be given at
the pre-construction meeting.
3.4 PROJECT MEETINGS
A. The following project meetings are anticipated:
1. Pre-Construction Meeting - The AGENCY will schedule a Pre-Construction
Meeting to:
a) Finalize communication and coordination protocols
b) Review the Operations Plan with special attention to
i. Schedule
ii. Public Notification
iii. Traffic Control
iv. Flow Control
c) Discuss the ensuing field work prior to starting the project. This
meeting may be held at a location designated by the AGENCY. The
purpose of this meeting is to ensure that the CONTRACTOR fully
understands and will comply with all contract documents and
AGENCY requirements.
2. Progress Meetings – These meetings will be held at least bi-weekly to review
the progress of the project. More frequent meetings may be required by the
AGENCY. Items covered in the meetings include the following.
a) Punch List: This list will detail all items requiring correction, repair,
or improvements in order to be accepted. The CONTRACTOR will
address these items within 7 calendar days or as specified by the
Owner. Failure to complete punch list items will result in a stop work
notice and delay of payment until completed to the satisfaction of the
Owner.
b) Reports and Submittals: Final reports, post-tapes and other
submittals previously described will be finalized and submitted.
c) Review of the status of pay estimates.
d) Issue project worksheets, as necessary.
e) Work scheduling issues.
3. Project Completion Meeting – This meeting will be held to closeout the
project, capture lessons learned, and facilitate the discussion of any
outstanding issues. Project closeout will be completed in phases by project.
The AGENCY will hold progress meetings at predetermined intervals, or as
determined necessary by the Owner.
3.5 EXISTING UTILITIES A. The CONTRACTOR must take the necessary precautions for the protection of any
utility encountered on the project or the restoration of any utility damaged during the
work.
B. If an excavation is required, the CONTRACTOR shall notify, at least 48 hours before
breaking ground, all public or private service corporations having wire, poles, pipes,
conduit, manholes, or other structures that may be affected by this operation,
including all structures which are affected and not shown on these plans. Owners of
underground utilities, which are members of the state’s one call service, can be
notified by calling the one call service. Non-member underground utility owners must
be called directly.
C. All maintenance, repair, and replacement of existing utilities shall be in accordance
with the rules and regulations of the various utility companies having jurisdiction.
D. All existing storm sewers, driveway drains, surface drain pipes and other property,
removed or damaged during construction shall be repaired and reconnected by the
CONTRACTOR as directed by the Owner at no additional cost to the AGENCY.
3.6 USE OF PREMISES
A. The CONTRACTOR shall not trespass upon or in any way disturb private property
without first obtaining written permission from the Owner to do so. A copy of such written
permission shall be furnished to the Owner prior to accessing the site.
B. It shall be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to work equipment around poles, trees, or
other obstructions and to do so at his own expense.
C. If the CONTRACTOR finds it necessary to obtain additional working area, it shall be the
CONTRACTOR's responsibility for its acquisition.
D. The CONTRACTOR shall, at no additional expense, restore such property to the full
satisfaction of the Owner and shall obtain from the Owner a written release stating that
restoration has been satisfactorily made. A copy of the completed written release shall be
furnished to the Owner prior to payment.
E. All items within the street right-of-way or sewer easement shall be removed, or removed
and replaced, or restored as directed by the Owner.
F. The CONTRACTOR shall ensure all employees have a badge or visible identification
during any time that they on the project site or within private property. This identification
must be worn so that it is readily recognized and readable to the public.
3.7 PROTECTION OF TREES
A. The CONTRACTOR shall avoid any unnecessary damage to trees. Branches which
overhang the project limits and which interfere with the operation of equipment shall be
tied back to avoid damage, if possible. Where injury to branches is unavoidable, the
branches shall be sawed off neatly at the trunk or main branch, and the cut area shall be
painted with approved tree paint immediately. The CONTRACTOR, at no additional
expense, shall remove any trees damaged beyond saving, and make restitution to the
Owner (public or private).
3.8 FENCING
A. Any fences, including hedge and shrubs that need to be removed to facilitate the work
shall be replaced in kind or with repairs satisfactory to the Owner, at the
CONTRACTOR's expense. Replacement of fences, hedges, and shrubs shall be
considered incidental to the contract and not measured for payment.
3.9 RESTORATION
A. All roadway berms and drainage ditches disturbed by the work shall be restored,
reshaped, and graded to drain.
B. Pavement restoration, if necessary, shall conform to the Owner's regulations, or the
Owner's specifications depending upon who has jurisdiction for the street. Trench backfill
and compaction shall be in conformance with the local street restoration jurisdiction.
C. The remediation of sunken trenches caused by activities conducted in this contract shall
be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility. Sunken areas shall be backfilled and compacted
to meet adjoining grades; the surface shall be re-seeded or resurfaced with asphalt or
concrete matching the existing surfacing.
D. The CONTRACTOR shall restore unpaved areas by seeding and mulching. No direct
payment will be made for seeding and mulching.
E. Driveways shall be restored in accordance with the Owner's regulations, or the Owner's
specifications depending upon who has jurisdiction for the driveway.
F. All disturbed areas shall be restored as nearly as possible to their original condition.
G. All restoration shall be completed in strict accordance with the appropriate items of the
specifications as directed by the Owner.
H. The cost of all restoration of streets, drives, walks; sod, etc. shall be incidental to the
contract and not measured for payment.
I. The restoration of sod areas and driveways shall be kept current with the project work.
Failure to keep restoration of these items completed reasonably close shall result in a
stop work notice and delay of payment until such restoration is completed to the
satisfaction of the Owner.
3.10 CLEANUP
A. The CONTRACTOR shall keep the work area in an uncluttered condition by the frequent
removal of debris. The CONTRACTOR shall remove all debris and unused material and
leave the area in a condition similar to the condition of the area before any work was
performed.
3.11 PROPERTY DAMAGE
A. The CONTRACTOR will be required to make repairs and/or clean the property
immediately if there is any damage to private or public property caused by activities
related to this contract.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall immediately investigate any and all reports of sewage backing
up into fixtures served by the sewer segment that is being cleaned or televised.
3.12 ACCESS TO MUNICIPAL WATER SUPPLIES A. The CONTRACTOR may purchase water for the project from Carlsbad Municipal Water
District.
END OF SECTION
SECTION 01 14 00
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
PART 1: GENERAL
1.1. SCOPE
A. This project is exempt from the CA Construction General Storm Water Permit
because the project will disturb less than one acre of land surface. However, a
Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan is required per City of Carlsbad Engineering
Standards Volume 4 (Appendix G) and General Provisions Section 7-8.6.
B. Protection of environmental and water resources must be considered as discussed in
Section 1.4(C) below.
C. During the progress of the work, keep the work areas occupied by the Contractor in a
neat and clean condition and protect the environment both onsite and offsite,
throughout and upon completion of the construction project.
1.2. SUBMITTALS
A. Develop a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) in accordance with City
of Carlsbad Engineering Standards Volume 4 SWPPP Manual and submit within
thirty (30) days from the date of the Notice to Proceed. The SWPPP shall include,
but not be limited to, the following items:
1. Copies of required permits.
2. Proposed disposal site(s).
3. Copies of any agreements with public or private landowners regarding
equipment, materials storage, borrow sites; fill sites, or disposal sites. Any
such agreement made by the Contractor shall be invalid if its execution
causes violation of local or regional grading or land use regulations.
4. Completed City of Carlsbad Form E-32, Determination of Project’s SWPPP
Tier Level and Construction Threat Level (Appendix F).
5. All requirements of City of Carlsbad Engineering Standards Volume 4.
B. Distribute the favorably reviewed plan to all employees and to all subcontractors and
their employees.
1.3. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT MITIGATION MEASURES
A. Comply with all environmental mitigation measures that are included in the Contract
Documents.
B. Comply with all federal, state and local regulations pertaining to environmental
mitigation.
1.4. MITIGATION AND MONITORING OF ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS
A. Requirements: All operations shall comply with all federal, state and local regulations
pertaining to water, air, solid waste and noise pollution.
B. Definitions of Contaminants:
1. Sediment: Soil and other debris that have been eroded and transported by
runoff water.
2. Solid Waste: Rubbish, debris, garbage and other discarded solid materials
resulting from construction activities, including a variety of combustible and
non-combustible wastes, such as ashes, waste materials that result from
construction or maintenance and repair work, leaves and tree trimmings.
3. Chemical Waste: Includes petroleum products, bituminous materials, salts,
acids, alkalis, herbicides, pesticides, disinfectants, organic chemicals and
inorganic wastes. Some of the above may be classified as “hazardous.”
4. Sanitary Wastes:
a. Sewage: That which is considered as domestic sanitary sewage.
b. Garbage: Refuse and scraps resulting from preparation, cooking,
dispensing and consumption of food.
5. Hazardous Materials: As defined by applicable laws and regulations.
Undisclosed hazardous material contamination, if encountered will constitute
a changed site condition as specified in the General Provisions Section 3-4.
C. Protection of Natural Resources:
1. General: It is intended that the natural resources within the project
boundaries and outside the limits of permanent work performed under this
Contract be preserved in their existing condition or be restored to an
equivalent or improved condition upon completion of the work. Confine
construction activities to areas defined by the public roads, easements, and
work area limits. Return construction areas to their pre-construction condition.
2. Air Quality:
a. Employ measures to prevent the creation of air pollution.
i. Unpaved areas where vehicles are operated shall be
periodically wetted down or given an equivalent form of
treatment, to eliminate dust formation.
ii. Store all volatile liquids, including fuels or solvents in closed
containers.
iii. No open burning of debris, lumber or other scrap will be
permitted.
iv. Properly maintain equipment to reduce gaseous pollutant
emissions.
3. Construction Storage Areas:
a. Storage of construction equipment and materials shall be designated
in the Contractor’s approved Traffic Control Plan.
b. Store and service equipment at the designated Contractor’s storage
area. No dumping of surplus concrete or grout on the site will be
permitted.
4. Fire Prevention: Take steps to prevent fires including, but not limited to the
following:
a. Provide spark arrestors on all internal combustion engines.
b. Store and handle flammable liquids in accordance with the
Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code, NFPA 30.
c. Provide fire extinguishers at hazardous locations or operations,
such as welding.
5. Fish and Wildlife Resources: The Contractor shall not be permitted to alter
water flows or otherwise disturb native habitat adjacent to the project area
which are critical to fish and wildlife except as may be indicated or specified.
6. Hazards:
a. Oil wastes shall not be allowed to flow onto the ground or into
surface waters.
b. Containers shall be required at the construction site for the disposal
of materials such as paint, paint thinner, solvents, motor oil, fuels,
resins and other environmentally deleterious substances.
7. Land Resources: Do not remove, cut, deface, injure or destroy trees or
shrubs outside the work area limits. Do not remove, deface, injure or destroy
trees within the work area without permission from the Engineer or unless
noted on the drawings.
8. Noise Control: Employ noise control procedures to comply with local
ordinance and permit.
9. Odor Control: Employ measures to prevent the creation of odors.
a. Properly maintain equipment to reduce gaseous pollutant
emissions.
10. Sanitation: During the construction period, provide adequate and
conveniently located chemical sanitation facilities, properly screened, for use
of construction crews, the Engineer and visitors to the site.
11. Water Resources: Comply with all applicable federal, state and local
regulations concerning the discharge (directly or indirectly) of pollutants to
the underground and natural waters. As indicated in Section 1.01 A, this
project is exempt from the CA Construction General Permit but a SWPPP is
required by the City of Carlsbad Engineering Standards Volume 4. In
addition to the City SWPPP requirements, the following minimum erosion
and sedimentation Best Management Practices (BMPs) shall be considered
and implemented to minimize the potential for impacts to water resources:
a. Exercise every reasonable precaution to protect streams, lakes,
reservoirs, bays and coastal waters, if located near project site, from
pollution with fuels, oils, bitumen, calcium chloride and other harmful
materials and conduct and schedule operations so as to avoid or
minimize muddying and silting of said streams, lakes, reservoirs,
bays and coastal waters.
b. Submit a plan to control water pollution effectively during
construction of the Work. The Contractor may request the Engineer
to waive the requirement for submission of a written plan for control
of water pollution when the nature of the Contractor's operation is
such that erosion is not likely to occur. Waiver of this requirement
will not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for compliance with
the other provisions of this Section. Waiver of the requirement for a
written plan for control of water pollution will not preclude requiring
submittal of a written plan at a later time if the Engineer deems it
necessary because of the effect of the Contractor's operations.
c. If the measures being taken by the Contractor are inadequate to
control erosion and sedimentation effectively, the Engineer may
direct the Contractor to revise his operations and his water pollution
control program. Such directions will be in writing and will specify
the items of work for which the Contractor’s erosion and
sedimentation BMPs are inadequate. No further work shall be
performed on said items until the erosion and sedimentation BMPs
adequately control erosion and sedimentation; and if also required,
a revised water pollution control plan has been accepted.
d. Nothing in the terms of the Contract nor in the provisions in this
Section shall relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for
compliance with Sections 5650 and 12015 of the California Fish and
Game Code, or other applicable statutes relating to prevention or
abatement of water pollution.
D. Execution: Training
1. Provide pre-construction training to ensure staff is aware of project specific
environmental impacts.
2. Provide weekly training to review staff awareness of environmental factors.
3. Ensure photo and ongoing compliance documentation is acquired and
properly kept.
1.5. DISPOSAL OPERATIONS
A. Solid Waste Management:
1. Remove all debris daily such as spent air filters, oil cartridges, cans, bottles,
combustibles and litter. Take care to prevent trash and papers from blowing
onto adjacent property. Encourage personnel to use refuse containers.
Convey contents to a sanitary landfill.
a. Chemical Waste and Hazardous Materials Management: Furnish
containers for storage of spent chemicals used during construction
operations. Dispose of chemicals and hazardous materials in
accordance with applicable regulations.
b. Dispose of vegetation, weeds, rubble, and other materials removed
during the work off site at a suitable disposal site in accordance with
applicable regulations.
END OF SECTION
SECTION 01 20 05
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
PART 1: GENERAL
1.01 WORK LISTED IN THE SCHEDULE OF WORK ITEMS
A. Work under this contract will be paid on a unit price or lump-sum basis as outlined in
the Bid Form(s) for quantity of work installed.
B. The unit prices and lump-sum prices include full compensation for furnishing the
labor, materials, tools, and equipment as well as doing all the work involved to
complete the work included in contract documents.
C. The application for payment will be for a specific item based on the percent
completed or quantity installed. The percent complete will be based on the value of
the partially completed work relative to the value of the item entirely completed and
ready for service.
D. Extra work for changes in the Work shall be accomplished as provided in the
General Provisions.
E. All invoicing will be by lineal foot and payment and will not be made until all work;
including punch list items (rework and additional work) are completed for each sewer
segment. Any invoice for sewer segments that are not complete will not be accepted
by the AGENCY. Cleaning of sewers will be measured for payment by the linear foot
of the various diameters of sewer actually cleaned and verified through television
inspection. In cases where the sewer is entirely inspected manhole-to-manhole,
payments will be based on the measured linear footage between manholes along the
existing sewer centerline from the center of the manhole at the unit price submitted
on the unit price page.
1.02 WORK NOT LISTED IN THE SCHEDULE OF WORK ITEMS
A. The General Provisions and items in specifications which are not listed in the
schedule of work items of the Bid Form(s) are, in general, applicable to more than
one listed work item, and no separate work item is provided. Contractor shall include
the cost of work not listed but necessary to complete the project designated in the
contract documents in the various listed work items of the Bid Form(s).
B. The bids for work are intended to establish a total cost for work in its entirety. Should
the Contractor feel that the cost for the work has not been established by specific
items in the Bid Form(s), include the cost for that work in some related bid item so
that the Proposal for the project reflects the total cost for completing the work in its
entirety.
C. The following items of work will not be measured for payment but the cost thereof will
be considered as incidental to the contract:
a. Data entry, computerized equipment, software, and hardware to submit the
required electronic submittals, including the DVDs, records, and logs.
b. Completion of all electronic forms.
c. Removal and disposal of debris.
d. Photographic equipment and supplies used to show sewer pipe and manhole
defects.
e. Bypass pumping and flow control where required by the Contractor to perform
his or her work.
f. Providing temporary and final paving at any proposed excavations.
g. Providing temporary and final restoration of grass areas.
h. Emergency after hours response.
i. Re-televising and re-cleaning following a point repair completed by the
Contractor.
j. Demobilization and mobilization because of suspension of work.
k. Updates to the schedule as required by the AGENCY.
l. Right of entry access to private property.
m. Dye testing of service connections in order to meet the CCTV specification.
PART 2: PRODUCTS
2.01 DESCRIPTION OF BID ITEMS
Base Bid - 1 Encroachment Permits, Right-of Entry, Project Management, Mobilization, Demobilization, and Preparatory Work including Project Submittals and
Project Schedule. Payment for Base Bid item 1 will be incremental
throughout the project with final payment released upon project acceptance.
Base Bid - 2 Contract Bonds and Insurance, Payment for Base Bid item 2 will be incremental throughout the project with final payment released upon
project acceptance.
Base Bid - 3 Traffic Control – Furnish, install and maintain Traffic Control including
preparation and approval of Traffic Control Plans, all signs, delineators, arrow boards, flagmen, and temporary street striping as well as removing
traffic control items when they are no longer needed. The contract lump
sum price paid shall be considered full compensations for furnishing all materials, labor, tools, equipment and all incidentals, necessary to
complete the work in accordance with the Standard Specifications and as directed by the Engineer.
Base Bid 4A and Base Bid 5A Sewer Cleaning, Preparatory Work – Work includes but is not limited to cleaning the interceptor sewers, removal of grease, roots and
obstructions; collection and disposal of debris per prevalent regulations,
and flushing the sewer, in accordance with Technical Specification Section 02 95 10 and as directed by the Engineer. Work delineated here is for all
interceptor reaches for Upper Vista/Carlsbad Interceptor and North
Batiquitos Interceptor except for areas in environmentally sensitive
regions.
Base Bid 4B and
Base Bid 5B
Video Inspection, Preparatory Work – Work includes but is not limited to
perform video inspections of existing sewer, delivery of DVDs and written logs of sewer video to the owner in accordance with Technical
Specification Section 02 95 10 and as directed by the Engineer. Full
compensation for the video inspections and related work and expenses shall be considered as included in the contract sum price and no
additional compensation shall be allowed. Work delineated here is for all
interceptor reaches for Upper Vista/Carlsbad Interceptor and North Batiquitos Interceptor except for areas in environmentally sensitive
regions.
Base Bid - 6 Cleaning and Inspection of Manholes – Work includes but is not limited to
cleaning and MACP Level 2 inspection of all manholes and delivery of DVDs and written logs of manhole videos to the owner in accordance with
Technical Specification Section 02 95 10. Full compensation for the video
inspection of manholes and related work and expenses shall be considered as included in the contract lump sum price and no additional
compensation will be allowed.
Base Bid - 7 Wastewater Flow Management, Wastewater Discharge Emergency
Response Plan, SWPPP – Work includes but is not limited to furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals for preparing and
executing the Contractor’s WFM and WDERP in accordance with
Technical Specification Section 02 07 10 and 02 07 20 and as directed by the Engineer. Full compensation for the preparation and approval of the
contractors WFMP and WDERP and all related work and expenses shall
be considered as included in the contract lump sum price paid for WFMP and WDERP and no additional compensation will be allowed. Create and
implement a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) in accordance with the General Provisions, Technical Specification 011400, the City of Carlsbad Engineering Standards Volume 4 SWPPP Manual
(Appendix G), and the NPDES General Permit (CAS000002) – Work includes but is not limited to furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, permitting, and incidentals for preparing and executing an
approved SWPPP.
Alternate Bid –
A1
Sewer Cleaning, Preparatory Work – Work includes but is not limited to
cleaning the interceptor sewers, removal of grease, roots and obstructions; collection and disposal of debris per prevalent regulations,
and flushing the sewer, in accordance with Technical Specification Section
02 95 10 and as directed by the Engineer. Work delineated here is for all interceptor reaches for the North Batiquitos Interceptor that is in an
environmentally sensitive area (between Manhole 48D-35 and Manhole 48D-28).
Alternate Bid - A2 Video Inspection, Preparatory Work – Work includes but is not limited to perform video inspections of existing sewer, delivery of DVDs and written
logs of sewer video to the owner in accordance with Technical
Specification Section 02 95 10 and as directed by the Engineer. Full compensation for the video inspections and related work and expenses
shall be considered as included in the contract sum price and no
additional compensation shall be allowed. Work delineated here is for all
interceptor reaches for the North Batiquitos Interceptor that is in an
environmentally sensitive area (between Manhole 48D-35 and Manhole
48D-28).
END OF SECTION
SECTION 01 33 00
SUBMITTALS
PART 1: GENERAL
1.01. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A. Accompany each submittal with a Submittal form, 01 33 00-Figure 1, which contains
the following information:
1. Contractor's name and the name of Subcontractor or supplier who prepared
the submittal.
2. The project name and identifying number.
3. Description of the submittal and reference to the Contract requirement or
technical specification section and paragraph number being addressed.
4. Submittal number per General Provisions Section 2-5.3.1.
B. Unless otherwise specified, provide submittals in electronic PDF searchable format.
C. Submittals which include more than one item or piece of equipment shall include a
Table of Contents following the standard submittal form and cover sheets.
D. Each submittal shall include a copy of the specification section and all referenced
and applicable sections with addendum updates included. For each specification
section, check-mark each paragraph to indicate specification compliance with the full
paragraph as a whole or marked to indicate requested deviations from specification
requirements. Each deviation from the specifications requested by the Contractor
shall be underlined and referenced by a unique number in the margin to the right of
the identified paragraph. The submittal shall include a detailed written explanation of
the reasons for requesting the deviation that is clearly labeled to correspond with the
unique number provided in the margin. The remaining portions of the paragraph not
underlined will signify compliance on the part of the Contractor with the
specifications. Failure to include a copy of the marked-up specification sections,
along with justification(s) for any requested deviations to the specification
requirements, with the submittal shall be sufficient cause for rejection of the entire
submittal on the basis that the submittal is incomplete and will be returned to the
Contractor REJECTED – RESUBMIT with no further consideration.
E. Project Initiation Submittals. At a minimum, provide the following project initiation
submittals prior to mobilization.
1. Designation of Superintendent: Include name, address, home telephone
number and a brief resume.
2. List of Subcontractors and Major Suppliers: Include address, telephone
number and name of responsible party.
3. Schedule of Values, in a form acceptable to the Engineer.
1.02. SCHEDULE OF SUBMITTALS
A. Within 15 days after the Notice to Proceed, submit a Schedule of Submittals showing
the date by which each submittal required for Product Review or Product Information
will be made. Identify the items that will be included in each submittal by listing the
item or group of items and the Specification Section and paragraph number under
which they are specified. Indicate whether the submittal is required for Product
Review of Proposed Equivalents, Shop Drawings, Product Data or Samples or
required for Product Information only.
1.03. CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
A. See General Provisions Section 6-1.
B. The form of Construction Schedule may be selected by the Contractor but the
schedule shall meet the minimum requirements of General Provisions Section 6-1.
C. If the Construction Schedule does not reflect the format requirements, the specified
work, or the Contract Time, it will be returned to the Contractor for modification.
D. Revise the Construction Schedule and resubmit within seven (7) days following any
monthly meeting to review Contractor's Application for Payment when Contractor's
work is fifteen (15) days or more behind schedule.
E. Accelerated Work if Required to Meet Schedule: See General Provisions Section 6-6
and 6-7.2. The Contractor shall obtain written approval of the Engineer if the
Contractor desires to work outside normal working day hours. Contractor shall
compensate Owner for extra inspection cost caused by Accelerated Work required to
meet Schedule.
F. Give Engineer 3 days prior notice of normal work days on which construction will not
take place or of scheduled construction that will not take place. Compensate Owner
for extra inspection cost resulting from failure to give notice.
1.04. SHOP DRAWING, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES SUBMITTED FOR PRODUCT
REVIEW
A. This paragraph covers submittal of Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples
required for the Engineer's review referred to as Product Review submittals in the
Technical Specifications (Division 2). Submittals required for information only are
referred to as Product Information submittals in the Technical Specifications and are
covered in this Section.
B. The Contractor shall make all Product Review submittals early enough to allow
adequate time for the Engineer's review, for manufacture and for delivery at the
construction site without causing delay to the Work. Submittals shall be made early
enough to allow for unforeseen delays such as:
1. Failure to obtain Favorable Review because of inadequate or incomplete
submittal or because the item submitted does not meet the requirements of
the Contract Documents.
2. Delays in manufacture.
3. Delays in delivery.
C. Content of Submittals:
1. Each submittal shall include all of the items and material required for a
complete assembly, system or Specification Section.
2. Submittals shall contain all of the physical, technical and performance data
required by the specifications or necessary to demonstrate conclusively that
the items comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
3. Include information on characteristics of electrical or utility service required
and verification that requirements have been coordinated with services
provided by the Work and by other interconnected elements of the Work.
4. Provide verification that the physical characteristics of items submitted,
including size, configuration, clearances, mounting points, utility connection
points and service access points, are suitable for the space provided and are
compatible with other interrelated items that are existing or have or will be
submitted.
5. Label each Product Data Submittal, Shop Drawing and Sample with the
information required in paragraph 1.01A of this Section. Highlight or mark
every page of every copy of all Product Data submittals to show the specific
items being submitted and all options included or choices offered.
6. Additional requirements for Product Review submittals are contained in the
Technical Specification sections.
7. Designation of work as "NIC" or "by others," shown on Shop Drawings, shall
mean that the work will be the responsibility of the Contractor rather than the
subcontractor or supplier who has prepared the Shop Drawings.
D. Compatibility of Equipment and Material:
1. Similar items, equipment, devices or products furnished under a single
specification section shall all be made by the same maker and have
interchangeable parts.
2. In addition, but only if so stated in each affected Specification Section, similar
items furnished under two or more Specification Sections shall be made by
the same maker and have interchangeable parts.
3. All similar materials or products that are interrelated or used together in an
assembly shall be compatible with each other.
E. Requirements for Contractor Designed Items and for First Specified (Named) Items:
1. Where Specifications are used to define the characteristics of Contractor
designed systems, items or components, the Contractor shall be fully
responsible to design, engineer, manufacture, and install the systems, items
and components to meet the specified functional requirements, performance
requirements, quality standards, durability standards and conditions of use as
well as all applicable codes, regulations and referenced trade or industry
standards. The Contractor shall perform such design by employing engineers
licensed in the State of California. The Contractor's design submittals shall
include calculations and assumptions on which the design is based and shall
be stamped and signed by appropriately licensed engineers.
2. Work under this Contract may be specified by a combination of descriptive,
performance, reference standard and proprietary specifications. In the event
of conflict between any of the various specification methods used to specify a
single item the order of precedence shall be the order in which the methods
are listed in the preceding sentence. The terms used to describe types of
Specifications are taken from the Construction Specification Institute (CSI)
Handbook of Practice.
F. Requirements for the Contractor's review and stamping of submittals prepared by the
Contractor or by Subcontractors or suppliers prior to submitting them to the Engineer
are covered in General Provisions Section 2-5.3.1.
G. Submittals that contain deviations from the requirements of the Contract Documents
shall be accompanied by a separate letter explaining the deviations. The
Contractor's letter shall:
1. Cite the specific Contract requirement including the Specification Section and
paragraph number for which approval of a deviation is sought.
2. Describe the proposed alternate material, item or construction and explain its
advantages and/or disadvantages to the Owner.
3. State the reduction in Contract Price if any that is offered to the Owner.
H. Engineer's Review Procedure and Meaning:
1. The Engineer will stamp and mark each Product Review submittal prior to
returning it to the Contractor. The stamp will indicate whether or not the
review was favorable and what action is required of the Contractor. Review
categories "No Exceptions Taken" and "Make Corrections Noted" both
indicate Favorable Review.
2. At a minimum, Favorable Review is contingent on:
a. The compatibility of items included in a submittal with other related or
interdependent items included in previous or future submittals.
b. Future submittal of items related to or required to be part of this
submittal that were not included with this submittal.
3. Favorable Review of a submittal does not constitute approval or deletion of
items required as part of the submittal but not included with the submittal.
Favorable Review of items included in the submittal does not constitute
deletion of specified features, options or accessories that were not included in
the submittal.
4. The action required by the Contractor for each category of review is as
follows:
a. NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN. NO RESUBMITTAL REQUIRED.
b. MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED:
i. NO RESUBMITTAL REQUIRED. The Contractor shall make
corrections noted prior to manufacture.
ii. PARTIAL RESUBMITTALS REQUIRED. The Contractor shall
submit related accessory or optional items as noted which are
required but were not included with the submittal and/or shall
resubmit unsatisfactory portions or attributes of items as
noted. The Contractor may proceed to manufacture those
portions of the submittal that will be unaffected by required
resubmittals.
c. AMEND AND RESUBMIT. The Contractor shall amend and resubmit
the submittal as noted or required to comply with the Contract
Documents.
d. REJECTED - RESUBMIT. The item submitted does not comply with
the Contract Documents. Resubmit items that comply with the
requirements of the Contract Documents.
e. NOT REVIEWED. The item submitted is incomplete or does not
comply with the Contract Documents. The item has not been
reviewed and is returned to the Contractor for correction.
f. RECEIPT ACKNOWLEDGED. Receipt of a submittal that is not
subject to the Owner’s review and approval is acknowledged; and, is
being filed for information purposes only. Generally used in
acknowledging receipt of Product Information. No further submittal
activity is required by the Contractor.
5. The letter of transmittal accompanying the returned Product Review submittal
may contain numbered notes. Marking a corresponding number on a Shop
Drawing or Product Data submittal shall have the same effect as applying the
entire note to the submittal.
I. Re-submittals that contain changes that were not requested by the Engineer on the
previous submittal shall be accompanied by a letter explaining the change.
J. Favorable Review Required Prior to Proceeding: Do not proceed with manufacture,
fabrication, delivery or installation of items prior to obtaining the Engineers Favorable
Review of Product Review submittals. See General Provisions Section 2-5.3.1
K. Intent and Limitation on Engineer's Review:
1. See General Provision Section 2-5.3.1.
2. The Contractor has primary responsibility for submitting and providing work
that complies with the requirements of the Contract Documents. That
responsibility cannot be delegated in whole or in part to subcontractors or
suppliers. Neither the Engineer's Favorable Review nor the Engineer's failure
to notice or comment on deficiencies in the Contractor's submittals shall
relieve the Contractor from the duty to provide work, which complies with the
requirements of the Contract Documents.
1.05. PROPOSED EQUIVALENTS
A. Submit Proposed Equivalent submittal form, 01 33 00-Figure 2 and comply with the
submittal requirements for Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples submitted for
Product Review in another paragraph of this Section.
B. See General Provisions Section 4-1.6.
C. Time of Submittal:
1. Submittals of Proposed Equivalents shall be submitted for review within 35
days of the Notice to Proceed. The Engineer may agree to a later submittal
date if requested in writing within 35 days of the Notice to Proceed. The
request shall identify the item; give the Specification reference, and proposed
manufacturer and model number of the item that will be submitted and the
proposed submittal date.
2. The Engineer’s agreement to a later submittal date shall be in writing and
shall not be constructed as Favorable Review or acceptance of the
manufacturer or item proposed.
D. Content of submittals shall be the same as that required for Product Data, Shop
Drawings and Samples submitted for Product Review in another paragraph of this
Section. In addition, the Contractor shall provide information on several recent
similar installations of the item to verify its suitability. The information shall include
the project name and location, the Owner's name, address, telephone number and
name of a knowledgeable person to contact for information on performance of the
product.
E. When the Contractor has listed specific maker's products submitted with its Bid no
changes will be permitted without submittal of acceptable evidence justifying the
change and the Engineer's written approval.
F. If a non-equivalent substitute is submitted for review, it shall be accompanied by a
proposed reduction in Contract Price which shall include the increased cost of
Engineering service required to evaluate the proposed substitute (which shall be paid
to the Owner whether or not the substitute is accepted) plus the greater of
1. the difference in price between the first specified item and the item submitted
and
2. the difference in value to the Owner between the two items.
1.06. PRODUCT INFORMATION SUBMITTALS
A. Submittal for Informational Purpose Only is an item required for the Owner's
permanent records relating, in part, to future maintenance, repair, modification,
replacement of work or as otherwise required. Submittals for Informational Purpose
Only will only be received and logged to document that the required submittals have
been made. Neither the Owner nor Engineer will respond to a Submittal for
Informational Purpose Only.
B. The Contractor shall clearly separate information for Product Review from
information for Product Information in submittals that include both.
C. Make Product Information submittals prior to delivering material, products or items
for which Product Information submittals are required.
D. The Contractor has the sole and exclusive responsibility for furnishing products and
work that meets the requirements of the Contract Documents.
E. The Engineer reserves the right to comment on any submittal and to reject any
product or work delivered, installed or otherwise at any time that the Engineer
become aware that it is defective or does not meet the requirements of the Contract
Document.
1.07. MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATES
A. When specified in Technical Specification section, submit manufacturers' certificate
to Engineer for review. Indicate material or product conforms to or exceeds specified
requirements. Submit supporting reference data, affidavits, and certifications as
appropriate. Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or
Product, but must be acceptable to the Engineer.
END OF SECTION
Submittal No.: XX and Response City of Carlsbad
From: Company Name
Mailing Address
City, ST Zip
Name
Page: 1 of 2
Submittal Date:
City Job No.:
Project Name:
Specification Section: Prior Submittal:
Submittal A. Certification of Completeness and Accuracy We certify that we have reviewed this submittal in detail and that the submittal is: 1. Complete and accurate and in complete compliance with the Contract Documents. 2. Compliant with the requirements of "Material and Equipment", especially the subparagraph titled "Compatibility of Equipment and Material". 3. Compliant with the paragraph titled "Performance Specifications and Contractor Designed Items". 4. Without any deviations from the Contract Drawings, except the following (describe deviation) which have the following advantages and disadvantages: Delete or replace this text with your response. Space is limited; attach additional sheets if necessary.
Signed by Sub Contractor
Signed by Contractor
Title:
Title:
Date:
Date:
Submittal No.: XX and Response City of Carlsbad Response Date: City Job No.:
Specification Section: Project Name:
Page: 2 of 2
Response
Item
City
Action
Refer to
Comment
Manufacturer or Supplier
Title of Submittal / Drawing
A. The action(s) noted above have been taken on the enclosed document(s). NET = No Exceptions Taken NR = Not Reviewed
MCN-N = Make Corrections Noted, No Resubmital Required RR = Rejected, Resubmit MCN-R = Make Corrections Noted, Partial Resubmital Required RA = Receipt Acknowledged A&R = Amend and Resubmit Comment(s): Delete or replace this text with your response. Space is limited; attach additional sheets if necessary.
B. Corrections or comments made on the shop drawings during this review do not relieve the Contractor from compliance with the requirements of the Drawings and Specifications. This check is only for review of general
conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents. The Contractor is responsible for: confirming and correlating all quantities and
dimensions, selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction, coordinating its work with that of all other trades, and performing its work in a safe and satisfactory manner. Distribution Submittal Encl. Response Owner
Engineer
Contractor
File
Responder: type name here - sign above
Proposed Equivalent No. XX and Response City of Carlsbad
From: Company Name
Mailing Address
City, ST Zip
Name
Page: 1 of 3
Submission Date:
City Job No.:
Project Name:
Specification Section: Prior Submittal:
Proposed Equivalent
A. When the first specified item is followed by a second maker's name and "or equal," the Contractor may submit Proposed Equivalent items for the Engineer's review. Proposed Equivalent items that are in the
Engineer's judgment equal to the first specified item in quality, utility, and appearance, will be Favorably Reviewed. Where a product description and first maker's name is followed by "or equal" with no second
maker's name, it means the specifier knows of no equivalent product and the Contractor may submit Proposed Equivalent products by other makers for review. Where the term "or equal" is omitted, it means
that the named item is required to meet the Owner's needs; no products or makers other than those specified will be considered.
B. This request shall include adequate technical information to fully describe the function and quality of the item. Submittals of Proposed Equivalent items that are not made within 35 days of the Notice to Proceed
will be rejected unless the Engineer has agreed in writing to a later submittal date and the Contractor agrees to comply with all conditions of the Engineer for the late submittal. If the Contractor's second
attempt to obtain Favorable Review of a Proposed Equivalent item is unsuccessful, the Contractor shall submit the first specified item. C. Inclusion of a second maker's name indicates the maker is acceptable but does not necessarily indicate the maker offers a standard product equal to the first specified item. Items by the second named maker
are subject to the same conditions of review and compatibility as other Proposed Equivalent items. Inclusion of a maker's name and/or model number after a specification description is not a representation
that the maker will furnish an item meeting the Contract requirements at bid time or at time of need. It is the Contractor's sole responsibility to furnish items meeting the Contract requirements.
D. The Engineer's review of Proposed Equivalent items is based solely on information provided by
the Contractor and on the Contractor's warranty that the proposed item is equal in quality, utility, function and appearance to the first specified item. Favorable Review of a Proposed Equivalent item has the
same meaning and is subject to the same limitations that apply to the Favorable Review of Product Data and Shop Drawings described in the Contract Documents.
E. Submit with proposal: 1. Description of item being proposed including the Manufacturer's model
number. 2. Manufacturer's representation that item is equal to or superior to specified item in all
respects. 3. Manufacturer's product
data. 4. Information about several recent similar installations, including project name, owner's name, address,
telephone number, and name of knowledgeable person to contact for information on performance of the product. 5. Whether a reduction in the Contract Price is being proposed and, if so, how
much. 6. Any differences between the product specified and the Proposed Equivalent, including the warranty.
Proposed Equivalent No. XX and Response City of Carlsbad Submission Date: Project Name:
Specification Section: Page 2 of 3
F. Certification of Equivalency, Completeness and Accuracy:
We certify that we have reviewed this request in detail and that the item proposed is: 1. Equal to or superior to the specified item 2. Complete and accurate and in complete compliance with the Contract Documents, 3. Compliant with the requirements of "Material and Equipment", especially the subparagraph titled "Compatibility of Equipment and Material”, 4. Compliant with the paragraph titled "Performance Specifications and Contractor Designed Work”. 5. Without any deviations from the Contract Documents, except the following (describe deviation) which
have the following advantages and disadvantages: Delete or replace this text with your response. Space is limited; attach additional sheets if necessary.
We further represent and warrant to be solely responsible for any extra cost or expense necessary to make the proposed item or service fully equivalent to and compatible with the Contract Documents and meet or
exceed the design intent. If we use the Proposed Equivalent, we agree to comply with all additional requirements imposed upon us by
the Engineer and Owner.
Signed by Subcontractor: Title: Date:
Signed by Contractor:
Title: Date:
Proposed Equivalent No. XX and Response City of Carlsbad
Response Date:
City Job No.:
Specification Section: Project Name:
Page: 3 of 3
Response
Item City
Action
Refer to
Comment
Manufacturer or Supplier Title of Submittal / Drawing /
Information
A. The action(s) noted above have been taken on the enclosed document(s).
NET = No Exceptions Taken A&R = Amend and Resubmit NR = Not Reviewed MCN = Make Corrections Noted RR = Rejected, Resubmit
Comment(s): Delete or replace this text with your response. Space is limited; attach additional sheets if necessary. B. Corrections or comments made on the submittal during this review does not relieve the Contractor from
compliance with the requirements of the Drawings and Specifications. This check is only for review of general conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with the information given in the
Contract Documents. The Contractor is responsible for: confirming and correlating all quantities and dimensions, selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction, coordinating its work with that of
all other trades, and performing its work in a safe and satisfactory manner. Responder: type name here and sign above Distribution Proposed Equivalent Encl. Response
File:
Owner
Engineer
Contractor
SECTION 01 55 26
TRAFFIC CONTROL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. This section shall include traffic control for all aspects of the Work, including but not
limited to preparing traffic control drawings, obtaining a traffic control permit,
mobilization, temporary signs, barriers, lights and flagging personal, permanent
traffic controls, signing, striping and all other work necessary to provide traffic control
in accordance with the Contract Documents.
1.02 CONSTRUCTION IN PUBLIC AND PRIVATE ROADWAYS
A. CONTRACTOR shall prepare traffic control plans for any work impacting North
County Transit District Right-of-Way (NCTD ROW) and Caltrans (Route 5 .
CONTRACTOR shall submit a ROW Permit from the City of Carlsbad, supplemented
with Traffic Control Plan(s) (TCPs) for each separate portion of the project. The TCP
is not valid until plans and a ROW Permit is approved and issued.
B. Per the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) Standards
and the San Diego Regional Standards (SDRS), CONTRACTOR shall provide signs,
signals, barricades, flares, lights, and all other equipment, service and personnel
required to regulate and protect all traffic, and warn of hazards. All such work shall
conform to requirements of the AGENCY. Remove temporary equipment and
facilities when no longer required, restore grounds to original, or to specified
conditions.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 GENERAL
A. The CONTRACTOR shall submit a ROW permit and TCP in accordance with these
Specifications for all portions of this contract within or adjacent to public or private
rights-of-way, streets and drives and replace al striping, reflectors, dots, or other
traffic control materials.
B. Traffic shall be maintained throughout the project in conformance with these
Specifications and the General Provisions. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish,
construct, maintain, and finally remove detours, road closures, lights, signs,
barricades, fences, miscellaneous traffic devices, flagmen, and reconstruct paving
and other such items and services as necessary to adequately safeguard the public
from hazard and inconvenience. All such work shall be as provided in the Contract
Documents herein or as directed by the AGENCY and shall comply with the
ordinances, directives, and regulations of authorities with jurisdiction over the public
or private roads in which the construction takes place, and over which detoured
traffic is routed by the CONTRACTOR.
C. It is the intent of these Specifications to provide for adequate traffic detour routing
and signing to maintain a smooth and safe flow of traffic through and around the
construction areas.
D. Prior to the start of construction operations, the CONTRACTOR shall provide the fire
and police departments in the City of Carlsbad with the construction schedule giving
the expected starting date, sequence of work, and timing for each phase of
construction completion date, and the name and telephone number of three
responsible persons who may be contacted at any hour in the event of a condition
requiring immediate correction.
2.02 SIGNS, SIGNALS, BARRICADES AND DEVICES
A. Traffic control warning signs, lights, and devices shall conform to the most recent
edition of the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (California
MUTCD).
B. All signs and barricades shall be illuminated or reflectorized when they are used
during hours of darkness. All delineators, cones, barricades or posts used in the
diversion of traffic shall be provided with flashers or other satisfactory illumination if
in place during darkness. Internally or externally illuminated signs shall be used
where there is significant interference from extraneous light sources and
reflectorized signs will not be effective. External light sources shall be properly
shielded to protect drivers from glare.
C. The signing, barricading, and diverting of traffic shall be subject to the
CONTRACTOR'S approved TCPs and ROW Permit. The CONTRACTOR shall
maintain a 24-hour emergency service to remove, install, relocate and maintain
warning devices and shall furnish to the AGENCY and Police Department names
and telephone numbers of three persons responsible for this emergency service. In
the event these persons do not promptly respond when notified by the AGENCY, the
AGENCY reserves the right to call other forces to accomplish such required
emergency service, and the CONTRACTOR will be held responsible for any and all
costs incurred by the AGENCY.
2.03 TRAFFIC CONTROL
A. Prior to the start of each work day, the CONTRACTOR shall perform all necessary
work incidental to and commensurate with the proper signing, detouring, barricading,
etc., heretofore and hereinafter specified, that is required for that particular day's
schedule of operations. No construction shall be permitted until such signing and
detouring operations have been completed. At the completion of the project, the
original striping pattern shall be replaced by the CONTRACTOR, unless directed
otherwise by the AGENCY. Striping shall conform to the requirements as stated in
the SSPWC, latest edition.
2.04 PERMANENT TRAFFIC CONTROLS
A. All existing permanent traffic control signs, barricades and devices shall remain
in effective operation unless a substitute operation is arranged for and approved
by the Traffic Engineering Department as a portion of traffic control above.
2.05 BLOCKING OF DRIVEWAYS
A. The CONTRACTOR shall inform all property owners seventy-two (72) hours prior to
blocking their driveways with any pipe installation activities or other construction of
the work. After working hours, the trench shall be backfilled and access to all
driveways restored. If requested by the property owners during work hours, the
CONTRACTOR shall provide access over the trench from any driveway previously
blocked. Ingress and egress from businesses will be provided at all times.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.01 CONSTRUCTION PARKING CONTROLS
A. Control vehicular parking to prevent interference with public traffic and parking,
access by emergency vehicles, access to property, and AGENCY'S operations.
B. Monitor parking of construction personnel's vehicles. Maintain vehicular access to,
through and from parking areas.
C. Prevent parking on or adjacent to access roads or in non- designated areas.
3.02 FLAG PERSONS
A. Per CA MUTCD, provide trained and equipped flag persons to regulate traffic when
construction operations or traffic encroach on public traffic lanes, or as required by
local jurisdictions.
3.03 TRAFFIC CONTROL
A. If construction is to be performed in phases, all work shall be completed in each
phase prior to beginning work on the next phase. Equipment, material, or debris
shall not be stored or remain in the public right-of-way without prior approval by the
AGENCY.
1. Travel lanes shall be twelve (12) feet wide, minimum.
2. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain cross traffic and turning moves at the
intersections.
3. Trenches shall be backfilled or trench-plated at the end of each work day.
4. Trench plates shall be recessed by grinding the pavement down on either
side of the trench. The grinding depth shall be as deep as necessary to
ensure the top of the trench plate is flush with the adjacent finish surface.
a. Trench plates shall be pinned using approved non-obtrusive
material.
b. If more than one plate is use to cover a trench opening, the plates
shall be welded together at abutting joints.
c. Warning signs reading "STEEL PLATES AHEAD" shall be placed
for on-coming vehicular and pedestrian traffic as directed by the
Engineer.
d. CONTRACTOR shall submit a drawing and written description of
the method to completely install and remove the recessed trench
plates per the Specifications. The recessed plate submittal will
include, but not be limited to, plate size, thickness and load
capacity, non-skid material, pinning mechanism, bracing system,
including shoring system for trench walls, length of plate outside of
trench line, typical warning signage and welding method, temporary
hot mix AC upon removal, and grinding and final AC paving.
5. The CONTRACTOR shall repair or replace traffic control devices (including
traffic signs, striping, pavement markers, pavement markings, legends, curb
markings, traffic signal equipment, etc.) damaged or removed as a result of
operations and not designated for removal. Repairs and replacements shall
be equal to existing improvements.
6. The CONTRACTOR may use the parking lane while working next to the
curb. The CONTRACTOR shall contact parking enforcement and post "Tow-
Away/No Parking" signs forty eight (48) hours in advance for temporary
parking removal. Signs shall indicate specific days, dates, and times of
restrictions.
7. The CONTRACTOR shall provide for a safe four (4) foot wide pedestrian
walkway along entire length of construction area.
8. Access to private property shall be maintained to the greatest extent
practicable. The CONTRACTOR shall minimize the time duration that a
driveway must be closed, and shall minimize inconvenience to driveway
users. When no other alternative exists and a driveway or pedestrian access
must be closed, the CONTRACTOR shall notify the property owner or
occupant a minimum of three (3) working days prior to closure, and shall
explain to the property owner or occupant when the closure shall start and
duration of the closure. The AGENCY shall approve the format of the notice
prior to its issuance.
9. The CONTRACTOR shall post signs notifying the public a minimum of five
(5) working days prior to closure of streets.
10. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain full width of all traffic lanes of the existing
roadway during non-working hours and on Saturday, Sunday, designated
holidays, and when construction operations are not actively in progress on
working days. The CONTRACTOR shall keep the streets and areas
adjacent to the construction area clean. A truck-mounted power broom with
a water applicator shall be used to sweep streets.
B. The AGENCY will observe these traffic control measures in operation and
reserves the right to make or request changes as field conditions warrant. If changes
are requested and as directed in writing by the AGENCY, the CONTRACTOR shall
call the Traffic Engineering Department and shall make an appointment to request a
revision to the ROW Permit and TCPs. Such changes shall supersede the original
TCP Permit.
C. All costs for traffic requirements shall be included in the lump sum price for the traffic
control system required to do the work when provided in the Bid Proposal. The lump
sum price Bid shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools,
and equipment doing all work required for traffic control. These costs include all
costs for signs, barricades, lights, and any other traffic control devices which may be
required by the AGENCY. If no Bid item is provided, all costs for traffic
requirements shall be considered as part of the various items of work of this
Contract and no additional payments will be made.
3.04 FLARES AND LIGHTS
A. Use flares and lights during hours of low visibility to delineate traffic lanes and to
guide traffic.
3.05 TRAFFIC SIGNS AND SIGNALS
A. Install traffic signs and signals at approaches to site and on site, at crossroads,
detours, parking areas, and elsewhere as needed to direct construction and
affected public traffic.
B. Install and operate traffic control to direct and maintain orderly flow of traffic in areas
under CONTRACTOR’S control, and areas affected by CONTRACTOR'S
operations.
C. Relocate as work progresses, to maintain effective traffic control.
3.06 REMOVAL
A. Remove equipment and devices when no longer required.
B. Repair damage caused by installation.
END OF SECTION
SECTION 02 07 10
WASTEWATER FLOW MANAGEMENT
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. This section includes planning and implementation of wastewater flow diversions.
1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Wastewater Flow Management: Detailed implementation plan.
1.03 WASTEWATER FLOW MANAGEMENT PLAN
A. The CONTRACTOR shall submit to the AGENCY a Wastewater Flow Management Plan (WFMP) at least fourteen (14) days prior to implementation of
flow diversion/bypass. The WFMP shall indicate the sequence of diversion
operations, and all other operations the CONTRACTOR will establish to maintain wastewater service during the diversion/bypass period. The WFMP shall be
reviewed and approved by the AGENCY before flow can be diverted/bypassed.
No deviation from the approved WFMP will be allowed without prior approval from the AGENCY.
B. The WFMP shall include a Wastewater Discharge Emergency Response Plan
indicating the procedures, personnel, equipment, and activities that will be implemented in the event of a wastewater discharge, spill or overflow to the
environment, or diversion system failure. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for implementation of the Wastewater Discharge Emergency Response Plan in accordance with Section 02 07 20.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall observe and comply with all Federal, State, and local laws, ordinances, codes, orders, and regulations which in any manner affect the conduct of the work, specifically as they relate to wastewater
discharges, spills, or overflows to the environment. The CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible for preventing wastewater discharges, spills or
overflows, containing the wastewater, recovery and legal disposal of
wastewater, any fines, penalties, claims and liability arising from negligent or willful discharge of wastewater, and violation of any law, ordinance, code,
order, or regulation as a result of the discharge, spill or overflow. The
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for payment of any fines or penalties assessed against the AGENCY for such wastewater discharges, spills, or
overflows, including any attorney fees and costs associated with defending
any action against the AGENCY resulting from such discharges, spills or overflows.
D. The CONTRACTOR shall not damage existing public and private improvements, interrupt existing services and/or facility operations which may cause a wastewater discharge, spill or overflow. Any utility and/or improvement damaged by the
CONTRACTOR shall immediately be repaired at the expense of the CONTRACTOR.
E. The CONTRACTOR will be charged for all costs associated with the AGENCY’s efforts if they are dispatched to the discharge, spill or overflow.
F. The CONTRACTOR is prohibited from discharging any groundwater, storm water
or hazardous waste encountered during the construction project without prior written approval by the San Diego Regional Water Quality Control Board. Refer to
Specification 011400 and General Provision Section 7-8.6.
G. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for noise attenuation equipment and odor control measures if determined necessary by the AGENCY or County based on
site conditions and impact to adjacent property owners.
H. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for contacting property owners and business that are affected by the construction activities to inform them of the Work to be
done and the estimated schedule and timing for the Work. Written notice shall be
delivered to each home or business 2 weeks prior to start of work. Notice shall include a local telephone number of the CONTRACTOR, and contract information
for the AGENCY or Engineer. Written notices must be reviewed by the Engineer prior to distribution to the public.
I. Two (2) days prior to start of work, a follow-up notice shall be delivered to each
home or business that has a service connection on the sewer pipeline that is scheduled to be lined. The notice shall instruct occupants to minimize water usage
on the day of the work and to fill floor drain traps with water to prevent potential
odors.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 BYPASS PUMPING EQUIPMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall submit as part of the WFMP a detailed bypass design
including, but not limited to, a plan view drawing, pump/piping locations, bypass piping size(s), and a capacity analysis to verify pipe/pump capacity vs. design
flows. The submittal shall also include a start date, time and duration of diversion.
B. The Contactor shall only use equipment inspected and found to be in good repair
and fully functional.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall provide a pumping system consisting of pumps, pipe,
and generators capable of handling the peak flow. Design flow rates for the sewer
segments shall be calculated. The bypass pumping equipment should be sized to handle 100% of the flows. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for verifying the
actual peak flow rate and designing the bypass pumping system.
D. Additional pumps and generators, with a total capacity equal to 100% of the peak
flows, must also be supplied to provide 100% redundancy. A minimum of three pumps and generators, if applicable, shall be on site with no single pump and
generator, if applicable, having less than 50% capacity of the design flows. The
CONTRACTOR shall utilize the flow bypass system to perform the necessary maintenance and repairs on the flow bypass system, and exercise and ensure the
operation of the backup pumps. The CONTRACTOR shall operate the backup
pumps for a minimum of 25% of the total bypass time on a daily basis. All pumps shall be fully installed, operational, and ready for immediate use.
E. The CONTRACTOR shall use pressure-rated piping materials in good working condition. Where five or more pipes will be used, provide one redundant, additional
pipe of greater or equal size. F. The diversion system shall be hydrostatically pressure tested in the presence of the
AGENCY’s Representative using potable water prior to wastewater flow diversion.
Test pressure shall be 50% greater than maximum operating pressures, or 10 psi above maximum operating pressures, whichever is greater. Pressure test shall be
for minimum of one half hour. The CONTRACTOR shall demonstrate to the satisfaction of the AGENCY that both the primary and backup flow diversion systems are fully functional and adequate, and shall certify the same, in writing, to
the AGENCY in a manner acceptable to the AGENCY. Demonstration shall include test-pumping a minimum of one hour at the daily peak flow period, in the presence
of the AGENCY.
G. The CONTRACTOR shall submit as part of the WFMP the monitoring procedure
and frequency and shall continuously monitor the flow levels downstream and
upstream of the flow diversion to detect any possible failure that may cause a wastewater discharge. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain a daily log of the
monitoring and provide weekly copies to the AGENCY in a manner acceptable to
the AGENCY.
H. After approval of the WFMP, install diversion system per plan. I. The CONTRACTOR shall provide one dedicated fuel tank for every single
pump/generator, if fuel/generator driven pumps are used. The CONTRACTOR
shall provide a fuel level indicator outside each fuel tank. The CONTRACTOR shall continuously (while in use) monitor the fuel level in the tanks and ensure that the
fuel level does not drop below a level equivalent of two hours of continuous flow diversion system operation. The CONTRACTOR shall take the necessary measures to ensure the fuel supply is protected against contamination. This could
include but is not limited to fuel line water traps, fuel line filters, and protecting fuel stores from precipitation. The CONTRACTOR shall also monitor all hoses and
repair leaks immediately.
J. The CONTRACTOR shall inspect and maintain the bypass system daily, including
the back-up system. The CONTRACTOR shall submit with the WFMP their
maintenance procedures and frequency. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain a log of all inspection, maintenance and repair records, and provide copies to the
AGENCY upon request in a manner acceptable to the AGENCY. K. Drain residual wastewater from piping system to AGENCY Interceptor prior to
disassembly, taking care to avoid wastewater spills.
L. Bypass piping cannot be placed within private residents’ property. Sewer wastewater flows shall be managed by CONTRACTOR’s means and methods,
which could include alternate bypass pipeline routing or trucking, as examples.
3.02 BYPASS PUMPING ATTENDANT A. The bypass pumping system shall be manned at all times, including any bypass
pumping performed after normal work hours, weekends and holidays.
3.03 FLOW-THRU PLUGS A. CONTRACTOR shall submit to the AGENCY as part of the WFMP a detailed
design including, but not limited to, the flow-thru pipe size(s), configuration and
location, and a capacity analysis to verify plug capacity vs. design flow. The submittal shall also include a contingency plan, start date, time and duration of
flow-thru operations. The flow-thru plug shall be tethered or adequately braced
during all diversion activities. B. The CONTRACTOR shall size the flow-thru plug to handle same flows as indicated
in section 3.1.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall submit as part of the WFMP their monitoring procedure and frequency, and shall continuously monitor the flow levels upstream of the flow
diversion to detect any developing condition that may cause a wastewater
discharge. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain a daily log of the monitoring and provide weekly copies to the AGENCY in a manner acceptable to the AGENCY.
D. After approval of the WFMP, install system per plan. E. The CONTRACTOR shall install and operate the plug for a minimum of one hour test at the daily peak flow period to demonstrate adequacy prior to use for actual
diversion. F. The CONTRACTOR shall inspect and maintain the flow-thru plug daily. The CONTRACTOR shall submit with the WFMP their maintenance procedures.
The CONTRACTOR shall maintain a log of all inspection, maintenance and repair records, and provide copies to the Engineer upon request in a manner
acceptable to the AGENCY.
3.4 WASTEWATER DISCHARGE/DIVERSION SYSTEM FAILURE A. In the event of a wastewater discharge, spill or overflow, or diversion/bypass system failure, immediately implement the Wastewater Discharge Emergency
Response Plan (See Section 02 07 20).
END OF SECTION
SECTION 02 07 20
WASTEWATER DISCHARGE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Development of a Wastewater Discharge Emergency Response Plan, to be implemented in the event of a wastewater discharge, spill or overflow to the
environment.
1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Emergency Response: Detailed implementation plan.
1.03 WASTEWATER DISCHARGE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN DEVELOPMENT
A. The Contractor shall develop and submit to the AGENCY at least fourteen (14) working days prior to the start of construction, a written Wastewater Discharge
Emergency Response Plan (WDERP). The WDERP shall be developed to
respond to any construction related wastewater discharge, spill or overflow to the environment. The Contractor’s WDERP shall not rely on AGENCY personnel for
emergency response, but they may be dispatched, at the AGENCY’s discretion, to
provide additional assistance. If the AGENCY’s personnel are utilized, the Contractor shall be responsible for all associated costs. The Contractor is
responsible for contacting the California Department of Public Health (CDPH). The Contractor is prohibited from discharging any groundwater, storm water, or hazardous waste encountered during the construction project.
B. The WDERP shall include at minimum, the following:
1. Identification of environmentally-sensitive areas that could be affected by a
wastewater discharge, spill or overflow, including but not limited to, waterways, channels, catch basins and entrances to existing underground
storm drains.
2. Development of an emergency notification procedure that complies with
state and federal requirements including but not limited to, California Health
and Safety Code Section 5411.5. The Contractor shall designate primary and secondary representatives, their respective home phone numbers and
mobile phone numbers. AGENCY contacts and/or contacts for AGENCY Contractors shall also be listed.
3. Identification of personnel and equipment/tools that will be utilized in the event of a wastewater discharge, spill or overflow to the environment.
Include an emergency response team with arrangements for backup
personnel and equipment. The emergency response team shall be able to dispatch to the site 24 hours a day 7 days a week including weekends and
holidays to respond immediately to any wastewater discharge, spill or
overflow to the environment related to the Project work.
4. Identification of downstream public water systems.
5. Identification of owners of storm water inlets in immediate vicinity.
6. Step-by-step procedures to contain, control, and minimize wastewater discharges, spills or overflows to the environment.
C. At the pre-construction meeting, the Contractor will be provided with a list of AGENCY representatives to contact in case of a wastewater discharge, spill, or
overflow to the environment. These contacts shall be added to the WDERP.
D. Contractor cannot begin work until the AGENCY has approved the WDERP in
writing. An approved copy of the WDERP shall be available on the job site at all
times.
E. It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to assure that all employees, including
subcontractors, know and obey all emergency procedures included in the WDERP.
1.05 WASTEWATER DISCHARGE EVENT A. In the event of a wastewater discharge, spill, or overflow to the environment, the
Contractor shall:
1. Immediately implement the WDERP without direction from the AGENCY, to control and contain the discharge, spill, or overflow to the
environment.
2. Contact AGENCY personnel immediately. Information to provide shall
include at minimum, the following: a. Location of discharge, spill, or overflow to the environment; b. Estimated volume;
c. Time discharge, spill, or overflow began;
d. Duration if already terminated, or expected duration if in progress;
e. Cause (if known);
f. Control measures implemented; g. Type of remedial and/or clean up measures taken;
h. Description of affected or potentially affected sensitive areas
such as waterways, channels, catch basins and entrances to existing underground storm drains. Based on this information,
AGENCY personnel will determine if the discharge, spill or overflow is contained, and whether or not AGENCY personnel should be dispatched to the site. If dispatched, the
Contractor shall be responsible for all costs incurred by the
AGENCY as associated with the discharge, spill, or overflow.
2. Contact owner of stormwater inlets if discharge, spill or overflow enters stormwater system.
3. Contact CDPH to report the spill. Follow all procedures required by CDPH.
B. The Contractor shall, within two (2) working days of the wastewater discharge,
spill or overflow, submit to the AGENCY a written Wastewater Discharge Incident
Report (Figure 1). C. The AGENCY will evaluate the suggested procedural changes to avoid further
discharges, spills or overflows and will instruct the Contractor on changes. The
AGENCY may institute further corrective actions, as deemed necessary.
D. The Contractor shall observe and comply with all Federal, State, and local laws, ordinances, codes, orders, and regulations which in any manner affect the conduct
of the work, specifically as they relate to wastewater discharges, spills, or overflows
to the environment. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for preventing wastewater discharges, spills, or overflows to the environment, containing the
sewage, recovery and legal disposal of sewage, any fines, penalties, claims and
liability arising from negligent or willful discharge of wastewater, and violation of any law, ordinance, code, order, or regulation as a result of the discharge, spill or
overflow. The Contractor shall be responsible for payment of any fines or penalties
assessed against the AGENCY for any such sewage discharge, spill or overflow, including any attorney fees and costs associated with defending any action against
the AGENCY resulting from such discharge, spill or overflow.
E. The Contractor shall not damage existing public and private improvements,
interrupt existing services and/or facility operations which may cause a wastewater discharge, spill or overflow to the environment. Any utility and/or improvement which is damaged by the Contractor shall immediately be repaired at the expense
of the Contractor.
F. Once the discharge, spill or overflow has been contained and the situation causing the event has been stabilized, the Contractor shall restore the affected areas to original condition.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
SECTION 02 07 20 - FIGURE 1
WASTEWATER DISCHARGE INCIDENT REPORT
Project Title:
Report Date:
Incident Date:
Discharge Location:
Time & Duration of Discharge:
Estimated Lost Wastewater Volume:
Notification to Owner/Engineer
Who/When Notified:
Description of the Incident:
Cause (if known):
Control Measures Implemented:
Remedial and/or Cleanup Measures Taken:
Recommended Procedural Changes:
REPORTED BY: [Contractor Representative]
Signature Date RECEIVED BY: [Agency Representative]
Signature Date [Engineer Representative]
cc: Director of Engineering
Director of O&M
Signature Date
SECTION 02 95 10
PIPELINE CLEANING AND INSPECTION
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: 1. Flushing and cleaning of gravity pipelines and manholes.
2. Video inspection of sewer pipelines and manholes.
3. Delivery of data to the AGENCY.
B. The intention of the cleaning activity is to facilitate pipeline and manhole inspection and to restore pipeline functionality to its active operational maximum. The intent of the inspection is to identify any damaged portion (minor or major) of so that the
pipeline segment may be marked for rehabilitation in the future.
C. The following specification lays out the minimum requirements for cleaning,
inspection, and data collection. The CONTRACTOR may propose alternate methods to the AGENCY, and is subject to review and approval.
1.02 SUBMITTALS A. The CONTRACTOR shall submit a Detailed Operation Plan for the cleaning and
inspection of pipeline segment(s) addressing all requirements stipulated by the
AGENCY, including but not limited to hours of operation, field staff and applicable
certifications, traffic control plans, source of water, method of cleaning and method
of debris disposal. The CONTRACTOR shall manage the inspection schedule to
ensure optimum production per day and optimize the time at each location. Care
should be taken during planning to reduce the chance of backups from plugging,
maintain traffic flow, and reduce safety concerns of CONTRACTOR’s and
AGENCY’s employees.
B. CONTRACTOR shall submit cleaning logs for each section of sewer line to be
inspected. Daily cleaning logs shall identify the method of cleaning, type of debris extracted and the hours performed. Logs shall include crew members.
Disposal tickets or indication of disposal location (if disposal haul is performed by a separate company) shall be submitted. A map of pipelines cleaned with notations summarizing method and conditions shall be included.
C. CONTRACTOR shall submit completed pre and post video inspections to the
AGENCY on compact discs or DVDs, identified by number, project name, street
name, right-of-way property name, and manhole numbers. Compact discs or DVDs become property of AGENCY.
D. Video inspections shall be done using CUES GraniteNet v3.2. All inspections must be coded using PACP v7.0 codes. Upstream and downstream manholes
should match the Manhole IDs provided by the AGENCY. A GraniteNet v3.2
SQL database of the PACP inspections must be delivered to the AGENCY along with the associated video, pictures and reports.
E. Submit list of damaged, eroded or otherwise dysfunctional sewer service laterals to the AGENCY in Microsoft Excel format. Damaged sewer service later
Excel spreadsheet shall include sewer main segment identification, street
name, date inspected, distance from manhole, property address and type of damage.
1.03 QUALIFICATIONS
A. CONTRACTOR shall have a minimum of 10 years experience and 100 miles
pipeline cleaning experience within the same diameter range and quantities as provided on the applicable project.
B. CONTRACTOR shall have a minimum five (5) years experience in pipeline inspection utilizing the system described herein and demonstrate a minimum
of 100-miles past experience.
C. CONTRACTOR shall have a minimum five (5) years experience in manhole
inspection and demonstrate a minimum 4,000 successful manhole
inspections within the last 12 months, and minimum of 10,000 successful manhole inspections within the last 5 years utilizing the system described
herein and in full accordance with all specifications herein.
D. CONTRACTOR’s cleaning crews shall be confined space entry certified and
trained applicable safety regulations and in First Aid.
E. CONTRACTOR’s personnel operating the video recording equipment must
be currently certified in NAASCO’s PACP and must apply those standards in evaluating the interceptor segments.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 CLEANING EQUIPMENT
A. Equipment shall be capable of removing dirt, grease, rocks, sand, roots, and obstructions from pipelines and manholes.
B. Hydraulically Propelled Equipment. The equipment shall be a movable-dam type and be constructed in such a way that a portion of the dam may be collapsed at any time
during the cleaning operation to prevent flooding of the sewer. The movable dam
shall be equal in size to the pipeline being cleaned and provide a flexible scraper around the outer periphery to ensure removal of grease and other debris. If sewer
cleaning balls or other equipment which cannot be collapsed are used, special precautions to prevent flooding of the sewers and public or private property shall be taken.
C. High-Velocity Hydraulic (Hydro-Cleaning) Equipment. All hydraulic cleaning equipment shall carry a sufficiently sized water tank, auxiliary engines and pumps,
and a hydraulically driven rodder hose reel. The equipment shall have a selection of two or more high velocity nozzles capable of producing a scouring action from 10 to
45 degrees in all size lines designated to be cleaned. The cleaning units shall have
high-velocity nozzles for washing and scouring manhole walls and floors. The nozzles shall be capable of producing flows from a fine spray to a solid stream. Working
pressure shall be a minimum of 2,000 pounds per square inch. The vacuum system
shall be capable of delivering between 25 and 80 GMP with a sufficiently sized debris box, water tank, blower, and air gap connection on the water tank.
D. Mechanically Powered Equipment.
1. Bucket machines shall be used in pairs with sufficient power to perform the work in an efficient manner. Machines shall be belt operated or have an
overload shutoff device. Machines with a direct drive that could cause damage
to the pipe will not be allowed. Bucket machines shall not be used on any host or rehabilitated pipeline that is lined with a plastic pipe or material. A power
rodding machine shall be either a sectional or continuous-rod type capable of
holding a minimum of 750 feet of rod. The machine shall be fully enclosed and have an automatic safety clutch or relief valve.
2. If mechanical Chain Flails are used, the chain flails shall be compatible with the Hydro Cleaning Equipment listed in this specification. Chain flails shall be
capable of knocking hard-deposits from the pipeline wall with minimal damage to the pipeline wall. Chain flail operations shall be performed only upon
completion of removal of all loose debris, be 100% observed under
simultaneous CCTV cameras from the opposing pipeline end, and be conducted in a methodical and slow manner to enable the proper scouring
and knocking of hard material.
E. Additional equipment may be utilized with the approval of the Engineer to facilitate
cleaning in accordance with this specification. 2.02 INSPECTION EQUIPMENT
A. Pipeline inspection shall be accomplished by scanning a pipeline in a continuous, non-stop
run between start and end points. The scanner shall utilize two (2) high definition cameras
with a minimum of 185-degree field of view for each camera with one camera located at the forward position of the scanner and one camera at the aft position of the scanner.
B. The raw data collected within the scan shall be coded by the CONTRACTOR by a NASSCO certified technician.
C. The data collection system and software reader shall be capable of scanning in three dimensional objects and producing three dimensional images. Scanning systems and
software that convert captured images/graphics to a two-dimensional plate and then graphically re-wrap into a tubular form to provide a three-dimensional impression shall not be allowed.
D. Images and software shall be capable of capturing all features including hairline cracks
and producing accurate locations of defects and features.
E. Inspection System Requirements
1. Inspection equipment shall be 100% digital and utilize a fiber optic cable for transmission of binary data.
2. The inspection camera system must have two independently or simultaneously
controlled digital cameras, one facing in the forward direction and one facing in the
rear direction. Each camera must have a minimum of 185 degree field of view.
3. The inspection camera system must illuminate the interior of the pipeline using
strobe lights. The light shall be positioned 360 degrees around the camera lens to distribute the light evenly onto the pipe walls. The lighting must be able to
illuminate pipeline from 6” to 48” in diameter without the need of any auxiliary
lighting. The lighting must be able to illuminate manholes up to 10ft in diameter without the need of any auxiliary lighting. Any systems not using strobe light
technology will be deemed unacceptable due to motion blur during imaging
recording.
4. The inspection system shall produce individual images or frames with no more than 0.001 inches of tractor movement during image or frame exposure to produce crisp, clear images.
5. The inspection camera system must provide a minimum of 3000 line of vertical
resolution in the side view and a minimum of 600 lines in the perspective view.
6. Inspection speeds must be no more than 60 feet per minute or less than 30 feet
per minute. Should variance from these parameters occur, it must be noted on the
audio, and the reason for the variance. It is recognized that variance from the
minimum speed according to the condition of the pipe is not a serious problem, but
that exceeding the maximum velocity can reduce the viewability of the video, and
may be grounds for request of re-videotaping the specified segment.
7. The inspection robot shall have a remotely controlled camera elevating device to
center the camera in pipeline from 8” to 48” in diameter. 8. The inspection system must be able to collect all necessary data in either the
forward or reverse tractor direction.
9. The manhole inspection system shall have a remotely controlled camera elevating device to center the camera in the manhole without swinging. In cases where the truck mounted remote lifting device cannot center over the manhole, a frame shall
be used to center the camera above the manhole entry point to facilitate the
inspection (off-site or easement setup).
2.03 INSPECTION DATA REVIEW AND REPORTING - PIPELINE A. Unless otherwise stated, the CONTRACTOR is responsible for reviewing collected
data, coding observations, and completing a full PACP evaluation of each
inspected pipeline. The AGENCY must have the ability to view the digital film file in the way that the CONTRACTOR can view them, including full control of the virtual
pan and tilt.
B. The digital film files must include an unfolded view of the pipeline with a minimum
of 3000 lines of vertical resolution.
C. The digital film files must include an unfolded view overview of the entire pipeline to
view entire pipe segment at one time.
D. The digital file files must include a distortion-free virtual pan and tilt allowing the
review and the AGENCY to view 100% of the pipe wall from any perspective. The virtual pan and tilt must be able to view 360 degrees in any direction while maintaining an always-upright image. The virtual pan and tilt must consist of views
from the front and rear camera, any virtual pan and tilts that artificially create this view from a single camera will be deemed unacceptable due to distorted images on
the direct side viewing and inability to view into laterals and other observations.
E. The virtual pan and tilt and forward / reverse direction of the images must be able
to be controlled from a computer mouse.
F. The virtual pan and tilt and unfolded views must be able to be viewable by the
AGENCY without the need of purchasing addition software. Film files must be able
to be integrated into AGENCY’s other databases.
G. The CONTRACTOR must use digital panoramic compatible software with PACP or
other AGENCY- specified templates for feature and defect coding. The panoramic module must also be used to ensure that film files are properly reviewed with the
highest accuracy possible. The CONTRACTOR must review the files using PACP certified personnel.
H. The CONTRACTOR must supply the AGENCY with single or dual layer DVDs, a removable hard drive, or other pre-approved media supporting panoramic film files
and displaying the panoramic module. The AGENCY must have access and the
ability to control the unfolded view, the front or rear view of the cameras, an overview of the entire pipeline, and the distortion free virtual pan and tilt.
I. Audio track containing simultaneously recorded narrative commentary describing in detail condition of pipeline interior.
2.04 INSPECTION DATA REVIEW AND REPORTING – MANHOLE
A. Unless otherwise stated, the CONTRACTOR is responsible for reviewing collected
data, coding observations, and completing a full MACP Level 2 evaluation of each
inspected manhole. The owner must have the ability to view the digital film file in the
way that the CONTRACTOR can view them, including full control of the virtual pan
and tilt.
B. The digital viewer must include an unfolded view of the manhole with a minimum of
3000 lines of vertical resolution and a 3D orbital point cloud capable of being
exported to AutoCad. Both the flat view and point cloud shall enable measuring by the end user in viewer that does not require any pre-installation of software and is
available at no additional cost.
C. The digital film files must include an unfolded view overview of the entire manhole to
view entire pipe segment at one time.
D. The digital file files must include a distortion-free virtual pan and tilt allowing the
review and the Owner to view 100% of the manhole wall from any perspective. The
virtual pan and tilt must be able to view 360 degrees in any direction while maintaining an always-upright image. The virtual pan and tilt must consist of views
from the top and bottom camera, any virtual pan and tilts that artificially create this view from a single camera will be deemed unacceptable due to distorted images on the direct side viewing and inability to view into laterals and other observations.
E. The virtual pan and tilt and up / down direction of the images must be able to be
controlled from a computer mouse.
F. The virtual pan and tilt and unfolded views must be able to be viewable by the
AGENCY without the need of purchasing addition software. Film files must be able to
be integrated into AGENCY’s other databases.
G. The CONTRACTOR must use digital compatible software with MACP or other
owner- specified templates for feature and defect coding. The digital module must also be used to ensure that film files are properly reviewed with the highest accuracy
possible. The CONTRACTOR must review the files using MACP certified personnel.
H. The CONTRACTOR must supply the AGENCY with single or dual layer DVDs, a
removable hard drive, or other pre-approved media supporting digital viewer files and displaying the virtual view, flat view and point cloud. The AGENCY must have access and the ability to control the unfolded (flat) view, the top or bottom view of the
cameras, an overview of the entire manhole, and the distortion free virtual pan and tilt.
I. The CONTRACTOR must additionally supply an Nassco MACP database capable of being imported to other Nassco approved MACP programs. The CONTRACTOR
shall also provide manhole scoring utilizing an approved method for ranking repair
priority. The inspection deliverable shall also be provided in a GIS integrated deliverable, including hyperlinks to each manhole viewer. The inspection data shall
also be provided in a format for integration into Infomaster.
2.05 CONTENTS OF VIDEO INSPECTION.
A. Since color provides better contrast and detail, no black and white video will be accepted.
B. The following information, to the extent it can be reasonably determined, is to be
recorded visually on the compact discs or DVDs, and video logs: 1. Date: The date on which the videotaping was performed at the beginning of each segment.
2. Manhole to Manhole: The manhole identification number for both the upstream and downstream manholes at either end of the taped segment.
3. Direction of Video: Relative to flow direction, indication whether the camera
is facing upstream or downstream.
4. Continuous Digital Counter: A digital counter to designate the distance from the
“upstream” manhole.
5. Street Name: The street name which contains the video segment and/or
the nearest cross street.
6. Service Lateral Identification: Identification of all taps by size, type, and pipe entrance location. A clock reference is preferred. CONTRACTOR is required to identify any and all damaged sewer service laterals and
submitting findings.
7. Root Intrusion: Identification of all types of root structures (hair, string, chunk)
encountered by severity (minor, moderate, or severe) and location.
8. Addresses: If services are encountered which have roots in or around the sewer service, the street address from which the service is believed to originate.
9. Cracks: Identification of all cracks (spiral, lateral, beam) by type,
severity, location and footage.
10. Broken Pipe: Identification of all broken pipe other than cracks by location,
cause if known (i.e., improper installation of service, encroachment of other utility, etc.), severity, and footage.
11. Sags: Identification of all sags greater than one inch (1”) by beginning/start, best estimate of depth of sag (greatest point), and ending footage. If the
segment has a number of sags or one long continuous sag, view the apparent
length and depth of the sag. Once convinced as to the extent of the sag, suck the sag down by the use of the cleaning unit so the condition of the pipe wall
can be viewed. Also identify any apparent high spots.
12. Grease: Audible identification of all forms of grease accumulation apparent within the pipe by severity, location and footage.
13. Infiltration: Identification of all forms of infiltration (or exfiltration) by estimation of flow volume (GPM), possible source, visible calcium deposits, and footage.
14. Vertical/Horizontal Offset Joints: Identification of all joints which appear to be offset from original alignment, severity, location, and footage.
15. Wide Joints: Identification of all joints which appear to have a wider separation of bell and spigot than normal, by width and footage.
16. Oval/Deformed Pipe: If PVC or other flexible pipe material exists this may deflect and not sustain noticeable failure, identification of shape of pipe (i.e. egg-
shaped, non-circular, etc.), footage, and location.
17. Percent Deterioration: Identify severity of deterioration.
18. Lens Height: Indication whether the camera has been lowered, and the reason.
Otherwise, the camera should be set as close to the center of the pipe as
possible.
19. Size and Type (Material): A best estimate of the inside pipe diameter and type of material for each pipe segment. If possible, note specifically unusual, as well as standard, types of pipe (e.g., sliplined, PVC, concrete, clay, etc.).
PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Verify location of sewer pipelines to be inspected. B. CONTRACTOR shall have available all tools and appurtenances incidental to pipeline cleaning in accordance with these specifications and stipulations provided by the AGENCY prior to commencement. C. Flush and clean pipeline interiors to remove sludge, dirt, sand, stone, grease, and other materials from pipe to ensure clear view of interior conditions. D. Intercept flushed debris at next downstream manhole by use of weir or screening
device, remove, and dispose of debris from system off site.
E. For inspection, if it is required for the AGENCY to reduce flow, the
CONTRACTOR shall coordinate with the AGENCY for the use of pipe plugging or bypass pumping when necessary. It is expected that the pipeline must display at least 75% of the pipe wall at all times during inspection so that defects, features,
and other notable information can be collected. Any pipe plugging and bypass pumping shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. The AGENCY is
responsible for coordination only.
F. Pipeline and manhole inspection shall be conducted in accordance with
AGECNY’s safety procedures and manufacturer’s recommendations. Inspection
shall be conducted by personnel certified by NASSCO for pipeline inspection, and OSHA certified for confined space entry.
3.02 APPLICATION
A. Cleaning
1. When utilizing high-velocity hydraulic cleaning equipment independently or in combination with other cleaning methods, it is recommended that a
minimum of two passes with the hydraulic nozzle be done. Additionally, root
cutters and porcupines can be attached to the winches for effective root removal. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for conducting a site
inspection of each pipeline prior to determining which cleaning methods are
to be used.
2. Pipeline cleaning shall be performed prior to pipeline inspection. The
CONTRACTOR shall protect the manholes to withstand forces generated by equipment, water, and air pressure. After cleaning, the CONTRACTOR
shall also confirm the inside minimum and maximum size (diameter and/or configuration) of the pipeline.
3. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the removal of debris from the pipeline and restore the pipeline to a minimum of 90 to 95 percent of the
original diameter or area.
4. Pipeline debris, described as sludge, dirt, sand, rocks, grease, roots, and
other solid or semisolid materials which are deposited loosely within the pipeline and not fixed or bonded to the pipeline wall (described as Hard-Deposits) shall be cleaned from the pipeline by method of high-velocity
water nozzle capable of scouring action from 15 to 45 degrees pulling the debris to the extraction location, typically being the downstream manhole.
All debris shall be removed from the extraction location, typically be means
of a high-powered vacuum machine capable of storing solid debris and filtering/decanting liquids.
5. Hard-deposits, described as tuberculation, mineral or calcium deposits (typically from infiltration), concrete, grout or any other hard, protruding
material which is bonded / fixed to the pipeline’s shall also be cleaned by means of mechanical cleaning unless the hard-deposit severity would prevent the pipeline from being functional and require rehabilitation, in
which the CONTRACTOR shall then cease operations and discuss with the project engineer.
6. If cleaning cannot be completed from one manhole, the equipment shall be moved and set up on the other manhole and cleaning shall be re-attempted.
If successful cleaning still cannot be performed or the equipment fails to traverse the entire pipeline section, it shall be assumed that a major blockage exists. Efforts to clean the lines shall be temporarily suspended
and the CONTRACTOR shall notify the Engineer. Upon removal of the obstruction, the CONTRACTOR shall complete the cleaning operation.
7. The CONTRACTOR shall dispose of all debris removed from the pipeline, in accordance with current applicable regulations.
B. Video Inspection
1. Counter Variance:
a. Variance of counter/as-built distance shall not exceed the following:
As-Built Distance Variance 0 - 100 feet 2%
101 - 200 feet 2%
201 - 300 feet 3%
301 - 400+ feet 3%
b. If the as-built distance and counter distance have a greater difference than specified by the variance, the CONTRACTOR
shall either verify recorded as-built distance or re-video the entire segment.
2. Lens Obstruction: If the lens is obstructed by a foreign object or by fog
(e.g., water spray, mist, etc.), attempt to clear the lens of the obstruction. If attempts fail and additional videotaping would produce the same
results, continue to videotape the extent of the segment; otherwise, re-video all or the portion which had not been viewed.
3. Lighting: Ensure that the illumination level inside the pipe is high
enough to identify clearly the condition of the interior circumference. If segments are not already visible, a request will be made to re-video
the segment. If there are outside contributing factors which make the pipe impossible to illuminate, identify such on video log.
4. Skips in Video: If a portion of the video segment is not recorded on the CD or DVD (such as through malfunction of equipment), the segment
must either be entirely re-videotaped from the beginning of the skip to
the end, or the entire segment must be re-videotaped. Such corrective action will be at the CONTRACTOR’s expense.
5. Video Footage: Properly identify footage from “upstream” manhole (i.e., as-built footage is from center of manhole to center of manhole). State
location of beginning of video segment and correlate counter to this footage (i.e., beginning of pipe segment would be 2 feet; center of
manhole would be 0 feet).
END OF SECTION